All bodies  ›  Board of State and Community Corrections  ›  Orange SHRF (2025-2026 inspection cycle)

BSCC

Orange SHRF (2025-2026 inspection cycle)

Board of State and Community Corrections · inspection-3480p-2025-2026 · Facility inspection · 2026-01-14 · Orange SHRF

Read the report at Orange SHRF ↗

January 14, 2026 Don Barnes, Sheriff-Coroner Orange County Sheriff’s Department Central Justice Center 700 Civic Center Drive West Suite M-100 Santa Ana, CA 92701 2025-2026 COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION, PENAL CODE SECTION 6031, WELFARE & INSTITUTIONS CODE SECTION 209, ORANGE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITIES Dear Sheriff Barnes: The 2025-2026 Comprehensive Inspection of the Orange County Sheriff's Department has been completed. A pre-inspection briefing was held on Tuesday, May 6, 2025, and the following facilities were inspected between Thursday, September 25, 2025, and Monday, October 20, 2025 : FACILITY NAME BSCC # FACILITY TYPE Central Men’s Jail 3480 II Intake Release Center & Transportation 3490 II Central Women’s Jail (vacant as of September) 3500 II James A. Musick Facility (new) 3530 II Theo Lacy 3560 II These inspections were conducted pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031 to determine compliance with the Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as outlined in Titles 15 and 24, California Code of Regulations. In addition to inspection(s) by the Board of State and Community Corrections (BSCC), inspections are also required annually by the County Health Officer and biennially by the State Fire Marshal or an authorized representative (Health and Safety Code Sections 101045 and 13146.1). The results of those inspections are considered a part of this report. Orange County Sheriff’s Department supervision provided documentation addressing all issues found during those inspections. Don Barnes Sheriff-Coroner Page 2 INSPECTION RESULTS We identified no items of noncompliance with Title 15 Minimum Standards. On the day of inspection, various housing areas of Theo Lacy were populated over their rated capacity; therefore, we identified the following items of noncompliance with Title 24 Minimum Standards: Section 1231.2.7 Double-occupancy cells: Modules I, J, K, and L were constructed with cells that are less than 70 square feet. Modules I and K had sectors populated over the rated capacity. Section 1231.2.8 Dormitories: Barracks A-D, F East & West, G East & West, and H East & West were populated over their rated capacity. Section 1231.3.1 Toilets/urinals: F East & West, G East & West, and H East & West did not have a sufficient amount of toilets to accommodate being populated over their rated capacity. Section 1231.2.9 Dayrooms: Barracks F, G, & H did not have a sufficient amount of tables/seats to accommodate being populated over their rated capacity. The Intake and Release Center (IRC) was built without an audio monitoring system in the booking/intake loop cells. Therefore, we identified the following item of noncompliance with Title 24 Minimum Standards: Section 1231.2.22 Audio Monitoring System: The holding cells in the intake area were constructed without an audio monitoring system. The agency is researching a solution to this item of noncompliance. Refer to the attached Procedures Checklist for detailed information. Refer to the Physical Plant Evaluation and Living Area Space Evaluation attachments for information related to Rated Capacity and Title 24 compliance. CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN (CAP) An Exit Briefing with your staff was held on Friday, November 21, 2025; BSCC staff presented an overview of the inspection and discussed technical assistance and best practice recommendations. BSCC staff reviewed and provided an Initial Inspection Report for noncompliance items found during the inspection. A Corrective Action Plan (CAP) addressing the items is due to the BSCC by Monday, December 22, 2025. * * * 3480+ Orange SHRF II CI LTR 25-26 Don Barnes Sheriff-Coroner Page 3 Please email me at jill.farris@bscc.ca.gov or call (916) 261-4325 if you have any questions. Sincerely, JILL FARRIS Field Representative Facilities Standards and Operations Division Enclosures Cc: Presiding Judge, Orange County Superior Court* Chair, Grand Jury, Orange County* Chair, Board of Supervisors, Orange County* County Administrator, Orange County* David Wise, Sergeant, Orange County Sheriff’s Department *Copies of the inspection are available upon request or online at www.bscc.ca.gov. 3480+ Orange SHRF II CI LTR 25-26 TYPE II AND III FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 3480 FACILITY NAME: Central Men’s Jail FACILITY TYPE: II PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Sergeant Wise FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: September 25, 2025 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS2 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE3 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 24/25 compliance monitoring cycle. 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 Excerpts from facility policies, procedures, or other reference documents are indicated in italicized text. 3 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 1 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 4000.1 Staffing/Responsibilities A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs each local detention facility to ensure the implementation with fixed post positions and response and operation of the programs and activities required by assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff these regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January - June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staffing to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at The Guard Stations and Housing Modules are least one employee on duty at all times in a local always staffed. detention facility or in the building which houses a local detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☒ ☐ ☐ accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which This facility has Prowler deputies that can would conflict with the supervision and care of respond to emergencies when needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there This facility does not house incarcerated shall be at least one female employee who shall be females. immediately available and accessible to such females. ☐ ☐ ☒ Note: Reference PC § 4021. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 2900 PREA personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 2900.3 Prevention Planning shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the 2. Utilize a staffing plan that provides for personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such adequate staffing and video monitoring to a staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the protect inmates against sexual abuse. time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ with fixed post positions and response assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January - June 2025 and determined there is adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS 902 Inmate Safety Checks (OCSDPM) An inmate safety check is a direct visual The facility administrator shall develop and implement observation (i.e., direct personal view of the policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that inmate/area without the aid of audio/video include, but are not limited to, the following: equipment), performed at random and varied (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well- intervals of each inmate located in an area of being of individuals and shall be conducted at least ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibility. The purpose of conducting hourly through direct visual observation of all people held inmate safety checks is to ensure there are no and housed in the facility. inmates displaying any obvious signs of distress requiring assistance, maintaining the safety and welfare of each inmate and ensuring the security of our facilities. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 2 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Inmate safety checks shall occur at random between safety checks. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). To be random and varied, safety checks shall not be at exact forty-five (45) minute intervals but shall occur within forty-five (45) minutes of the previous inmate safety check. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check logs and the late checks report ☒ ☐ ☐ dated January to August 2025, and found some late checks when the agency transitioned to the Guardian RIFD system at the beginning of the year. The late checks dwindled throughout the following months; therefore, the facility was in compliance with this regulation. Staff performed the vast majority of safety checks within 60 minutes of the previous safety check. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety This facility does not have sobering cells, cells, and restraints shall occur more frequently as safety cells, or restraints. outlined in section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 ☐ ☐ ☒ of these regulations. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Inmate safety checks shall occur at random intervals. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the 902.2 Documentation of Inmate Safety documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall Checks include: Every inmate safety check will be (1) the actual time at which each individual safety documented in the most appropriate check occurred; documentation log, (e.g., guard station log, module log, area log, or door log). … and the actual starting times of each inmate safety check. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check observations logs dated January – August 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. The Guardian RIFD system documents the time, location, and individual completing each safety check. (2) the location where each individual safety check The Guardian RIFD system tracks the occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory location of safety checks. ☒ ☐ ☐ number; and, (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff The documentation entry will include the who completed the safety check(s). name(s) of the personnel who conducted the ☒ ☐ ☐ inmate safety check… 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 3 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Each sergeant will check the logs in his/her reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or area of responsibility to verify staff is properly facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns documenting the inmate safety checks. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, Sergeants will also conduct random reviews safety checks. of video footage to ensure that safety checks are properly performed. A notation will be made in the log with the sergeant's name and the time the log and video were checked. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of watch commander logs from June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Sergeants audit safety checks during their shift, and the watch commander audits the Guardian Logs. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF 2100 Medical and Health Services 2100.6 General Policies (a) Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be e) Jail personnel will be required to attend at least one person on duty at all times who meets the classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic training standards established by the Board for general Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. ☒ ☐ ☐ attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. 2614 Emergency Response to Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one The facility is always staffed with deputies. person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. (b) The facility administrator, in conjunction with the c) Deputies are required to be certified in health authority, shall develop and implement policies cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and and procedures consistent with the requirements of may begin CPR on a nonresponsive person Penal Code Section 6048(b) that require correctional when safe and appropriate to do so, without officers certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) ☒ ☐ ☐ obtaining approval from a supervisor or to begin CPR on a nonresponsive person without medical personnel. obtaining approval from supervisors or medical staff, when it is safe and appropriate to do so. These policies shall cover the following key elements: 2100.6 General Policies (1) Acceptable CPR methods and application. e) Jail personnel will be required to attend classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. (2) Correctional officers shall be certified in CPR and a 2614.1 Initial Response/Discovery of copy of the certification shall be on file in the facility or at Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury a central location and available for review. c) Deputies are required to be certified in ☒ ☐ ☐ cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The certification must be current and available for review. (3) Correctional officers shall immediately summon 1. Staff shall immediately summon additional medical aid when a person is identified as nonresponsive medical assistance upon identifying a and shall administer CPR unless the correctional officer nonresponsive person. ☒ ☐ ☐ is aware of a known medical condition(s) that would contraindicate its use. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 4 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Correctional officers shall use personal protective 4. Personal protective equipment (PPE) such equipment when administering CPR whenever possible as gloves, masks, and CPR shields shall be to reduce exposure to bodily fluids or bloodborne used whenever available to reduce the risk of pathogens that may contain disease-causing agents. exposure to bloodborne pathogens and bodily fluids. During the policy review portion of this ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (5) If an imminent physical danger prevents a 5. If an imminent physical threat prevents safe correctional officer from safely administering CPR, they CPR administration, staff shall initiate or shall begin or resume CPR as soon as the threat has resume CPR as soon as the threat has passed, or the nonresponsive person has been safely passed or the person has been moved to a removed from danger, provided medical aid has not yet safe location, provided medical assistance arrived. has not yet arrived. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (6) The correctional officer shall continue administering 6. CPR shall be continued, absent immediate CPR, absent imminent physical danger, until the danger, until: nonresponsive person shows obvious signs of life, such i. The person shows signs of life (e.g., as normal breathing or physical or verbal responses, or breathing, verbal or physical response), until medical staff or alternative medical responders ii. Qualified medical personnel or emergency arrive and take over. responders take over, or iii. The Deputy is relieved due to exhaustion or safety concerns. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (7) In situations where medical staff or alternative 7. If medical personnel or emergency medical responders are present when a person is responders are already present when a identified as nonresponsive, correctional officers shall person becomes nonresponsive, staff shall defer CPR to those individuals. defer CPR responsibilities to those individuals. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 5 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL4 Orange County Sheriff’s Department Custody and Court Operations Manual Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The The manual was updated July 28, 2025. policy and procedures manual shall address all applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be Orange County Sheriff’s Department Policy comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every Manual (OCSDPM) two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☒ ☐ ☐ employees. This manual was updated November 14, 2024. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate The Custody and Court Operations Manual manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) was the primary source cited in this document do not apply and have been deleted. unless notated otherwise. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 200 Organizational Structure and facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Responsibility (OCSDPM) following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 1701.2 supervisor Responsibilities administrator/manager. a) Each supervisor will visit and inspect their area(s) of responsibility during their assigned shift to ensure integrity of security devices and facility structures. During the visit and inspection of their area(s) of responsibility, supervisors will ensure all doors, gates, and sally ports are closed, locked, or properly ☒ ☐ ☐ secured, which will be documented on Custody Operations Supervisor’s Log. 2402.2 Formal Inspections a) Each Division Commander or designee will conduct periodic inspection tours of the facility. b) The Sheriff, or his executive staff, will periodically inspect each facility. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 300 Use of Force (OCSDPM) and federal legal requirements and includes 300.4.4 Restrictions on the Use of a Choke prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☒ ☐ ☐ Hold holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in 1800.1 Security Restraints ☒ ☐ ☐ Penal Code Section 3407. d) Pregnant Inmates (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 327 Cite and Release Policy for Misdemeanor received persons for release. non-Warrant (Street) Arrests (OCSHPM) 1400 Release ☒ ☐ ☐ Screening for newly received persons occurs at the Intake Release Center. 4 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 6 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts 1700 Security and Control and searches of the facility and incarcerated 1704 Key Control persons, contraband control, and key control. 1710 Inspections, Searches, and Contraband Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 1719 Inmate Counts review, evaluate, and make a record of security 1701.4 - Red Team Audit measures. The review and evaluation shall include a) Red Team will perform a system-wide internal and external security measures of the facility auditing of current processes, procedures, including security measures specific to prevention of training and physical security of all custody sexual abuse and sexual harassment. operations to assist jail staff in identifying vulnerabilities to improve its effectiveness. e) Red Team members will conduct a monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ audit, operating on a rotating basis, ensuring each facility will be audited once per quarter. BSCC staff reviewed the annual internal and external security measures inspection conducted by the Red Team on February 18, 2025, and determined compliance with this regulation. The inspection identified areas for improvement and assessed any security measures specific to the prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. (7) Emergency procedures include: 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures (A) fire suppression preplan as required by 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (facility specific policy) (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of 1204.8 Escape Risk Inmates hostages; 1802 Response Procedures / Code Alpha 1802.1 Response Procedures / General ☒ ☐ ☐ Disturbance 1802.2 Response Procedures / Riot 2612 Hostage Plan (C) mass arrests; 323 Mobile Field Force (OCSDPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; 2604 Earthquake Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 2606 Flood Procedures (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; 1700 Security and Control and, 1701.1 Employee Responsibilities a) Every employee of the facility will be observant and aware of equipment and procedures in their assigned area(s). b) At the beginning of every shift, employees ☒ ☐ ☐ will conduct an inventory of all equipment assigned to and/or necessary to carry out duties in their work location. All equipment will be accounted for and checked to ensure it is functioning properly 7018.3 Security Alarm Response Procedures (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, 1700 Security and Control ammunition, chemical agents, and related 1801 Control of Weapons and Security ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. Equipment (8) Suicide Prevention. 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSHPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ 2104 Mental Health Care Services (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil ☒ ☐ ☐ detainees will be housed alone. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 7 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse 2900 PREA and sexual harassment. The Orange County Sheriff's Department has zero tolerance for all forms of sexual abuse, conduct, and assault. This includes sexual harassment between staff, volunteers, contractors, visitors, and inmates. All ☒ ☐ ☐ allegations of sexual conduct will be investigated. The Department will impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions and initiate criminal charges against individuals committing sexual assault/rape. (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 2900.9 Staff Reporting and Response to respond to retaliation against any staff or person after Incidents of Sexual Abuse and Sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 1400 Release incarcerated persons. 2000.5 CalAIM Justice Involved Initiative The purpose of the CalAIM Initiative is to improve the quality of life and health outcomes for inmates by establishing pre- release Medi-Cal insurance enrollment ☒ ☐ ☐ strategies to ensure eligible individuals have continued medical coverage and benefits upon their release, as well as access to key medical/mental health services to help them successfully return to their communities. (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 2900.8 Inmate Reporting Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be b) Inmates may report sexual abuse or sexual limited to, the following: harassment verbally or in writing to any staff (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to member. privately report sexual abuse and sexual c) Inmates will have at least one way to report harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated harassment or abuse to a public or private persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and entity or office that is not part of the sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of Department and is able to receive and ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibilities that may have contributed to such immediately forward inmate reports of sexual incidents, harassment and sexual abuse to department officials, allowing the detainee to remain anonymous upon request. d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour message line for anonymously reporting PREA incidents. (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour family, community members, and other interested message line for anonymously reporting third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual PREA incidents. harassment. The method for reporting shall be Friends and family of inmates: Allegations of publicly posted at the facility. sexual assault or abuse can also be reported by friends and family on behalf of an OC ☒ ☐ ☐ Sheriff inmate by contacting the facility Watch Commander where they are housed. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- divisions/custody-operations- command/prison-rape-elimination-act-prea 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 8 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSDPM) The Correctional Mental Health Program is The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide designed to screen, evaluate and treat prevention program developed by the facility inmates with mental health administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health disorders/identifiers and/or inmates with an ☒ ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, elevated risk of self-harm, and provide them and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who with additional health resources in order to present a suicide risk. provide necessary on-site mental health The program shall include the following: treatment during their incarceration. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 1. Sworn staff, SSOs, CSAs, and Correctional personnel. Programs Personnel will receive annual Mental Health/Suicide Prevention training. BSCC staff reviewed training rosters from the ☒ ☐ ☐ Behavioral Health Bureau from July 2025 and Suicide Prevention training rosters from September 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation intake and prior to housing assignment. (b) Intake 1. All inmates, as a part of their intake medical screening interview/exam, shall have their mental health evaluated. (a) ☒ ☐ ☐ The Triage nurse will question inmates about their mental health, including self-harming behavior and present or past suicidal thoughts or attempts. (c) Suicide prevention screening during special (e) Suicide prevention screening will take situations, including placement in restrictive housing, place for known at risk inmates during special following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in situations which may include a change in ☒ ☐ ☐ classification. classification to a higher security classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among (a) If an inmate or new booking is believed to arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, be a suicide risk or has an elevated risk for medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☒ ☐ ☐ self harm, deputies will immediately refer the risk. inmate to CHS for evaluation. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of (c) Housing assignments for people at risk of suicide that balance safety and environment. The least suicide will be based on safety, environment restrictive environment should be considered. and will follow the standards in CCOM Policy 1200 while collaborating with ☒ ☐ ☐ recommendations of CHS. For more information about Mental Health Housing, reference CCOM Policy 1203.3 - Medical and Mental Health Housing. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 903.5 Mental Health Acuity Levels The Acuity Levels identify inmates by severity and assist Classification staff to make ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate housing assignments in addition to helping coordinate services by the mental health and medical teams. (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 903.3 Mental Health Referrals procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides 2614 Emergency Response to Suicides or attempts. Serious Injury ☒ ☐ ☐ 2614.2 Discovered Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 9 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and 903.8 Suicide Prevention Review Board attempted suicides as defined by the facility The Suicide Prevention Review Board administrator, including the development of a corrective (SPRB), will review suicide prevention action plan to address deficiencies identified in the practices, suicides and attempted suicides to administrative review. ensure compliance with policies, procedures, and standards. The goal is to provide assistance to custody, medical, and mental health staff in their effort to implement proactive measures to prevent high-risk inmates from attempting or committing suicide by analyzing administrative, procedural, and best practices for preventing future incidents, as well as ensure corrective action measures are implemented if ☒ ☐ ☐ warranted. 1. The Mental Health Program Manager or designee will serve as the chairperson of the SPRB. 2. The SPRB is comprised of Custody Division Commanders and Captains, Custody Behavioral Health Bureau (BHB) Captain, BHB Sergeants, and management, as well as command-level medical and mental health personnel from CHS. 3. The SPRB Chairperson and Division Commanders may request that other individuals attend SPRB meetings. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. 903.7 Mental Health Transfers (a) Any inmate whose condition is beyond the range of services available at a facility may be temporarily transferred to another OC jail facility or an outside mental health facility for treatment. The Sheriff's Department has delegated its authority to Correctional Health Services (CHS) to transfer inmates to a ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health facility. CHS will make that determination under supervision of a fully licensed psychiatrist who is a member of the CHS staff. All associated paperwork and notifications are the responsibility of CHS (PC 4011.6). 2100 Medical & Health Services 2104.3 Mental Health Care Services (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return 3. Suicide Prevention training includes, but is from court as determined by the mental health director. not limited to: (a) Identifying the warning signs and symptoms, predisposing risk factors, verbal and behavioral cues of impending suicidal behavior and highrisk periods of ☒ ☐ ☐ incarceration. Training will include information regarding possible risk factors such as: 8. Following new legal problems (e.g. new charges, additional sentences, institutional proceedings, denial of parole), 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 10 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures 2602.1 Fire Prevention Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility 2602.5 Discovering a Fire in Progress administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures fire department to be included as part of the policy and Specific to Central Men’s Jail procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff 1. Each facility’s Fire/Life Safety Deputy will with two-year retention of the inspection record; conduct monthly inspections of all fire safety equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers and Scott Air Packs). The Fire/Life Safety Deputy will ensure that all equipment is in working order and properly serviced or replaced. These inspections will be documented on monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection records and maintained in the Fire/Life/Safety Deputy’s office. BSCC staff reviewed monthly fire prevention equipment checks dated January 2024 – October 2025 for compliance with this regulation. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and 2. Designated members of the local fire Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires department will conduct annual fire safety inspections at least once every two years; inspections of each facility. BSCC staff reviewed the Fire and Life Safety Inspection Notice from the Orange County Fire Authority and determined compliance ☒ ☐ ☐ with this regulation. The Fire Authority conducted the inspection on February 11, 2025. They found the alarm systems annual inspection was overdue and the Hood & Duct Extinguishing system service was overdue. The corrective action on this item is pending funding. (d) an evacuation plan; and, 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 4013.4 Evacuation of Inmates (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated 4013.6 Remote Evacuation Sites people in the case of fire. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 11 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 1103 Management Information and Research Systems Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics 1103.1 Management Reports accounting system which reflects the monthly average a) Each facility within Custody Operations daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people Command will be a part of the Jail by gender and juvenile status. Management System (JMS) computerized program of information input, storage, update, and retrieval. This is for the purpose of ☒ ☐ ☐ generating reports about inmate activities for review by management. b) Custody Operations Inmate Activity Reports 1. Daily reports will be generated… Agency staff provided the daily population report on the day of inspection. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with 1103.4 Jail Profile Survey applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 2500 Inmate Records Complete intake booking information will be (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV recorded by Inmate Records personnel on facility shall develop written policies and procedures for every arrestee admitted to the custody of the the maintenance of individual records for each Sheriff, in order to comply with all legal incarcerated person which shall include, but not be mandates. File set up and forms generation limited to, intake information, personal property receipts, will be initiated and coordinated in the Inmate commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary Records Office to centralize the records actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible function. physician and staff response, and non-medical 1602.5 Discipline information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 4. Documentation 2100.3 Areas of Responsibility/Goals – ☒ ☐ ☐ Medical h) Proper medical records and medical histories on all inmates in the facility will be maintained. 2110.4 Medical Records BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of incarcerated person records dated March – May 2025 and found they included intake information, personal property, court documents, etc. for compliance with this regulation. (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 2900.2 PREA Coordinator and PREA uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at Compliance Manager facilities under its direct control and from other facilities 6. Ensure all relevant data is collected, with which it contracts for the confinement of its recorded, and submitted for the annual DOJ incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ Survey of Sexual Violence and PREA survey. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS 338 Report Preparation (OCSDPM) 1103 Management Information and Research Each facility administrator shall develop written policies Systems and procedures for the maintenance of written records c) Custody Operations Incident Reports and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☒ ☐ ☐ harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 12 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Such records shall include the names of the persons BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, various incident reports dated January – June and the date and time of the occurrence. 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Agency staff wrote reports that ☒ ☐ ☐ were clear, concise, and included all of the pertinent information as well as the subsequent actions of staff. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff 338.3 Submission of Report (OCSDPM) assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility manager or designee. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 340 News Medica Relations (OCSDPM) The ultimate authority and responsibility for Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility the release of information to the media shall shall develop written policies and procedures for the remain with the Sheriff, however, in situations dissemination of information to the public, to other not warranting immediate notice to the Sheriff government agencies, and to the news media. The public and in situations where the Sheriff has given and incarcerated persons shall have available for review prior approval, Commanders, Department the following material: Commanders, designated Public Information Officer(s) or the Public Affairs and Community ☒ ☐ ☐ Engagement (PACE) division may prepare and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable law. 1104 Public Information Requests d) Inmates at any Custody Operations facility and the general public may request non- confidential policy and procedures information. (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections 2. Title 15 California Code of Regulations Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as “Minimum Standards for Local Detention found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facilities” will be available for public and inmate review. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated 1104 Public Information Requests people as specified in sections: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) 1045, Public Information Plan (2) 1061, Education Plan 2012 Education ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting 1902 Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service 2010 Legal Books and Library Services ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time 2006 Recreation ☒ ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 1604.5 Inmate Services Writings ☒ ☐ ☐ (8) 1067, Access to Telephone 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls ☒ ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- ☒ ☐ ☐ Custody Visitation (10) 1069, Orientation 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules ☒ ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure 1600.5 inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 13 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated 1602 Discipline Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 2114 Inmate Death or Serious Illness/Injury 2114.6 Death Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy a) In accordance with Title 15 of the California and procedures to comply with the in-custody death Code of Regulations, Section 1046, facility reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ administrators are required to submit an in- 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of custody death report, as mandated by the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC Government Code Section 12525, to the within 10 days of an in-custody death. BSCC within 10 days of the death (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Additionally, an initial review must be health administrator, shall develop written policy and conducted, and a written report, referred to as procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a the Initial Death Review Report, must be written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of completed within 30 days of the death. the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or e) The Death Review team shall consist of the designee, the health administrator, the responsible Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations physician and other health care, and supervision staff Command or designee, Constitutional who are relevant to the incident. Policing Advisor, Correctional Health Services (CHS) Director, CHS Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Director, CHS Chief of Operations, CHS Director of Nursing, CHS Mental Health and Operations Administrative Managers, Division Commander of the involved facility, County Counsel Deputy assigned to the OCSD, County Counsel Deputy assigned to CHS, and any other staff deemed appropriate by the Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations Command. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the c) The purpose of this review is to (1) appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to determine the appropriateness of clinical policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to care; (2) whether changes to the policies, identify issues that require further study. procedures, or practices are warranted; (3) identify issues that require further study; (4) assess and consult with County Counsel about the risk of exposure to liability; (5) ☒ ☐ ☐ identify areas of concern and recommend any necessary remedial actions; and (6) address such other matters as deemed necessary and appropriate by the review team. The review team may seek further review by the County’s Risk Manager, as appropriate. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the A copy of this report must be submitted to the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC within 60 days of the death. BSCC within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall provide a copy of the initial review ☒ ☐ ☐ report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 14 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following For detailed guidance on the reporting information: process, refer to the BSCC In-Custody Death (1) Demographic information Review Data Reporting Guide. (A) Full name of the decedent (B) Date of birth (C) Date of death (D) Time of death (E) Gender (F) Race and ethnicity (G) Relevant medical history (2) Facility Information ☒ ☐ ☐ (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death occurred within the facility (C) Date and time of the incident (D) Detention facility personnel (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 1200 Inmate Classification and Population Management (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, a) Inmate classification is defined as the or III facility shall develop and implement a written categorization of inmates by specific factors classification plan designed to properly assign such as criminal history, institutional behavior, incarcerated persons to housing units and activities and safety/security needs, among others. The according to the categories of gender identity, age, Classification Plan provides staff with the criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, necessary tools to effectively evaluate and physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- categorize each inmate against those factors, assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or in an objective and consistent manner. sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the classification intake screening forms dated extent possible within the limits of the available number February – June 2025 and found they were in of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. compliance with the parameters outlined in this regulation. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 15 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each administrator of a Type II or III facility shall establish 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities and implement a classification system which will include the use of classification officers or a classification 1201.4 Classification Reviews committee in order to properly assign incarcerated i) Inmates may request a review of their persons to housing, work, rehabilitation programs, and classification level no sooner than 30 days leisure activities. Such a plan shall include the use of as from the date of their last review. much information as is available about and from the incarcerated person and shall provide for a channel of ☒ ☐ ☐ appeal by the incarcerated person to the facility administrator or designee. Each person may request a review of their classification plan no more often than 30 days from their last review. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, a) The Housing Plan provides staff with a the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis process for placing individual inmates into the whether a placement would ensure the health and safety most appropriate housing possible and of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement enables them to efficiently audit and manage would present management or security problems. A the entire inmate population. To that end, this person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall Plan is executed using the following primary be given serious consideration. components: 1. The Classification Plan, which allows staff to assign each inmate an appropriate classification level. This is the primary driving factor when determining proper housing placement. 2. The “Health and Disability Notification Form” (J-112/J-105A, paper form). This form is used by Correctional Health Services (CHS) to communicate information to OCSD staff if an inmate requires specific medical or ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health accommodations and/or restrictions while housed or transported within the OCSD jail system. 3. Jail Management Systems (JMS). These systems consist of software applications and stand-alone electronic documents, which are used to audit space availability, population make-up, and population balancing. The JMS is also used to identify and assign inmates to specific housing locations. b) Once all of the above components have been considered, every inmate shall be assigned the most appropriate housing location possible to meet all health, safety, and security needs for that inmate, as well as other inmates and staff. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 16 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 1200 Inmate classification and Population Management, 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 4. Coordinate with Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) to manage and track all procedures specifying those symptoms that require inmates placed in quarantine or medical medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a isolation housing, when applicable. medical evaluation is completed. 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 7016.7 Negative Airflow Cells 1. Module “O” has four (4) cells designed for Negative Airflow. These cells are designed for atmospheric isolation of inmates that have contagious diseases, which can be transmitted through the transfer of airborne pathogens. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 2100 Medical and Health Services made of the person being booked as to whether the 2108 Intake Screening person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 2108.1 Screening Process as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or ☒ ☐ ☐ Intake screening for communicable diseases other special medical problem identified by the health occurs at the Intake Release Center. authority. The response shall be noted on the medical screening from. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 1201.1 Classification Assignments and Reviews The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1201.1 Initial Classification Assignment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and f) If during a classification interview an inmate procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated has a medical complaint, or is displaying ☒ ☐ ☐ people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of signs of a mental health crisis, Classification behavioral crisis may include telehealth. Staff will refer the inmate to Correctional Health Services (CHS) for immediate evaluation. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not 2104 Mental Health Care Services readily available, an incarcerated person shall be The Mental Health Care Services Program is considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this designed to screen, evaluate and treat section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or mentally ill inmates in order to provide others or appear gravely disabled. necessary on-site mental health treatment during their incarceration. For policies and procedures related to Psychiatric Evaluation, Psychiatric Emergencies, Mental Health Transfers and Safety Cell usage, refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 903- Suicide Prevention. 903.3 Mental Health Referrals (OCSDPM) If an inmate exhibits signs of self-harming behavior, reveals intent to cause self-inflicted ☒ ☐ ☐ physical harm, report(s) suicidal or homicidal ideation, or if staff has been notified of a change in an inmate's risk factors, the Deputy/Staff Member shall refer the inmate to CHS as soon as practical and advise them of the facts and circumstances surrounding the perceived or reported mental health crisis of the inmate. (g) Inmates should be seen by CHS within 30 minutes of the time of the referral and shall be monitored by CHS staff members until it is determined that the inmate no longer presents a risk of engaging in self-harm. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 17 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next (a) Correctional Health Services (CHS) is a daily sick call, whichever is earliest. division of the Orange County Health Care Agency (HCA). CHS staff members are responsible for providing 24-hour on-site mental health care services to inmates. 1. Correctional Health Services (CHS) will provide 24-hour per day coverage, 7 days per week. 2. Facilities that do not provide 24-hour CHS ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health coverage will refer the inmate to CHS to determine if the inmate needs to be transferred to a facility with 24-hour mental health coverage. (b) Intake 3. Whenever an inmate is identified as exhibiting a mental health crisis, a physician's opinion shall be secured within 12 hours of identification or at the next daily sick call, whichever is earliest. Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation safety of the person in crisis or others. (b) Intake 2. If CHS determines that the inmate needs special restrictions or housing requirements, they shall complete a Health and Disability Notification form (J-112/J-105A form). A Copy of the J-112/J-105A shall be forwarded to ☒ ☐ ☐ Classification Staff and PMU for use in assigning an appropriate housing location. CHS shall work closely with Classification Staff in gathering and relaying information about the inmate and what safety precautions, if any, need to be taken. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION 1202 Classification Descriptions and Identification Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates develop and implement policies and procedures for the e) Generally, Specialty Housing inmates shall administrative separation of incarcerated people. only be housed with inmates of the same security level. f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil detainees will be housed alone. However, Classification/PMU has discretion to group and/or house these inmates/detainees with ☒ ☐ ☐ compatible inmates/detainees - of like classification level - under certain circumstances. A Classification Review (J- 203) shall be submitted and approved by the Classification Sergeant prior to any of these inmates being placed together. 1202.3 High Security (HS) Inmates 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates 1202.5 Protective Custody (PC) Inmates 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 18 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Policies and procedures must include: 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate a) Title 15, Section 1053 states housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of “administrative separation” may consist of privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of separate and secure housing that does not protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility involve any other deprivation of privileges ☒ ☐ ☐ staff. than is necessary to obtain the objective of protecting inmates and staff. Custody Operations defines these types of inmates as Administrative Housing (AH). (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect b) Administrative separation must not an incarcerated person’s health. ☒ ☐ ☐ adversely affect an inmate’s health. (c) Administrative separation may be used for 1202.4 Administrate Housing (AH) Inmates incarcerated people who have: 1. AH-1 (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or i. Prone to escape .ii. Assaultive toward staff promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in or other inmates. iii. Disruptive to the nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the operations of the jail. iv. Associates of a safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and validated prison gang or security threat group. facility staff. v. Facing, or have been sentenced to, the (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is death penalty or a life sentence. criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or 2. AH-2 affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated i. Self-admitted or validated member of people, and facility staff. sensitive needs yard (SNY) gang (25s, (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or Greenlighters, Allstars, Northern Riders, etc.). participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other ii. Protective custody inmates who become incarcerated persons or facility staff. problematic based on continual assaults, (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted extortions and/or threats towards other PC escape. inmates. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other 3. AH-3 incarcerated people. i. Undergoing a classification investigation to determine appropriate housing and/or classification. ii. Inmates who have been targeted for assault while in custody, due to ☒ ☐ ☐ gang politics. iii. AH-3 Inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. 4. Protective Custody-Administrative Housing (PC-AH) Inmates i. Inmates who require protection and separation from other inmates, including PC and PC-AH inmates. ii. Law enforcement, ex- law enforcement, and relatives of law enforcement officers. iii. Government officials, judges, and attorneys. iv. PC-AH inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 19 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates administrative separation to obtain the objective of b) Every inmate requiring Specialty Housing protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility upon initial classification or re-classification staff. shall have a Specialty Housing Request Form (J-201) or Classification Review form (J-203) completed, detailing the justification. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of ☒ ☐ ☐ Classification Forms dated January – May 2025, detailing the necessity to place an individual in Administrative Housing and determined compliance with this regulation. Incarcerated people were classified for Administrative Housing to protect the welfare of incarcerated people and facility staff. (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and 1200 Inmate Classification & Population evaluation of the need to continue placement in Management administrative separation. 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities 9. Conduct periodic administrative separation reviews for inmates classified as “AH3 and PC-AH". ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of ongoing evaluations dated January – May 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Classification staff completed ongoing reviews and evaluations of individuals in Administrative Housing AH3 and PC-AH. 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) A safety cell is a single occupancy temporary The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section housing unit constructed with padded 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who surfaces and is designed to confine violent display behavior which results in the destruction of inmates to prevent imminent physical harm to ☐ ☐ ☒ property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to themselves or others, or destruction of self or others. property. This facility does not have Safety Cells. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the (a) Placement Based on Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) Evaluation/Authorization procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate 1. The Watch Commander may refer an authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell inmate to CHS to be evaluated for placement to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but in a safety cell. CHS has primary authority to ☐ ☐ ☒ not be limited to: determine whether an inmate will be placed in a safety cell. If there is a difference in opinion between CHS and the Watch Commander, the decision of CHS controls. (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 1602 Discipline or as a substitute for treatment. 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be ☐ ☐ ☒ used as a form of punishment. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 20 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the (a) If, upon evaluation, CHS determines an approval of the facility manager or designee, or inmate should be confined in a safety cell in responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be order to prevent imminent physical harm to reviewed a minimum of every four hours. the inmate or others, or the destruction of property, then CHS will complete a written authorization for such placement. (e) Continued Retention in a Safety Cell ☐ ☐ ☒ 1. Continued retention of an inmate in a safety cell shall be reviewed by CHS at least every 4 hours from the time of initial placement. In the event CHS staff is unable to conduct a retention review within any given four hour period, the Watch Commander shall be responsible to conduct that review. (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as (b) CHS will assess the inmate's medical and possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of mental health prior to authorizing placement placement in the safety cell. The person shall be of an inmate in a safety cell. medically cleared for continued retention, referral to 1. After an inmate is authorized by CHS for advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a placement in a safety cell, CHS should minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. medically clear the inmate every 24 hours thereafter, until the inmate is removed from the safety cell. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a medical and/or mental health evaluation at the time the inmate is authorized for placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health 903.6 Safety Cell care staff shall obtain a mental health (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on medical and/or mental health evaluation at placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon the time the inmate is authorized for as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to ☐ ☐ ☒ conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least (d) Safety Checks twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute 1. Deputies will document their direct visual lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be observation checks of the inmate in the safety documented. cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety ☐ ☐ ☒ cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 21 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 3002.7 Inmate Meals administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. The Prowler Deputy will accompany the CSA throughout the safety cell feeding. Inmates in ☐ ☐ ☒ safety cells will be fed the same meal as other inmates, except when a special diet is ordered by a doctor. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 2. When an inmate is placed in a safety cell, retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably they will be given the following items or designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal privileges while they are in the safety cell: ☐ ☐ ☒ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's (a) A safety gown safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1. Sobering Cells are to be used for temporary 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of holding of inmates who are a threat to their incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☐ ☐ ☒ own safety or the safety of others due to their or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. state of intoxication. This facility does not have Sobering Cells. A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 5. Inmates shall be removed from the as they are able to continue the admission process or are Sobering cell as soon as they are able to no longer a risk to themselves or others. ☐ ☐ ☒ continue with the booking process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 4. Deputies will coordinate with CHS Staff to six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody obtain a health evaluation of the inmate at staff to determine whether the person has an urgent least every six (6) hours from the time of ☐ ☐ ☒ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these placement in cell. regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must See above. receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ ☐ ☒ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 4. Deputies shall perform a safety check sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of hour. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check for all inmates temporarily ☐ ☐ ☒ housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 2104.1 Developmentally Disabled Developmentally Disabled inmates are The facility administrator, in cooperation with the screened by Correctional Health Services responsible physician, shall develop written policies and (CHS) to determine if the inmate can follow procedures for the identification and evaluation, the rules of the jail, comply with Deputy’s ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate classification and housing, protection, and directives, and avoid conflicts with other nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with inmates. Those who cannot be maintained in developmental disabilities. regular housing will be transferred by CHS to a more appropriate housing location. The health authority or designee shall contact the Support services are available to the regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or developmentally disabled inmate upon their confirmed to have a developmental disability for the release from custody. These services may be purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of provided by the Regional Center of Orange such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. ☒ ☐ ☐ County (RCOC), or a Regional Center located in the inmate’s county of residence. During the intake process, CHS will screen the inmate and contact the Regional Center. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 22 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response a) Approved Restraint Devices The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1. Only restraint devices approved by the responsible physician, shall develop and implement Sheriff may be used in Custody Operations, written policies and procedures for the use of restraint including: devices. Restraint devices include any devices which i. Handcuffs - All Deputies shall, while on duty, immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated carry on their person or have immediately person from being ambulatory. The provisions of this available, at least one (1) pair of handcuffs section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or meeting the specifications of standard other restraint devices when used to restrain Department issue. incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility ii. Waist restraint with handcuffs. ☐ ☐ ☒ manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated iii. Leg restraints. person in restraints to responsible health care staff. iv. Plastic flex cuffs – Should be used only when there is access to an appropriate tool for the immediate removal of the flex cuffs. v. Restraint chair. vi. Hobble Restraint for vehicle transportation purposes – Refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 306 – Hobble Restraint. This facility does not use restraints. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 306 Hobble Restraint (OCSDPM) (1) acceptable restraint devices; 1800.1 Security Restraints ☐ ☐ ☒ v. Restraint chair (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 7. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment immediate medical/mental health referral; availability and an automated external defibrillator (AED) of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; shall be readily available. e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check. Staff will check the ☐ ☐ ☒ person for any signs of distress and will ensure the restraints remain properly applied to protect the person’s safety and well-being. Staff will notify CHS immediately if any of the following conditions are observed: i. Swelling, ii. Skin discoloration, iii. Altered respirations or labored breathing, iv. Unconsciousness or reduced consciousness, v. Complaint of injury or illness, vi. Any indication of distress (3) protective housing of restrained persons; 4. Any inmate in a restraint chair shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ secured separately from all other inmates. (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, f) Hydration and Sanitation ☐ ☐ ☒ (5) exercising of extremities. g) Range of Motion Opportunities ☐ ☐ ☒ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 1880.1 Security Restraints following requirements: b) Use of Restraints (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ ☐ ☒ 2. Restraints will not be used as a punishment or as a substitute for treatment. or a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on b) Use of Restraints incarcerated people who display behavior which 3. Approved restraint devices shall be used results in the destruction of property or reveal an under the following circumstances: ☐ ☐ ☒ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. i. As a precaution to prevent an escape, violent actions, or property damage. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 23 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 1800.2 Restraint Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation The restraint chair may only be used when it techniques, have been attempted and are deemed appears less restrictive alternatives would be ineffective. ☐ ☐ ☒ ineffective in preventing the inmate from injuring themselves, injuring others, or damaging property. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in a) The Watch Commander, in collaboration restraints only with the approval of the facility with Correctional Health Services (CHS) manager, the facility watch commander, or medical personnel, will evaluate the responsible health care staff; continued retention placement of an inmate in the restraint chair. shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. 2. A Sergeant shall check the condition of the restrained inmate by direct visual observation ☐ ☐ ☒ within sixty minutes of the beginning time of the last Sergeant’s check. h) Continued Restraint 1. The facility Watch Commander and CHS staff will review the inmate for continued restraint or removal a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. mental condition prior to placement in the ☐ ☐ ☒ restraint chair. (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and shall be secured within one hour from the time of mental condition prior to placement in the placement. restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and four hours of placement. mental condition prior to placement in the restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be e) Required Observation conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate that the restraints are properly employed, and to in a restraint chair by direct visual observation ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of person. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check. ☐ ☐ ☒ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair consultation with responsible health care staff for more than four (4) hours. This is within our determines that an incarcerated person cannot be current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as safely removed from restraints after eight hours, the ☐ ☐ ☒ mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended for more than four (4) hours. This is within our maximum time limits for placement. ☐ ☐ ☒ current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 24 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (11) All events and information related to the 3. A video camera will be used to record the placement in restraints shall be documented and inmate being placed and secured in the shall be video recorded unless exigent restraint chair. All additional interactions circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The requiring entry into the cell will also be documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ ☐ ☒ recorded, including CHS assessments and placement; person authorizing placement; names of evaluations. staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response (d) Pregnant Inmates The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Agency policy covers every subsection of this ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant regulation for compliance. people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: This facility does not house females. (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response in recovery after delivery or termination of the (d) Pregnant Inmates pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg ☒ ☐ ☐ or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination (d) Pregnant Inmates of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response who is currently responsible for the medical care of (d) Pregnant Inmates an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☒ ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, (d) Pregnant Inmates of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 374 Biological Samples (OCSDPM) 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized (OCSDPM) law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel 1500 Collection of DNA Databank Samples including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to (CPC 296) collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or 1500.2 Service of “Inmate Notice of Penal palm print impressions from individuals who are required Code Section 296” and Any Refusal to to provide such samples, specimens or impressions Provide Sample ☒ ☐ ☐ pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse 1. Staff may employ reasonable force to following written or oral request. collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 25 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that (OCSDPM) an objective, trained and competent correctional For the purpose of this section, the "use of employee, faced with similar facts and reasonable force" shall be defined as the circumstances, would consider necessary and force that an objective, trained, and ☒ ☐ ☐ reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. competent deputy faced with similar facts and circumstances would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance (Penal Code 374.4 PROCEDURE § 298.1(c)(1)(A)). (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to (OCSDPM) secure voluntary compliance shall be documented 1. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☒ ☐ ☐ deputy(s) shall take and document provide the requisite specimen, sample or reasonable steps to secure voluntary impression and the consequences of refusal. compliance (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(C)). (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples authorization of the facility watch commander or (OCSDPM) designee on duty. The authorization shall include 2. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the information that reflects the fact that the offender was deputy(s) shall obtain written authorization asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or ☒ ☐ ☐ from a supervisor which shall minimally impression and refused. include that the individual was asked to provide the sample(s) and refused (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(B (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including (OCSDPM) audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. 3. If the authorized use of reasonable force The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the includes a cell extraction, such extraction ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the shall be video recorded (Penal Code § use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the 298.1(c)(1)(D)). tape shall be retained administratively. 1061 EDUCATION PROGRAM 2012 Education Education programs are offered in The facility administrator of any Type II or III facility shall conjunction with local education agencies plan and shall request of appropriate public officials an ☒ ☐ ☐ (LEA) and are designed to help the education program for incarcerated persons. incarcerated take advantage of their available time. When such services are not made available by the The facility offers the following education appropriate public officials, then the facility administrator programs: shall develop and implement an education program with High School Equivalency, High School ☒ ☐ ☐ available resources. Diploma, English as a second language, academic skills, and money matters. Such a plan shall provide for the voluntary academic or These programs may include an academically vocational, or both, education of housed people. oriented course geared toward the attainment of the California State General Education Development (GED) certificate, as well as continuing education classes such as English as a Second Language (ESL), Job Development Skills, Substance Abuse and Positive Parenting. Basic Literacy Tutoring ☒ ☐ ☐ and Vocational Computer Business skills are also offered. During the onsite inspection, incarcerated people acknowledged they had access to education programs through the mail and on the tablet. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 26 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Reasonable criteria for program eligibility shall be 2012.1 Enrollment established. Modified academic or vocational a) When security permits, any sentenced or opportunities may be provided based on sound security pre-trial inmate will have the opportunity to practices or a person’s failure to abide by facility rules enroll in any available education program. and regulations. Participation will be voluntary. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Equal opportunity for participation is available to both male and female inmates. 2. For enrollment in the GED program the inmate’s sentence must exceed 29 days. 1062 VISITING 1902 Visiting Jail Operations Administration encourages The facility administrator shall develop and implement inmates to maintain ties with their family and written policies and procedures, which include the friends through regular visits. Visiting is following requirements: scheduled to allow such access on a regular ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: basis limited only by staff availability, capacity (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility of the designated visitation areas, and the schedules, space, and number of personnel will safe operation of the jail facilities. allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting Visiting information for each facility is on the hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made Department’s website: available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- ☒ ☐ ☐ divisions/custody-operations- command/central-mens-womens- jails/visiting-hours-information (3) For all incarcerated persons in Type II, III, and IV 1. Only one visit is permitted per day. facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two 2. Visits last a minimum of 30 minutes. visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ person each week. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate n) Public Visiting Privileges operational or safety and security concern exists. All 1. The Watch Commander or designee may cancelled visits must be documented. The facility deny an approved visitor access to a facility; manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled or may terminate or restrict a visit in progress ☒ ☐ ☐ visits and document such review. for violations of law, facility policy (such as stated in C.C.R. Title 15), or for any reason related to a legitimate penological interest… (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this 1902.1 Visiting Hours section shall include provision for visitation by minor 3. A maximum of two adults and two minors ☒ ☐ ☐ children of the incarcerated person. are permitted at one time. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing b) Video visits will be available 7 days per visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the week between the hours of 0700-1700. requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☒ ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☐ ☐ ☒ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☐ ☐ ☒ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 27 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Types and availability of visitation, including: On-site barrier and video visits are available. Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; On-site barrier and video visits are available. Visitation hours; a) On-site personal visiting will be conducted Friday through Monday 0800-1700. b) Video visits will be available 7 days per week between the hours of 0700-1700. Time inmates are allowed for visitation; and, See above. Any restrictions on inmate visitation. Discipline, facility security, unruly visitor. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting Inmates will be permitted to send and receive The facility administrator shall develop written policies unlimited correspondence to maintain and procedures for correspondence which provide that: communication with their families, friends, (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an business associates and government ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person may send or receive; authorities, except when there is reasonable cause to justify limitations for reasons of public safety or facility order, security, or to stop a state or federal crime. (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be a) All incoming mail will be screened for read when there is a valid security reason and the facility unacceptable materials. ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s d) All incoming mail from state and federal correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any courts, state and federal elected officials, member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and attorneys, legitimate legal service the State Board of State and Community Corrections; organizations that consist of an established however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail group of attorneys involved in the only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money representation of offenders in judicial orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; proceedings (including the American Civil Liberties Union and the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers), the ☒ ☐ ☐ Corrections Standards Authority and the Division Commander or the Captain, shall be considered "legal mail," and shall only be opened and inspected in the presence of the inmate by a Deputy in the inmate’s housing area. This mail shall not be read or copied but may be inspected in the presence of the addressee for contraband. (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, See above. with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds 1900.5 Free Postage shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes 1. At least four postage-free letters each and eight sheets of paper each week to permit week. (Personal Correspondence) correspondence with family members and friends but 2. Postage-free letters for legal without limitation on the number of postage paid correspondence as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to 2002 Commissary and Inmate Welfare Fund the courts. f) Welfare Pack, iv. Four (4) letter sized envelopes and postage, vi. Ten (10) sheets of writing paper 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 28 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1064 LIBRARY SERVICES 2000 Inmate Services and Programs 2010 Legal Books and Library Services The facility administrator shall develop written policies j) Jail Law Library Materials Distribution and procedures for library service in all Type II, III, and IV facilities. The scope of such service shall be determined 2010.02 Library Services by the facility administrator. The library service shall b) Books include access to the following resources via paper 1. A floating library of paperback books is documents or through electronic media and include circulated by the Correctional Programs staff current information on community services and ☒ ☐ ☐ throughout the facility housing units for use by resources, and religious, educational, legal reference the inmates. material and recreational reading material. 3. On a weekly basis, a member of the Correctional Programs staff will visit each housing unit and sector to exchange books. Books are brought to the housing areas for exchange. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 2006 Recreation Inmates will have access to a variety of (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall recreation opportunities and equipment, both develop written policies and procedures for a minimum of ☒ ☐ ☐ indoor and outdoor, in order to maintain the 10 hours of out of cell time distributed over a period of physical, social and emotional health of the seven days to include: individual. (1) an opportunity for three hours of exercise and 3. Staff shall afford each inmate the opportunity to participate in a minimum of three (3) hours of outdoor recreation per week, distributed over at least two separate days. Outdoor recreation will generally be available for use by inmates from 0600 through 2300 hours daily. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of logs from June 2025 for various housing units and September 2025 logs for individuals in administrative housing and determined compliance with this regulation. Individuals were offered three hours of exercise per ☒ ☐ ☐ week. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed facility staff and incarcerated persons and confirmed that incarcerated people are taken to the roof for outdoor exercise twice a week for an hour and a half each time. According to staff, incarcerated people may also exercise in the dayrooms or their living area. The dayrooms are open from 6am to 11pm, allowing for recreation and exercise in excess of this regulation. On the day of inspection, incarcerated people were observed utilizing the yard. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 29 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) an opportunity for seven hours of recreation. b) Dayrooms 1. Under normal circumstances, inmates will be afforded the opportunity to use the dayroom for a minimum of three hours per day, unless specific and articulable reasons exist for a shorter time period. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of dayroom logs from various housing areas ☒ ☐ ☐ from June 2025 and Administrative Housing from September 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Based on the layout of the housing area, some individuals have access to the dayroom from 6am to 11pm, allowing for dayroom time in excess of this regulation. Individuals in Administrative Housing were offered three hours of dayroom time daily. Policies shall include reasonable and necessary 5. An inmate’s poor behavior or violation of jail procedures to ensure safety and security. rules does not justify loss of their outdoor ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation time unless their actions pose a threat to the safety and security of the facility. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 1900.6 Inmate Subscriptions to Books, WRITINGS Magazines, and Newspapers a) Inmates will be permitted to receive (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall through the mail, any newspapers which are develop written policies and procedures which will permit not provided by the jail, and magazines or incarcerated persons to purchase, receive and read any paperback books that may lawfully be book, newspaper, periodical, or writing accepted for transmitted through the U.S. Postal Service. distribution by the United States Postal Service. The ☒ ☐ ☐ facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan to make available a current newspaper or other like source, including a non-English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the right of a facility administrator to: (1) exclude any publications or writings based on any These items are subject to reasonable legitimate penological interest; withholding for inspection for contraband and ☒ ☐ ☐ security purposes. (2) exclude obscene publications or writings, and 1900.2 Unacceptable Items Received in the mail containing information concerning where, how, Mail or from whom such matter may be obtained; and any 2010.2 Library Services matter of a character tending to incite murder, arson, 1. Obscene publications or writings, and mail riot, violent racism, or any other form of violence; any containing information concerning where, matter of a character tending to incite crimes against ☒ ☐ ☐ how or from whom such material may be children; any matter concerning unlawful gambling or obtained; anything that may incite murder, an unlawful lottery; the manufacture or use of assault, violence; and any material weapons, narcotics, or explosives; or any other concerning unlawful gambling or an unlawful unlawful activity; lottery, shall be excluded. (3) open and inspect any publications or packages a) All incoming mail will be screened for received by an incarcerated person; and ☒ ☐ ☐ unacceptable materials. (4) restrict the number of books, newspapers, Module Deputies will adhere to the five (5) periodicals, or writings the incarcerated person may book/magazine limit set for inmates. have in their cell or elsewhere in the facility at one ☒ ☐ ☐ time. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 30 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls Inmates confined in any Jail Operations The facility administrator shall develop written policies facility will have access to telephones to and procedures which allow access to a telephone or maintain community and family ties and communication device beyond those telephone calls communicate with legal representatives or the which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. courts. Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by 1904.4 Special Use Telephones others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be a) Each facility will maintain video interpreting provided access to the appropriate telecommunication services for hearing impaired inmates’ use. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices Requests to use video interpreting services may include but are not limited to videophones, will be honored at the convenience of jail staff, teletypewriters, or third-party communications but as soon as reasonably possible. assistance. An individual’s access to telephone ☒ ☐ ☐ 8000.2 Programs and Services communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. During the onsite visit, BSCC staff observed the Video Relay Device for compliance with this regulation. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- Custody Visitation The facility administrator shall develop written policies 3010.2 Scheduled Attorney and Official and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have Agency Visitation access to the court and to legal counsel. ☒ ☐ ☐ a) Attorneys and other official visitors for Such access shall consist of: inmates in the CMJ and CWJ will contact the Attorney/Bond Guard Station in the facility where the inmate is housed. (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 1604.1 Inmate Rights regulations, and, x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and ☒ ☐ ☐ confidential consultation with attorneys (Minimum Jail Standards, Title 15, Section 1068). (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. 1904.4 Special Use Telephones 1. Calls between an inmate and their attorney ☒ ☐ ☐ or an agent of the attorney are privileged and shall not be subject to auditory monitoring. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 31 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules To maintain inmate discipline within Jail (a) In Type II, III, and IV facilities, the facility administrator Operations, a set of rules and regulations has shall develop written policies and procedures for the been established that specifies violations and implementation of a program for people newly admitted sanctions. Inmate rights will be recognized, to the facility designed to orient them at the time of and responsible inmate behavior will be placement in a living area. required at all times. An efficient operating facility, safe working conditions for jail staff and the security of the inmate population are ☒ ☐ ☐ the primary objectives for the enforcement of jail rules. New inmates will be informed of jail rules at the time of admission. BSCC staff reviewed the Inmate Orientation Handbook last revised in April 2025 and determined it was in compliance with these regulations. Both written and verbal information shall be provided and c) Jail rules, programs and services are may be supplemented with video orientation. posted throughout each facility in the dayrooms, outdoor recreation, and other areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ d) Inmates are required to read, understand and comply with inmate orientation provisions and jail rules. Provision shall be made to provide accessible orientation 8000 Inmates with Disabilities information to each person, including those with f) System-wide Functions disabilities, limited literacy, or those with limited English 4. Inmates identified by CHS staff will be proficiency (LEP). interviewed by the facility ADA Deputy. Each inmate will be notified in writing regarding what level of programs and services they are eligible to receive based on classification level and medical needs. In addition, each inmate will receive a copy of the jail rules and ☒ ☐ ☐ correctional programs brochure. If an inmate requires assistance reading the orientation brochure, the ADA Deputy will take steps to ensure Effective Communication for the inmate. a) Intake 12. Reasonable accommodations will be made during the intake process. Such a program shall be published and include, but not 1600.3 Orange County Jail Rules be limited to, the following: a) Visiting and Communications (1) correspondence, visiting, and telephone usage ☒ ☐ ☐ b) Mail rules; c) Phone Calls (2) rules and disciplinary procedures; 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules - Violations by Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1602 Discipline (3) grievance procedures; 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) programs and activities available and method of 1600.6 Orange County Correctional application; ☒ ☐ ☐ Programs (5) medical and mental health services; l) Medical/Dental/Psychiatric Care ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) classification/housing assignments; e) Housing Assignments and Movement ☒ ☐ ☐ j) Classification of Inmates (7) court appearance where scheduled, if known; o) Court ☒ ☐ ☐ 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 32 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) voting, including registration; 1604.1 Inmate Rights v) Inmates who are qualified voters as determined by the County Registrar of Voters ☒ ☐ ☐ may vote by absentee ballot in local, state, and federal elections. (9) zero tolerance policy against sexual abuse and t) In-Custody Contact sexual harassment; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (10) availability of personal care items and p) Cleanliness opportunities for personal hygiene. ☒ ☐ ☐ n) Jail Clothing and Hygiene 1070 INDIVIDUAL/FAMILY SERVICE PROGRAMS 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility shall develop written policies and procedures which facilitate This facility offers the following vocational cooperation with appropriate public or private agencies programs: Intro to Software Applications, How for individual or family social service programs for to Build a Home-Based Business/Accounting incarcerated persons. Such a program shall utilize the ☒ ☐ ☐ for Non-Accountants and Institutional Food services and resources available in the community and Preparation Substance Abuse classes, Life may be in the form of a resource guide or actual service Skills, Re-Entry, MAT Program, Back on delivery. Track, Work Readiness, etc. The incarcerated people also have access to thousands of hours of content on the tablet. The range and source of such services shall be at the 1600.6 Orange County Correctional discretion of the facility administrator and may include: Programs (a) risk and needs assessments; b) Academic Programs/Classes (b) best practices in: c) Developmental Programs/Classes (1) individual, group or family counseling; d) Vocational Education Programs (2) drug and alcohol abuse counseling; e) Religious & Inspirational Programs (3) cognitive behavioral interventions; f) Law Library (4) vocational testing and counseling; g) Great Escape Program (5) employment counseling; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) discharge and reentry planning; 2000 Inmate Services and Programs (c) referral to community resources and programs; c) Programs and services will be provided by (d) reentry planning and service development; Correctional Programs Staff and outside (e) legal assistance; community resources. (f) regional center services for the developmentally disabled; and, (g) community volunteers. 1071 VOTING 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure The Orange County Sheriff’s Department The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced Custody Command shall allow inmates to incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop correspond with the Orange County Registrar written policies and procedures whereby the county of Voters to register to vote, in their county of registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, ☒ ☐ ☐ residence, and submit an application for a state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. vote by mail ballot. Inmates who would like to participate in local, state and federal elections can contact the Registrar of Voters for information and materials. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 33 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility e) Religious & Inspirational Programs shall develop written policies and procedures to provide 1. The Orange County Sheriff’s Correctional opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in Programs Unit offers religious services in religious services, practices, and counseling on a several denominations. These services are voluntary basis. ☒ ☐ ☐ offered in English, Spanish, and Vietnamese. 2. Individual pastoral counseling is also available upon request. This facility offers several religious programs for various faiths. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure b) Allowable Grievances (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and 1. Any inmate may file a grievance related to Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall any condition of confinement, including but develop written policies and procedures whereby all not limited to: incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to i. Medical Care submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions ii. Classification Actions of confinement, including but not limited to: medical care; iii. Program Participation classification actions; disciplinary actions; program iv. Telephone, Mail, and Visiting Procedures participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; v. Food, Clothing, and Bedding Issues ☒ ☐ ☐ and food, clothing, and bedding. vi. Disability accommodations and/or Such policies and procedures shall include: discrimination BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of grievances and grievance appeals dated January – June 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. The grievances were investigated and responded to appropriately. (1) a grievance form; 2. Grievance forms are available in all ☒ ☐ ☐ housing locations. (2) instructions for registering and appealing a 6. All properly completed grievance forms grievance, including relevant deadlines; shall be submitted within 14 calendar days of the alleged incident. ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Any grievance appeal must be submitted within 14 days of notification of the previous grievance outcome. (3) a process for submission and handling of i. The inmate may drop the completed anonymous grievances; grievance form in any grievance drop box. ☒ ☐ ☐ These boxes are located throughout the facility and accessible to all inmates. (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest e) Grievance Resolution appropriate staff level; 1. All grievances will be resolved at the lowest possible level. If the assigned staff member is ☒ ☐ ☐ unable to resolve the issue, the form will be forwarded to the next highest level in the chain of command. (5) appeal to the next level of review; g) Grievance Appeals 2. In the event an inmate is dissatisfied with the outcome of the actions taken at the initial ☒ ☐ ☐ level, the grievance may be appealed to the next highest level. (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each 4. Grievances that are denied or cannot be level of review which acts on the grievance; resolved will have written reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ denial from each level of review which acted upon the grievance. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 34 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (7) provision for a non-automated initial response 2. Staff investigations and responses shall be within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed completed within a reasonable amount of a period of 15 calendar days; time. Reasonableness will be based on the ☒ ☐ ☐ type and scope of the grievance submitted, but all inmate grievances will be acted on within ten working days of receipt. (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction 3. An inmate may not file a grievance on any within the facility; issue which the Department has no control over, such as i. Federal, State, or Local Laws ☒ ☐ ☐ ii. Judicial Proceedings or Decisions of the Courts iii. Probation or Parole Actions (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, The staff member will provide the inmate a appeal, response, and related documents to the completed copy, and place the original incarcerated person; and, completed and signed form in the area’s grievance box for supervisor review, database upload, and distribution. 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the ☒ ☐ ☐ Grievance Database has been updated, a copy of the completed grievance has been provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the regular review of grievances, responses, and Grievance Database has been updated, a appeals. copy of the completed grievance has been ☒ ☐ ☐ provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (b) Grievance System Abuse: j) Grievance Procedure Abuse The facility may establish written policy and procedure to control the submission of an excessive number of ☒ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules – Violations by Inmates Wherever discipline is administered, each facility 1602 Discipline administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary Inmate misconduct will be documented in the actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. Jail Management System (JMS) and ☒ ☐ ☐ sanctions will be imposed in proportion to the Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy severity of the rule violated. Inmates may should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, utilize the formal appeal process to appeal Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. any disciplinary action against them. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply d) Each inmate will have access to posted and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing rules. units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☒ ☐ ☐ booking. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 35 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable 8000 Inmates with Disabilities to read English, and for persons with disabilities, b) Staff will provide reasonable modifications provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them to jail rules, policies, and practices to enable verbally or provide them with material in an inmates to participate in the services, understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary programs, and activities offered to other procedures and actions. inmates of the same classification level. Some examples of reasonable accommodations include: 1. Using a sign language interpreter, Video Remote Interpreter (VRI), or other means to ensure proper communication with deaf inmates (e.g., jail rules & rights, Miranda admonishments, interviews, disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ hearings.) The complexity and importance of communication, the number of people involved, and the length of the communication are some factors to consider when deciding on the best method of communication assistance. 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 1602.5 Discipline PERSONS a) Counseling an Inmate: b) Minor Violations Each facility administrator shall develop written policies ii. Assign up to four (4) hours extra duty with and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. the approval of a Sergeant or Watch The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following Commander. elements: iii. Deny the inmate certain privileges, such as (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- telephone or TV for up to five (5) days for each ☒ ☐ ☐ conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may violation. (Under no circumstance should a impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to loss of telephone privileges be used to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less prevent an inmate from making legal calls to than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation their attorney.) and supervisory approval. iv. Deny the inmate commissary for up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not five commissary days). (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive may consist of one or any combination of the minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing following: by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☒ ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. iii. Loss of good time/ work time ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. The inmate(s) involved in the violation, along with any witnesses, will be temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ segregated until they have been interviewed. 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation, program classes, etc.) A staff member with investigative and disciplinary The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. incident. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 36 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor involved in the charges. who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incident. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person 2. Disciplinary Process Major Violations shall be acted on with the following provisions and within ii. Inmates will receive a copy of the Notice of specified timeframes: Disciplinary Violation, on which the rule 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice ☒ ☐ ☐ violation will be documented. of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary later than seventy-two (72) hours after an officer and the incarcerated person has been inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four be postponed or continued for a reasonable time (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, noted on the form. or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to The Deputy(s) and inmate (s) will be appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and interviewed along with any witnesses they present witnesses and documentary evidence. The wish to call. Interpreters will be provided as incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. The inmate shall have access to staff assistance when they have limited literacy, or the or inmate assistance when the inmate is issues are complex. illiterate or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hours after an incarcerated person has been sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no informed of the charge(s) in writing. later than seventy-two (72) hours after an inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so noted on the form. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary 6. Final disposition of punishment will be charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and made by the Disciplinary Officer and reviewed the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ by the Watch Commander. manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a 7. Inmates shall be advised of the action taken written statement by the fact-finders about the by the Disciplinary Officer by means of an evidence relied on and the reasons for the "Inmate's Advisement of Punishment Report" disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept which is prepared by the Disciplinary Officer. pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. ☒ ☐ ☐ Distribution of the form is as follows: i. One (1) copy to Inmate Records ii. Two (2) copies to Classification iii. One (1) copy to the inmate 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 37 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a 1602.6 Appeal Procedure supervisor on all disciplinary action. a) Minor Violation Appeal Procedure: Any inmate wishing to appeal a minor violation must submit a written request within forty- eight (48) hours of notice of the violation to the appropriate Sergeant. b) Major Violation Appeal Procedure: Appeals of punishment may be made in writing in the form of a grievance, an Inmate Message Slip, ☒ ☐ ☐ or a letter to the facility and must be submitted within fourteen (14) days after receiving notice of the discipline imposed. Appeals submitted after this period will not be considered timely and will not be evaluated. The Division Commander will review the Watch Commander’s report and advise the inmate of the decision on an Inmate's Advisement of Appeal form. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 1602.5 Discipline a) Counseling an Inmate, b) Minor Violations The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer i. Counsel the offender. ii. Assign up to four shall be directly related to the severity of the rule (4) hours extra duty with the approval of a infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a Sergeant or Watch Commander. iii. Deny the progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of inmate certain privileges, such as telephone discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the or TV for up to five (5) days for each violation. following: (Under no circumstance should a loss of (a) Loss of privileges. telephone privileges be used to prevent an (b) Extra work detail. inmate from making legal calls to their (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. attorney.) iv. Deny the inmate commissary for (d) Removal from work details. up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal five commissary days). Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules ☒ ☐ ☐ Code Section 4019. may consist of one or any combination of the (g) Disciplinary separation. following: i. Any of the punishments listed under minor violations, ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, recreation, program classes, etc.) A. "Loss of Privileges" does not include group religious services. Exclusion from group religious services may only be based on security concerns. B. Inmates placed on “Loss of Privileges” will be offered two (2) hours of day room per day. iii. Loss of good time/ work time iv. Removal from work status v. Or the combination of any of the above 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1604.1 Inmate Rights p) Protection from personal abuse, corporal The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly punishment, personal injury, disease, prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary property damage and harassment. actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological 1. Out of cell time may be temporarily degradation. suspended for disciplinary or security ☒ ☐ ☐ reasons. Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option The agency converted cells originally built for of last resort and as a response to the most serious and disciplinary isolation into storage and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and therefore are no longer in use. with the least restrictive conditions possible. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 38 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a consultation with health care staff. Such reviews ☒ ☐ ☐ shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have The agency converted cells originally built for the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title disciplinary isolation into storage and 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be therefore are no longer in use. issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☒ ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person d) Discipline by Inmates or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of 1. No inmate may inflict punishment upon punishment over any other incarcerated person or group another inmate. of incarcerated people. 2. "Kangaroo Court" (mock courts set up by ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates) and/or "sanitation committees" Note: PC § 4019.5. (inmates set up to enforce sanitation rules) are illegal in any California jail. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for used as a form of punishment. ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the 1602.1 General implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of f) As punishment for jail rule violations, no personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these inmate shall be deprived of implements regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ necessary to maintain personal hygiene, food, bedding, correspondence or access to counsel. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. 4. Under no circumstances will an inmate be ☒ ☐ ☐ denied food as a means of punishment. (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld w) Uncensored communication and/or except in cases where the incarcerated person has correspondence with persons on the outside, violated correspondence regulations, in which case limited only as necessary, or by law to correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain order and security or set by hours, without the review and approval of the facility disciplinary restrictions. manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the suspended as a disciplinary measure. Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of ☒ ☐ ☐ unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and confidential consultation with attorneys 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 39 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 4. Documentation: iii. After approval, all copies of the report shall Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept be retained in the respective module until the of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This punishment is completed. Upon completion of requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule punishment, the Module Deputy will send the violation reports and report of the disposition of each. original copy of the report to Inmate Records, where it will be filed in the inmate’s jail file. BSCC staff reviewed a random selection of ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary record packets dated January – May 2025 and determined compliance with Regulations 1080-1084. The rule violation reports and disciplinary hearing notes explained the actions of the incarcerated persons and subsequent actions of staff. Hearings were conducted in a timely manner and proper action was taken when due process was not followed. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE 2108.1 Screening Process DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure a) All personnel who observe or are informed (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the of any activity among persons in custody that facility administrator and the county health officer, shall may cause the transmission of AIDS or other develop a written plan to address the identification, communicable diseases shall immediately treatment, control and follow-up management of report the incident in writing to the I.R.C tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan Watch Commander by completing the "Report shall cover the intake screening procedures, of Activity Known to Cause Transmission of ☒ ☐ ☐ identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical AIDS" form. This form will be attached to any evaluation, treatment responsibilities during other required reports. incarceration and coordination with public health officials 1. Additionally, the Facility Shift Commander for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall shall make a telephonic report to Employee reflect the current local incidence of communicable Health Services as soon as possible. If after diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated business hours or on weekends, the people and staff. telephonic report shall be made to the on-call Public Health Medical Officer. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the a) All employees and volunteers exposed to a county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and person diagnosed with a communicable procedures in conformance with applicable state and disease shall be evaluated, counseled and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: offered appropriate prophylactic treatment by (1) The types of communicable diseases to be HCA/ Employee Health Services or another reported; treatment facility. (2) The persons who shall receive the medical 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records reports; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated 2110.4 Medical Records persons and custody staff; a) Within Correctional Health Services (CHS), the problem orientated medical record structure will be used as much as practicable. The medical record will list all medical encounters, the diagnosis thereof, ☒ ☐ ☐ subsequent findings, treatments, rehabilitation, maintenance and patient education. An inmate’s perceived health problems will be recorded as well as the dispositions thereof. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 40 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Medical procedures required to identify the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of e) The I.R.C. Watch Commander will provide exposure to others; a copy of all reports to H.C.A. Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Services, who, in turn will evaluate any transmission incident and all involved inmates and/or staff. (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; 2110.4 Medical Records c) At no time will any inmate or other unauthorized persons be allowed access to inmate medical records. The files will be kept separated from the inmate's confinement ☒ ☐ ☐ record, including after the time they are released. All access to inmate medical files will be controlled and regulated by the Custodian of Records. (6) Housing considerations based upon behavior, 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records medical needs, and safety of the affected h) Communicable Disease - For inmates incarcerated persons; diagnosed with a communicable disease and refusing appropriate treatment, medical quarantine authorized by the treating physician shall be used. Treatment, other ☒ ☐ ☐ than in an emergency situation, shall not be forced by any CHS staff member. For such cases, a court order for treatment may be sought by the Medical Director after consultation with the Sheriff. (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records that address the limits of confidentiality; and, a) The informed consent of the inmate shall be required for all examinations, treatments and procedures governed by informed ☒ ☐ ☐ consent standards in the community. Access to inmate medical records shall be strictly controlled, according to HIPPA guidelines. (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting possible exposure of custody staff to a c) Employee who believes they have been communicable disease. exposed to communicable disease will report ☒ ☐ ☐ possible exposure to their Supervisor immediately. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 41 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1211 SICK CALL 2106 Sick Call/Hospital Referrals Inmates with non-emergency health care The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health complaints will be seen by the appropriate authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, health care professional during scheduled which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons sick call hours. Severe medical conditions will or provision made that any incarcerated person be referred to contract medical facilities. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such 2106.1 - General attention. a) Sick call will be conducted daily. b) Sick call hours will generally be from 0700 to 2000 hours. c) A licensed physician, registered nurse, or nurse practitioner will conduct sick ☒ ☐ ☐ call. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed facility medical staff and confirmed sick call is held Monday through Friday with an on-call doctor available on weekends. BSCC staff also interviewed incarcerated persons and determined turnaround time after completing a sick call request is about one day for a non- emergency. 1240 FREQUENCY OF SERVING 2306 Meal Service 2306.2 - Inmate Meals In Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III facilities, and a) Meal Frequency those Type IV facilities where food is served, food shall 1. Inmates will be provided three meals per be served three times in any 24-hour period. At least one day, served at regular times during each of these meals shall include hot food. Supplemental food twenty-four (24) hour period. At least one must be served to incarcerated persons if more than 14 meal will include hot food. Meals will be hours pass between evening and morning meals. served approximately at 0430, 1100 and 1600 ☒ ☐ ☐ Additionally, supplemental food must be served to people hours. on medical diets in less than the time period outlined above, if prescribed by the responsible physician. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff spoke with facility kitchen staff. The staff confirmed they offer a variety of special diets including but not limited to cardiac, diabetic, allergies, vegetarian, religious, etc. A minimum of fifteen minutes shall be allowed for the 4000.5 - Inmate Meals actual consumption of each meal except for those on 6. All inmates will be given a minimum of medical diets where the responsible physician has ☒ ☐ ☐ fifteen (15) minutes to eat their meals. prescribed additional time. Provisions shall be made for incarcerated persons who Late courts will be fed upon their return to the may miss a regularly scheduled facility meal. They shall facility with a sack lunch unless the serving be provided with a substitute meal and beverage, and on line is still open. ☒ ☐ ☐ medical diets shall be provided with their prescribed meal. 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules g) Jail Issued Clothing The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Articles, and Linen Supplies Court Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities All inmates will be provided clothing that shall include, but not be limited to: meets sanitation and safety requirements and (a) Clean socks and footwear; ☒ ☐ ☐ is properly fitted, climatically suitable, and appropriate to meet the needs of the situation. All inmates will be supplied with bedding and linens sufficient to provide comfortable, sanitary and safe conditions during their period of confinement. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 42 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Clean outergarments; and, g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Clean undergarments; g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may 2408.1 New Inmates be substituted for the institutional undergarments and b) All new inmates who will be remaining in footwear specified in this regulation. This option custody will be required to shower and ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility exchange their personal clothing for jail issue to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. clothing. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily Articles, and Linen Supplies laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, 5. All clothing and bedding supplies issued to free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. inmates shall be the inmate's responsibility. Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more The inmate will be held accountable for their compatible with their gender identity and gender jail issue clothing and linen items. If any items expression. are altered, Deputies shall enforce any applicable jail rule violation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 6. Exchanges of clothing and linen will take place on a regular schedule as follows (Title 15, Sections 1262 & 1271) 7300.4 LGBTQI Housing and Classification 7300.5 Inmate Programs and Services On the day of inspection, inmate clothing looked clean and free of holes or damage. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL 2404.3 Pest Control CLOTHING 2404.4 Special Handling of Pediculosis (Crab) Cases There shall be written policies and procedures developed 2. If the inmate is diagnosed as being by the facility administrator to control contamination infested, they will return to their housing and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s location with a medical slip stating the inmate personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☒ ☐ ☐ has crabs. The medical slip will also state that disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to the inmate needs an immediate clothing and eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. bedding exchange. 3. The infested inmate will gather all clothing and bedding and bring it to the Guard Station Vestibule area. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS 1604.1 Inmate Rights 2408 Inmate clothing, Bedding, Hygiene There shall be written policies and procedures developed Articles, and Linen Supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal hygiene items. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary 1604.1 Inmate Rights napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no d) An inmate who menstruates or experiences maximum allowance. uterine or vaginal bleeding shall, without needing to request, have ready access to, and be allowed to use, materials necessary for personal hygiene with regard to their menstrual cycle and reproductive system, ☒ ☐ ☐ including, but not limited to, sanitary pads, panty liners and tampons, with no maximum allowance and at no cost to the inmate. There are no menstruating persons in this facility. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 43 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to 2408.1 New Inmates supply themself with the following personal care items, a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, provided with basic hygiene articles including ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, Soap is given to inmates when escorted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ shower area in the intake area. (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 2408.1 New Inmates hours of housing assignment. a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be ☒ ☐ ☐ provided with basic hygiene articles including toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any Everyone is given a hygiene kit. personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the between individual uses by the method prescribed by the barber shop between each individual use by: State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide Regulations. or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1266 SHOWERING 3000.7 Showers/Clothing Room 7. The inmate will be given soap and a towel There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ and instructed to thoroughly bathe in the by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. showers. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ii. Shower areas will be available every other other day or more often if possible. day (per title 15) and at times specified by the jail staff. 2408.1 New Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ b) All new inmates who will be remaining in custody will be required to shower and exchange their personal clothing for jail issue clothing. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules prohibited from showering at least every other day 5. Inmates shall shower regularly and following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is maintain a good general appearance. prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☒ ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1267 HAIR CARE SERVICES 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment (a) Hair care services shall be available. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facility staff stated each module has clippers that can be used daily. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 44 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Except those who may not shave for reasons of a) Inmate Barber Shop Hair Care Services identification in court, incarcerated people shall be 1. When requested, any inmate can obtain allowed to shave daily and receive hair care services at hair care services once per month. Inmates least once a month. The facility administrator may must be in Orange County Jail custody for a suspend this requirement in relation to people who are minimum of 30 days before requesting hair considered to be a danger to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ care services. 6. Inmates will receive their haircuts within their respective Outdoor Recreation areas on Sundays, and will be supervised by the assigned prowler(s). (c) Equipment shall be disinfected, after each use, by a 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate method approved by the State Board of Barbering and barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the Cosmetology to meet the requirements of Title 16, barber shop between each individual use by: Division 9, Sections 979 and 980, California Code of (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) Regulations. Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide ☒ ☐ ☐ or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE 2408.1 New Inmates 3. Upon the inmate's arrival at their assigned The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, housing location, the inmate will be issued the for each incarcerated person entering a living area who following bedding and linen items: is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be i. Sanitized mattress, ii. One clean blanket, iii. limited to: ☒ ☐ ☐ Two clean sheets, iv. One clean towel (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the 4. Mattresses shall be free of holes and tears. requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; Mattresses with holes, tears, or lack of sufficient padding shall be replaced upon request. (Title 15, Section 1271) (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) one towel; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic conditions. ☒ ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 45 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND 1700 Security and Control MAINTENANCE 2400 Sanitation & Maintenance 2400.2 Inmate Housekeeping The facility administrator shall develop written policies a) Inmates and inmate workers at the and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable direction of the CSA will conduct sanitation level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the activities in security housing and operations facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule areas. of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices BSCC staff reviewed a random sample from which may be found. the maintenance log dated May 2025 and ☒ ☐ ☐ determined compliance with this regulation. Maintenance staff responded to and corrected reported issues in a timely manner. Overall, the facility was clean and maintenance issues were addressed as quickly as possible. The agency has Correctional Services Assistants (CSA) that escort incarcerated person cleaning crews around the facility to clean daily. Medical care housing as described in Title 24, Part 2, During the onsite inspection, medical exam Section 1231.2.14, shall be cleaned and sanitized areas appeared clean and well-maintained. according to policies and procedures established by the ☒ ☐ ☐ health authority. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 46 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? If YES, the following sections, including those summarized in Title 15, Article 8 Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not (Minors in Jails), apply. subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; ☐ ☒ ☐ however, if minors are held in the building, they may be This jail does not hold minors. subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ ☐ ☒ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1101 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTACT WITH INCARCERATED ADULTS The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict sight and sound contact, as ☐ ☐ ☒ defined in Section 1006, between detained minors and adults confined in the facility. The policies and procedures should consider trauma-informed approaches in protecting minors from contact. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side-by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1102 CLASSIFICATION The facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan designed to provide for the safety of staff ☐ ☐ ☒ and minors held at the facility. The plan shall include the following: (a) a procedure for receiving and transmitting information regarding minors who present a risk or hazard to self or others while confined at the facility, and ☐ ☐ ☒ the separation of such minors to the extent possible within the limits of the facility. (b) a procedure to provide care for any minor who appears to be in need of or who requests medical, mental health, or developmental disability treatment. Written procedures shall be established by the ☐ ☐ ☒ responsible health administrator in cooperation with the facility administrator. (c) a suicide prevention program designed to identify, monitor, and provide treatment to those minors who ☐ ☐ ☒ present a suicide risk. (d) provide that minors be housed separately from adults and not be allowed to come or remain in contact with adults except as provided in Section 208(c) of the ☐ ☐ ☒ Welfare and Institutions Code. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 47 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1103 RELEASE PROCEDURES Facility staff shall notify the parents or guardians prior to the release of a minor. The minor's personal clothing ☐ ☐ ☒ and valuables shall be returned to the minor, parents or guardian, upon the minor's release or consent. 1104 SUPERVISION OF MINORS The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures that provide for: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) continuous around-the-clock supervision of minors with assurance that staff can hear and respond; and, (b) safety checks of minors at least once every 30 minutes. These safety checks shall include the direct visual observation of movement and skin. Safety checks shall not be replaced, but may be supplemented by, an audio/visual electronic surveillance system designed to ☐ ☐ ☒ detect overt, aggressive, or assaultive behavior and to summon aid in emergencies. All safety checks shall be documented. 1105 RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures to provide a recreation program that shall protect the welfare of minors and incarcerated ☐ ☐ ☒ adults, recognize facility security needs and comply with minimum jail standards for recreation (California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Section 1065). 1106 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES Nothing in this regulation shall prevent the administrator from removing a detained minor from the general population or program for reasons of the minor's mental or physical health; or under any circumstances in which ☐ ☐ ☒ the safety of the minor, incarcerated adults, staff, the program or community is endangered, pending a disciplinary action or review. With the exceptions noted below, the provisions of Section 1080-1084 shall apply when a minor is involved in disciplinary actions. (a) Pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code Section 208.3, minors may not be placed in room confinement ☐ ☐ ☒ for disciplinary purposes. (b) Permitted forms of discipline include: (1) temporary loss of privileges; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) loss of privileges mandated by applicable regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) Access to visitation and recreation shall be restricted only after a second level review by a supervisor or manager and shall not extend beyond five days without ☐ ☐ ☒ subsequent review. (d) Prohibited forms of discipline include: (1) discipline that does not fit the violation; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) corporal punishment; ☐ ☐ ☒ (3) discipline imposed by incarcerated persons; ☐ ☐ ☒ 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 48 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) placement in safety cells, sobering cells, or any other cell not specifically designated for the ☐ ☐ ☒ detention of minors; (5) deprivation of food; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) room confinement. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1120 EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR MINORS IN JAILS Whenever a minor is held in a Type II or III facility, the facility administrator shall coordinate with the County ☐ ☐ ☒ Department of Education or County Superintendent of Schools to provide education programs as required by Section 48200 of the Education Code. 1122.5 PREGNANT MINORS (a) The health administrator, in cooperation with the facility administrator, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures pertaining to pregnant minors that address the requirements in Title 15, Section 1417. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant minors. The policy shall address requirements of Penal ☐ ☐ ☒ Code 3407. Policy shall include reference to the following: (1) A minor known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist ☐ ☐ ☒ restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) A pregnant minor in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ ☒ safety and security of the minor, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of a pregnant minor during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or ☐ ☐ ☒ termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of a minor's pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, of the ☐ ☐ ☒ standards and policies governing pregnant minors. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 49 of 49 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections Applicable Title 24 Regulations: 1963 & 1980 BSCC Code: 3480 FACILITY NAME: Central Men’s Jail FACILITY TYPE: II APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: 1963 1980 OTHER: See historical variances FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: September 25, 2025 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Temporary Holding Cells (2.2) Court holding cells on the 1st floor. Non-rated Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ space, square footage capacity is (12), agency self-rated capacity (25). Capacity not to exceed ten (10) persons. ☒ ☐ ☐ Sufficient fixed benches to accommodate cell capacity ☒ ☐ ☐ Toilet accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Water fountain accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Wash basin accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ 3.12 Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with ☒ ☐ ☐ individual compartments, locks, and keys. Detoxification/Sobering Cells (2.4) No Sobering Cells. ☐ ☒ Limited to no more than 15 people. ☐ Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) Not an intake facility. ☐ ☒ Available in booking/reception ☐ Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) Property stored at the Intake Release Center. ☐ ☒ Available for inmate valuables ☐ Telephone (2.1) Not an intake facility. ☐ ☒ Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 ☐ Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) Maximum capacity of one inmate. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1963: Minimum size: Depth: 7’6” Width: 6’0” Height: 8’ 1974-Variance granted for (no longer used) “Disciplinary isolation” cells where cell width ☒ ☐ ☐ is less than 6’ as long as bed is 30”x76”, bed size meets variance. Contain toilet and washbasin. ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard 30" X 76" mattress. ☒ ☐ ☐ Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) A capacity of more than 2 persons ☒ ☐ ☐ A minimum of 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Toilet and washbasin 1:8 ratio ☒ ☐ ☐ Drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a bunk capable of accommodating a standard 30" X 76" mattress. ☒ ☐ ☐ Safety Cells (2.5) Safety Cells were converted to storage; ☐ ☒ Designed to house one person ☐ therefore no longer in use. Dormitory (2.8) 1979-Variance granted allowed double bunks Capacity of 4-50 inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ in eight dorms, adding 32 beds per dorm. 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PHY 25-26 - 1 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 75 square feet of floor space per person ☒ ☐ ☐ A least 10-foot ceilings if double bunked 1979-Variance granted for double bunks in ☒ ☐ ☐ dorms with less than 10’ ceiling height. Toilet and Washbasin ratio at 1:8 ratio ☒ ☐ ☐ Drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Showers (3.4) 1:15 ratio ☒ ☐ ☐ Lighting (3.6) Sufficient to permit easy reading ☒ ☐ ☐ Night lighting is sufficient to allow good supervision. ☒ ☐ ☐ Comfortable Living Environment (102(c)6 A comfortable living environment is maintained ☒ ☐ ☐ through an adequate heating and cooling system. Dayrooms (2.9) Available for all incarcerated individuals. ☒ ☐ ☐ Allow a place to read, write or carry on other indoor activities. ☒ ☐ ☐ Adequate toilet and wash basins. ☒ ☐ ☐ Exercise Area (2.10) 1963 standard does not set a size requirement must accommodate “a substantial number” and allow ☒ ☐ ☐ “outdoor exercise.” 1973: Minimum of 30’x 50’ x 15’ All-Purpose Rooms (Program Space 2.11) Class and assembly rooms, individual counseling ☒ ☐ ☐ rooms Dining Facilities (2.17) *Not mentioned in 1963* A dining hall is available. 1973: 15 square feet per person (in jails with a ☒ ☐ ☐ population over 100 people) Visiting (2.18) Visiting area ☒ ☐ ☐ Attorney Interview Space (2.26) Provide for confidential attorney consultation ☒ ☐ ☐ Janitor Closet (2.20) Located in security areas, lockable, containing a mop ☒ ☐ ☐ sink. Storage Space (2.21) Adequate space available ☒ ☐ ☐ Monitoring System (2.22) Inter-communication system between the secure area and control so that staff can be alerted instantly of ☒ ☐ ☐ issues within the jail. Fire Alarm System [102(2)6] *Recommended Pre- Fire evacuation doors have an audible tone 73* and a light in Main Control when doors are 1963: State Fire Marshal established minimum opened. standards for prevention of fire/protection of life and ☒ ☐ ☐ property, means of egress, adequacy of exits, emergency exits wired to sound alarm when opened. Emergency Power (2.24) Central Men’s Jail is connected to the same Recommended for Pre-73 facilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ system as the Intake Release Center. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI PHY 25-26 - 2 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (03/01) BOARD OF STATE AND COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 3480 FACILITY: Central Men’s Jail TYPE: II RC: 1,231 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: September 25, 2025 ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds Genera Note: 1st floor holding cells were not included – used for video arraignment. FIRST FLOOR A-F Holding 1963 5 - (12) (60) 14.0' x 9.0' 1 1 1 1 - Notes: Considered a Pre-1978 court holding area and was excluded from the inspection. Used as court staging area for brief periods of time; department limits capacity to 25 people per cell. SECOND FLOOR Module O – Dual Use living – Built in 1963, using the 1980 standard. Irregular 145 sq. 1-2, 15-16 Multiple 1980 4 3 3 12 1 1 1 ft. Multiple 1980 13.5’ x 11.1’ 3-4, 13-14 4 3 3 12 1 1 1 150 sq. ft. Multiple 1980 10.5’ x 10.7 5-12 8 2 2 16 1 1 1 112 sq. ft. 1980 12’ x 14.3’ 17-18 Multiple 2 3 3 6 1 1 1 171.6 sq. ft. Notes: Dayroom is 16’ x 15’ 1 table/5 seats, 9’02” bench = seating for 6 ppl. Two showers.*2025: Staff are using this area for storage; however, the beds remain rated in case they need to use the space. Ward C Dorm 1963 1 20 (16) (16) Irreg 1,446 sq. ft. 2 - 2 - 2 46’.5” x 31’.1” x 8’ Notes: Dayroom is 11’6” x 29’9” adequate seating, 8’ ceiling, capacity limited by toilets. Ward D Dorm 1963 1 36 18 18 Irreg 1,478 sq. ft. 2 - 3 - 2 46’.5” x 31’.8” x 9’ Notes: Dayroom is 11’6” x 29’9” adequate seating, 8’ ceiling, capacity limited by toilets. Storage Safety 1963 - - - - - - - - - - Storage Safety 1963 - - - - - Notes: Safety cells used for storage. Mod R – Civil Commits 33 8.3’ x 8’ x 8.5’ Single 1963 3 1 3 3 1 - 1 1 1 201-203 66 sq. ft. 33 23’ x 18.6’ x 8.5’ Multiple 1963 2 8 8 16 1 - 1 1 1 204-205 427 sq. ft. Notes: One shower for the three single cells’ use. The dayroom contains a urinal, toilet, and wash basin/fountain. 1963 rated capacity standard allowed 500 cubic feet of air space and was originally rated for 8 people. Rated Capacity determined by 1963 Minimum Jail Standards: Single Cells required 7’6” x 6’ x 8’. Multiple occupancy cells provided a minimum of 500 cubic feet of air space per incarcerated person, including the cells and the *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI LASE 25-26 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds prorated air space of corridors and adjacent galleries. 1979-Variance allowed eight dorms to double bunk (added 32 beds per dorm) and ceiling heights less than 10’. THIRD FLOOR – housing in multiple tiers with odd-numbered tanks on the lower level, and even-numbered tanks on the upper tier. Module A 1 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5 166 sq. ft. 2 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5 166 sq. ft. Notes: Tank 1 & 2 consist of five cells; each cell has an adjoining dayroom. The original rated capacity (at facility open) was 8 per cell. Each cell has a toilet, shower, wash basin/fountain, and table. Rated capacity determined by 1963 standard of 500 cubic feet of air space. 3 Single 1963 14 1 1 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-14 54 sq. ft 4 Single 1963 14 1 1 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-14 54 sq. ft 5 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft. 6 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft Notes: Dorm capacity determined by 1979 variance-toilet ratio 1:8. Module B 7 Multiple 1963 8 6 6 48 13.5' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 128 sq. ft. Notes: Dayroom has 8 benches, two tables with 20 seats total. 8 Multiple 1963 8 4 4 32 9.0' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 85 sq. ft. 9 Multiple 1963 8 6 6 48 13.5' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 128 sq. ft. 10 Multiple 1963 8 4 4 32 9.0' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 85 sq. ft. Module C - housing in multiple tiers with odd-numbered cells on the lower level, and even-numbered cells on the upper tier. Notes: Dayroom and shower room attached. 11 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft 12 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft 13 Single 1963 14 1 14 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5’ 1 - 1 1 * 1-14 54 sq. ft. 14 Single 1963 14 1 14 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 * *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI LASE 25-26 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds 1-14 54 sq. ft. 15 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5 166 sq. ft. 16 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5 166 sq. ft. FOURTH FLOOR– housing in multiple tiers with odd-numbered tanks on the lower level, and even-numbered tanks on the upper tier. Module D 17 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5 166 sq. ft. 18 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5 166 sq. ft. 19 Single 1963 14 1 1 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-14 54 sq. ft. 20 Single 1963 14 1 1 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-14 54 sq. ft. 21 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft 22 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 6 6 4 1,764 sq. ft Module E 23 Multiple 1963 8 6 6 48 13.5' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 128 sq. ft. 24 Multiple 1963 8 4 4 32 9.0' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 85 sq. ft 25 Multiple 1963 8 6 6 48 13.5' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 128 sq. ft 26 Multiple 1963 8 4 4 32 9.0' x 9.5' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 2 85 sq. ft Module F 27 Dorm 1963 1 68 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft 28 Dorm 1963 1 66 48 48 98.0' x 18.0' x 8.3' 6 - 7 7 4 1,764 sq. ft 29 Single 1963 14 1 1 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 54 sq.ft 30 Single 1963 14 1 1 14 9.0' x 6.0' x 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 54 sq. ft 31 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 166 sq. ft. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI LASE 25-26 - 3 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds 32 Multiple 1963 5 8 8 40 18.5' x 9.0' x 8.3' 1 - 1 1 1 166 sq. ft. Ad/Sep 5.4’ x 10.3’ Single 1963 8 1 8 8 1 - 1 1 * 401-408 56 sq. ft 5.1’ x 9.9’ 50 sq. 409-412 Single 1963 4 1 4 4 1 - 1 1 * ft Notes: 1974-Variance granted for Cells 401-412 (not built to standard) if bed size was standard. Bed measured over 30” x 76”. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3480 Orange SHRF CMJ II CI LASE 25-26 - 4 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) TYPE II AND III FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 3490 FACILITY NAME: Intake Release Center FACILITY TYPE: II PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Sergeant Wise FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 06, 2025 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS2 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE3 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 24/25 compliance monitoring cycle. 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 Excerpts from facility policies, procedures, or other reference documents are indicated in italicized text. 3 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 1 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 4000.1 Staffing/Responsibilities A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs each local detention facility to ensure the implementation with fixed post positions and response and operation of the programs and activities required by assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff these regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January - June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at The Guard Stations and Housing Modules are least one employee on duty at all times in a local always staffed. detention facility or in the building which houses a local detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☒ ☐ ☐ accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which This facility has Prowler deputies that can would conflict with the supervision and care of respond to emergencies when needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of shall be at least one female employee who shall be staffing rosters dated January to June 2025 immediately available and accessible to such females. and determined there was female staff ☒ ☐ ☐ available and accessible to incarcerated Note: Reference PC § 4021. females 24/7. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 2900 PREA personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 2900.3 Prevention Planning shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the 2. Utilize a staffing plan that provides for personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such adequate staffing and video monitoring to a staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the protect inmates against sexual abuse. time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ with fixed post positions and response assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January - June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS 902 Inmate Safety Checks (OCSDPM) An inmate safety check is a direct visual The facility administrator shall develop and implement observation (i.e., direct personal view of the policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that inmate/area without the aid of audio/video include, but are not limited to, the following: equipment), performed at random and varied (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well- intervals of each inmate located in an area of being of individuals and shall be conducted at least ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibility. The purpose of conducting hourly through direct visual observation of all people held inmate safety checks is to ensure there are no and housed in the facility. inmates displaying any obvious signs of distress requiring assistance, maintaining the safety and welfare of each inmate and ensuring the security of our facilities. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 2 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Inmate safety checks shall occur at random between safety checks. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). To be random and varied, safety checks shall not be at exact forty-five (45) minute intervals but shall occur within forty-five (45) minutes of the previous inmate safety check. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check logs and the late checks report ☒ ☐ ☐ dated January to August 2025 and found some late checks when the agency transitioned to the Guardian RIFD system at the beginning of the year. The late checks dwindled throughout the following months; therefore, the facility was in compliance with this regulation. Staff performed the vast majority of safety checks within 60 minutes of the previous safety check. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) cells, and restraints shall occur more frequently as (d) Safety Checks outlined in section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 1. Deputies will document their direct visual of these regulations. observation checks of the inmate in the safety cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells 4.Deputies shall perform a safety check within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of the previous check for all inmates temporarily housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Inmate safety checks shall occur at random intervals. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 3 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the 902.2 Documentation of Inmate Safety documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall Checks include: Every inmate safety check will be (1) the actual time at which each individual safety documented in the most appropriate check occurred; documentation log, (e.g., guard station log, module log, area log, or door log). … and the actual starting times of each inmate safety check. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check observations logs dated January – August 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. The Guardian RIFD system documents the time, location, and individual completing safety checks. (2) the location where each individual safety check The Guardian RIFD system tracks the occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory location of safety checks. ☒ ☐ ☐ number; and, (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff The documentation entry will include the who completed the safety check(s). name(s) of the personnel who conducted the ☒ ☐ ☐ inmate safety check… (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Each sergeant will check the logs in his/her reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or area of responsibility to verify staff is properly facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns documenting the inmate safety checks. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, Sergeants will also conduct random reviews safety checks. of video footage to ensure that safety checks are properly performed. A notation will be made in the log with the sergeant's name and the time the log and video were checked. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of watch commander logs from February 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. The Watch Commander noted they reviewed the jail events/activity log which includes log reviews. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF 2100 Medical and Health Services 2100.6 General Policies (a) Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be e) Jail personnel will be required to attend at least one person on duty at all times who meets the classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic training standards established by the Board for general Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. ☒ ☐ ☐ attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. 2614 Emergency Response to Suicide/ Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one The facility is always staffed with deputies. person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. (b) The facility administrator, in conjunction with the c) Deputies are required to be certified in health authority, shall develop and implement policies cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and and procedures consistent with the requirements of may begin CPR on a nonresponsive person Penal Code Section 6048(b) that require correctional when safe and appropriate to do so, without officers certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) ☒ ☐ ☐ obtaining approval from a supervisor or to begin CPR on a nonresponsive person without medical personnel. obtaining approval from supervisors or medical staff, when it is safe and appropriate to do so. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 4 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS These policies shall cover the following key elements: 2100.6 General Policies (1) Acceptable CPR methods and application. e) Jail personnel will be required to attend classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. (2) Correctional officers shall be certified in CPR and a 2614.1 Initial Response/Discovery of copy of the certification shall be on file in the facility or at Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury a central location and available for review. c) Deputies are required to be certified in ☒ ☐ ☐ cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The certification must be current and available for review. (3) Correctional officers shall immediately summon 1. Staff shall immediately summon additional medical aid when a person is identified as nonresponsive medical assistance upon identifying a and shall administer CPR unless the correctional officer nonresponsive person. ☒ ☐ ☐ is aware of a known medical condition(s) that would contraindicate its use. (4) Correctional officers shall use personal protective 4. Personal protective equipment (PPE) such equipment when administering CPR whenever possible as gloves, masks, and CPR shields shall be to reduce exposure to bodily fluids or bloodborne used whenever available to reduce the risk of pathogens that may contain disease-causing agents. exposure to bloodborne pathogens and bodily fluids. During the policy review portion of this ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (5) If an imminent physical danger prevents a 5. If an imminent physical threat prevents safe correctional officer from safely administering CPR, they CPR administration, staff shall initiate or shall begin or resume CPR as soon as the threat has resume CPR as soon as the threat has passed, or the nonresponsive person has been safely passed or the person has been moved to a removed from danger, provided medical aid has not yet safe location, provided medical assistance arrived. has not yet arrived. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (6) The correctional officer shall continue administering 6. CPR shall be continued, absent immediate CPR, absent imminent physical danger, until the danger, until: nonresponsive person shows obvious signs of life, such i. The person shows signs of life (e.g., as normal breathing or physical or verbal responses, or breathing, verbal or physical response), until medical staff or alternative medical responders ii. Qualified medical personnel or emergency arrive and take over. responders take over, or iii. The Deputy is relieved due to exhaustion or safety concerns. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 5 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (7) In situations where medical staff or alternative 7. If medical personnel or emergency medical responders are present when a person is responders are already present when a identified as nonresponsive, correctional officers shall person becomes nonresponsive, staff shall defer CPR to those individuals. defer CPR responsibilities to those individuals. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL4 Orange County Sheriff’s Department Custody and Court Operations Manual Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The The manual was updated on July 28, 2025. policy and procedures manual shall address all applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be Orange County Sheriff’s Department Policy comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every Manual (OCSDPM) two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☒ ☐ ☐ employees. This manual was last updated November 14, 2024. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate The Custody and Court Operations Manual manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) was the primary source cited in this document do not apply and have been deleted. unless notated otherwise. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 200 Organizational Structure and facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Responsibility (OCSDPM) following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 1701.2 supervisor Responsibilities administrator/manager. a) Each supervisor will visit and inspect their area(s) of responsibility during their assigned shift to ensure integrity of security devices and facility structures. During the visit and inspection of their area(s) of responsibility, supervisors will ensure all doors, gates, and sally ports are closed, locked, or properly ☒ ☐ ☐ secured, which will be documented on Custody Operations Supervisor’s Log. 2402.2 Formal Inspections a) Each Division Commander or designee will conduct periodic inspection tours of the facility. b) The Sheriff, or his executive staff, will periodically inspect each facility. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 300 Use of Force (OCSDPM) and federal legal requirements and includes 300.4.4 Restrictions on the Use of a Choke prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☒ ☐ ☐ Hold holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in 1800.1 Security Restraints ☒ ☐ ☐ Penal Code Section 3407. d) Pregnant Inmates 4 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 6 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 327 Cite and Release Policy for Misdemeanor received persons for release. non-Warrant (Street) Arrests (OCSHPM) 1400 Release ☒ ☐ ☐ Screening for newly received persons occurs at the Intake Release Center. (6) Security and control including physical counts 1700 Security and Control and searches of the facility and incarcerated 1704 Key Control persons, contraband control, and key control. 1710 Inspections, Searches, and Contraband Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 1719 Inmate Counts review, evaluate, and make a record of security 1701.4 - Red Team Audit measures. The review and evaluation shall include a) Red Team will perform a system-wide internal and external security measures of the facility auditing of current processes, procedures, including security measures specific to prevention of training and physical security of all custody sexual abuse and sexual harassment. operations to assist jail staff in identifying vulnerabilities to improve its effectiveness. e) Red Team members will conduct a monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ audit, operating on a rotating basis, ensuring each facility will be audited once per quarter. BSCC staff reviewed the annual internal and external security measures inspection conducted by the Red Team on July 30, 2025, and determined compliance with this regulation. The inspection identified areas for improvement and assessed any security measures specific to the prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. (7) Emergency procedures include: 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures (A) fire suppression preplan as required by 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (facility-specific policy) (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of 1204.8 Escape Risk Inmates hostages; 1802 Response Procedures / Code Alpha 1802.1 Response Procedures / General ☒ ☐ ☐ Disturbance 1802.2 Response Procedures / Riot 2612 Hostage Plan (C) mass arrests; 323 Mobile Field Force (OCSDPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; 2604 Earthquake Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 2606 Flood Procedures (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; 1700 Security and Control and, 1701.1 Employee Responsibilities a) Every employee of the facility will be observant and aware of equipment and procedures in their assigned area(s). b) At the beginning of every shift, employees ☒ ☐ ☐ will conduct an inventory of all equipment assigned to and/or necessary to carry out duties in their work location. All equipment will be accounted for and checked to ensure it is functioning properly 7018.3 Security Alarm Response Procedures (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, 1700 Security and Control ammunition, chemical agents, and related 1801 Control of Weapons and Security ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. Equipment (8) Suicide Prevention. 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSHPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ 2104 Mental Health Care Services 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 7 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil ☒ ☐ ☐ detainees will be housed alone. (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse 2900 PREA and sexual harassment. The Orange County Sheriff's Department has zero tolerance for all forms of sexual abuse, conduct, and assault. This includes sexual harassment between staff, volunteers, contractors, visitors, and inmates. All ☒ ☐ ☐ allegations of sexual conduct will be investigated. The Department will impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions and initiate criminal charges against individuals committing sexual assault/rape. (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 2900.9 Staff Reporting and Response to respond to retaliation against any staff or person after Incidents of Sexual Abuse and Sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 1400 Release incarcerated persons. 2000.5 CalAIM Justice Involved Initiative The purpose of the CalAIM Initiative is to improve the quality of life and health outcomes for inmates by establishing pre- release Medi-Cal insurance enrollment ☒ ☐ ☐ strategies to ensure eligible individuals have continued medical coverage and benefits upon their release, as well as access to key medical/mental health services to help them successfully return to their communities. (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 2900.8 Inmate Reporting Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be b) Inmates may report sexual abuse or sexual limited to, the following: harassment verbally or in writing to any staff (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to member. privately report sexual abuse and sexual c) Inmates will have at least one way to report harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated harassment or abuse to a public or private persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and entity or office that is not part of the sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of Department and is able to receive and ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibilities that may have contributed to such immediately forward inmate reports of sexual incidents, harassment and sexual abuse to department officials, allowing the detainee to remain anonymous upon request. d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour message line for anonymously reporting PREA incidents. (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour family, community members, and other interested message line for anonymously reporting third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual PREA incidents. harassment. The method for reporting shall be Friends and family of inmates: Allegations of publicly posted at the facility. sexual assault or abuse can also be reported by friends and family on behalf of an OC ☒ ☐ ☐ Sheriff inmate by contacting the facility Watch Commander where they are housed. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- divisions/custody-operations- command/prison-rape-elimination-act-prea 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 8 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSDPM) The Correctional Mental Health Program is The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide designed to screen, evaluate and treat prevention program developed by the facility inmates with mental health administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health disorders/identifiers and/or inmates with an ☒ ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, elevated risk of self-harm, and provide them and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who with additional health resources in order to present a suicide risk. provide necessary on-site mental health The program shall include the following: treatment during their incarceration. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 1. Sworn staff, SSOs, CSAs, and Correctional personnel. Programs Personnel will receive annual Mental Health/Suicide Prevention training. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed staff rosters for Behavioral Health suicide prevention training dated September 2024 to May 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation intake and prior to housing assignment. (b) Intake 1. All inmates, as a part of their intake medical screening interview/exam, shall have their mental health evaluated. (a) ☒ ☐ ☐ The Triage nurse will question inmates about their mental health, including self-harming behavior and present or past suicidal thoughts or attempts. (c) Suicide prevention screening during special (e) Suicide prevention screening will take situations, including placement in restrictive housing, place for known at risk inmates during special following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in situations which may include a change in ☒ ☐ ☐ classification. classification to a higher security classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among (a) If an inmate or new booking is believed to arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, be a suicide risk or has an elevated risk for medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☒ ☐ ☐ self harm, deputies will immediately refer the risk. inmate to CHS for evaluation. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of (c) Housing assignments for people at risk of suicide that balance safety and environment. The least suicide will be based on safety, environment restrictive environment should be considered. and will follow the standards in CCOM Policy 1200 while collaborating with ☒ ☐ ☐ recommendations of CHS. For more information about Mental Health Housing, reference CCOM Policy 1203.3 - Medical and Mental Health Housing. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 903.5 Mental Health Acuity Levels The Acuity Levels identify inmates by severity and assist Classification staff to make ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate housing assignments in addition to helping coordinate services by the mental health and medical teams. (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 903.3 Mental Health Referrals procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides 2614 Emergency Response to Suicides or attempts. Serious Injury ☒ ☐ ☐ 2614.2 Discovered Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 9 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and 903.8 Suicide Prevention Review Board attempted suicides as defined by the facility The Suicide Prevention Review Board administrator, including the development of a corrective (SPRB), will review suicide prevention action plan to address deficiencies identified in the practices, suicides and attempted suicides to administrative review. ensure compliance with policies, procedures, and standards. The goal is to provide assistance to custody, medical, and mental health staff in their effort to implement proactive measures to prevent high-risk inmates from attempting or committing suicide by analyzing administrative, procedural, and best practices for preventing future incidents, as well as ensure corrective action measures are implemented if ☒ ☐ ☐ warranted. 1. The Mental Health Program Manager or designee will serve as the chairperson of the SPRB. 2. The SPRB is comprised of Custody Division Commanders and Captains, Custody Behavioral Health Bureau (BHB) Captain, BHB Sergeants, and management, as well as command-level medical and mental health personnel from CHS. 3. The SPRB Chairperson and Division Commanders may request that other individuals attend SPRB meetings. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. 903.7 Mental Health Transfers (a) Any inmate whose condition is beyond the range of services available at a facility may be temporarily transferred to another OC jail facility or an outside mental health facility for treatment. The Sheriff's Department has delegated its authority to Correctional Health Services (CHS) to transfer inmates to a ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health facility. CHS will make that determination under supervision of a fully licensed psychiatrist who is a member of the CHS staff. All associated paperwork and notifications are the responsibility of CHS (PC 4011.6). 2100 Medical & Health Services 2104.3 Mental Health Care Services (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return 3. Suicide Prevention training includes, but is from court as determined by the mental health director. not limited to: (a) Identifying the warning signs and symptoms, predisposing risk factors, verbal and behavioral cues of impending suicidal behavior and highrisk periods of ☒ ☐ ☐ incarceration. Training will include information regarding possible risk factors such as: 8. Following new legal problems (e.g. new charges, additional sentences, institutional proceedings, denial of parole), 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 10 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures 2602.1 Fire Prevention Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility 2602.5 Discovering a Fire in Progress administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures fire department to be included as part of the policy and procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Specific to Central Men’s Jail. Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff 1. Each facility’s Fire/Life Safety Deputy will with two-year retention of the inspection record; conduct monthly inspections of all fire safety equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers and Scott Air Packs). The Fire/Life Safety Deputy will ensure that all equipment is in working order and properly serviced or replaced. These inspections will be documented on monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection records and maintained in the Fire/Life/Safety Deputy’s office. BSCC staff reviewed monthly fire prevention equipment checks dated January 2023 to June 2025 for compliance with this regulation. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and 2. Designated members of the local fire Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires department will conduct annual fire safety inspections at least once every two years; inspections of each facility. BSCC staff reviewed the Fire and Life Safety Inspection Notice from the Orange County ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire Authority and determined compliance with this regulation. The Fire Authority conducted the inspection on February 11, 2025. They found the alarm systems annual inspection was overdue. Agency supervision advised corrective action is pending funds. (d) an evacuation plan; and, 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 4013.4 Evacuation of Inmates (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated 4013.6 Remote Evacuation Sites people in the case of fire. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 1103 Management Information and Research Systems Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics 1103.1 Management Reports accounting system which reflects the monthly average a) Each facility within Custody Operations daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people Command will be a part of the Jail by gender and juvenile status. Management System (JMS) computerized program of information input, storage, update, and retrieval. This is for the purpose of ☒ ☐ ☐ generating reports about inmate activities for review by management. b) Custody Operations Inmate Activity Reports 1. Daily reports will be generated… Agency staff provided the daily population report on the day of inspection. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 11 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Facility administrators shall provide the Board with 1103.4 Jail Profile Survey applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 2500 Inmate Records Complete intake booking information will be (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV recorded by Inmate Records personnel on facility shall develop written policies and procedures for every arrestee admitted to the custody of the the maintenance of individual records for each Sheriff, in order to comply with all legal incarcerated person which shall include, but not be mandates. File set up and forms generation limited to, intake information, personal property receipts, will be initiated and coordinated in the Inmate commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary Records Office to centralize the records actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible function. physician and staff response, and non-medical 1602.5 Discipline information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 4. Documentation ☒ ☐ ☐ 2100.3 Areas of Responsibility/Goals – Medical h) Proper medical records and medical histories on all inmates in the facility will be maintained. 2110.4 Medical Records BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of incarcerated person records dated March – June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 2900.2 PREA Coordinator and PREA uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at Compliance Manager facilities under its direct control and from other facilities 6. Ensure all relevant data is collected, with which it contracts for the confinement of its recorded, and submitted for the annual DOJ incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ Survey of Sexual Violence and PREA survey. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS 338 Report Preparation (OCSDPM) 1103 Management Information and Research Each facility administrator shall develop written policies Systems and procedures for the maintenance of written records c) Custody Operations Incident Reports and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☒ ☐ ☐ harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, various incident reports dated January – May and the date and time of the occurrence. 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Agency staff wrote reports that ☒ ☐ ☐ were clear, concise, and included all of the pertinent information as well as the subsequent actions of staff. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff 338.3 Submission of Report (OCSDPM) assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility manager or designee. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 12 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 340 News Medica Relations (OCSDPM) The ultimate authority and responsibility for Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility the release of information to the media shall shall develop written policies and procedures for the remain with the Sheriff, however, in situations dissemination of information to the public, to other not warranting immediate notice to the Sheriff government agencies, and to the news media. The public and in situations where the Sheriff has given and incarcerated persons shall have available for review prior approval, Commanders, Department the following material: Commanders, designated Public Information Officer(s) or the Public Affairs and Community ☒ ☐ ☐ Engagement (PACE) division may prepare and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable law. 1104 Public Information Requests d) Inmates at any Custody Operations facility and the general public may request non- confidential policy and procedures information. (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections 2. Title 15 California Code of Regulations Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as “Minimum Standards for Local Detention found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facilities” will be available for public and inmate review. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated 1104 Public Information Requests people as specified in sections: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) 1045, Public Information Plan (2) 1061, Education Plan 2012 Education ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting 1902 Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service 2010 Legal Books and Library Services ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time 2006 Recreation ☒ ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 1604.5 Inmate Services Writings ☒ ☐ ☐ (8) 1067, Access to Telephone 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls ☒ ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- ☒ ☐ ☐ Custody Visitation (10) 1069, Orientation 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules ☒ ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure 1600.5 inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated 1602 Discipline Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 13 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 2114 Inmate Death or Serious Illness/Injury 2114.6 Death Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy a) In accordance with Title 15 of the California and procedures to comply with the in-custody death Code of Regulations, Section 1046, facility reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ administrators are required to submit an in- 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of custody death report, as mandated by the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC Government Code Section 12525, to the within 10 days of an in-custody death. BSCC within 10 days of the death (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Additionally, an initial review must be health administrator, shall develop written policy and conducted, and a written report, referred to as procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a the Initial Death Review Report, must be written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of completed within 30 days of the death. the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or e) The Death Review team shall consist of the designee, the health administrator, the responsible Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations physician and other health care, and supervision staff Command or designee, Constitutional who are relevant to the incident. Policing Advisor, Correctional Health Services (CHS) Director, CHS Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Director, CHS Chief of Operations, CHS Director of Nursing, CHS Mental Health and Operations Administrative Managers, Division Commander of the involved facility, County Counsel Deputy assigned to the OCSD, County Counsel Deputy assigned to CHS, and any other staff deemed appropriate by the Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations Command. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the c) The purpose of this review is to (1) appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to determine the appropriateness of clinical policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to care; (2) whether changes to the policies, identify issues that require further study. procedures, or practices are warranted; (3) identify issues that require further study; (4) assess and consult with County Counsel about the risk of exposure to liability; (5) ☒ ☐ ☐ identify areas of concern and recommend any necessary remedial actions; and (6) address such other matters as deemed necessary and appropriate by the review team. The review team may seek further review by the County’s Risk Manager, as appropriate. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the A copy of this report must be submitted to the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC within 60 days of the death. BSCC within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall provide a copy of the initial review ☒ ☐ ☐ report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 14 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following For detailed guidance on the reporting information: process, refer to the BSCC In-Custody Death (1) Demographic information Review Data Reporting Guide. (A) Full name of the decedent (B) Date of birth (C) Date of death (D) Time of death (E) Gender (F) Race and ethnicity (G) Relevant medical history (2) Facility Information ☒ ☐ ☐ (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death occurred within the facility (C) Date and time of the incident (D) Detention facility personnel (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 1200 Inmate Classification and Population Management (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, a) Inmate classification is defined as the or III facility shall develop and implement a written categorization of inmates by specific factors classification plan designed to properly assign such as criminal history, institutional behavior, incarcerated persons to housing units and activities and safety/security needs, among others. The according to the categories of gender identity, age, Classification Plan provides staff with the criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, necessary tools to effectively evaluate and physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- categorize each inmate against those factors, assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or in an objective and consistent manner. sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the classification intake screening forms dated extent possible within the limits of the available number March - June 2025 and found they were in of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. compliance with the parameters outlined in this regulation. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 15 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each administrator of a Type II or III facility shall establish 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities and implement a classification system which will include the use of classification officers or a classification 1201.4 Classification Reviews committee in order to properly assign incarcerated i) Inmates may request a review of their persons to housing, work, rehabilitation programs, and classification level no sooner than 30 days leisure activities. Such a plan shall include the use of as from the date of their last review. much information as is available about and from the incarcerated person and shall provide for a channel of ☒ ☐ ☐ appeal by the incarcerated person to the facility administrator or designee. Each person may request a review of their classification plan no more often than 30 days from their last review. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, a) The Housing Plan provides staff with a the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis process for placing individual inmates into the whether a placement would ensure the health and safety most appropriate housing possible and of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement enables them to efficiently audit and manage would present management or security problems. A the entire inmate population. To that end, this person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall Plan is executed using the following primary be given serious consideration. components: 1. The Classification Plan, which allows staff to assign each inmate an appropriate classification level. This is the primary driving factor when determining proper housing placement. 2. The “Health and Disability Notification Form” (J-112/J-105A, paper form). This form is used by Correctional Health Services (CHS) to communicate information to OCSD staff if an inmate requires specific medical or ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health accommodations and/or restrictions while housed or transported within the OCSD jail system. 3. Jail Management Systems (JMS). These systems consist of software applications and stand-alone electronic documents, which are used to audit space availability, population make-up, and population balancing. The JMS is also used to identify and assign inmates to specific housing locations. b) Once all of the above components have been considered, every inmate shall be assigned the most appropriate housing location possible to meet all health, safety, and security needs for that inmate, as well as other inmates and staff. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 16 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 1200 Inmate classification and Population Management, 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 4. Coordinate with Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) to manage and track all procedures specifying those symptoms that require inmates placed in quarantine or medical medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a isolation housing, when applicable. medical evaluation is completed. 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 7016.7 Negative Airflow Cells 1. Module “O” has four (4) cells designed for Negative Airflow. These cells are designed for atmospheric isolation of inmates that have contagious diseases, which can be transmitted through the transfer of airborne pathogens. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 2100 Medical and Health Services made of the person being booked as to whether the 2108 Intake Screening person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 2108.1 Screening Process as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of other special medical problem identified by the health medical screening forms dated April to June ☒ ☐ ☐ authority. The response shall be noted on the medical 2025 and determined compliance with this screening from. regulation. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed medical personnel assigned to the intake area regarding communicable disease screening. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 1201.1 Classification Assignments and Reviews The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1201.1 Initial Classification Assignment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and f) If during a classification interview an inmate procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated has a medical complaint, or is displaying ☒ ☐ ☐ people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of signs of a mental health crisis, Classification behavioral crisis may include telehealth. Staff will refer the inmate to Correctional Health Services (CHS) for immediate evaluation. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 17 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not 2104 Mental Health Care Services readily available, an incarcerated person shall be The Mental Health Care Services Program is considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this designed to screen, evaluate and treat section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or mentally ill inmates in order to provide others or appear gravely disabled. necessary on-site mental health treatment during their incarceration. For policies and procedures related to Psychiatric Evaluation, Psychiatric Emergencies, Mental Health Transfers and Safety Cell usage, refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 903- Suicide Prevention. 903.3 Mental Health Referrals (OCSDPM) If an inmate exhibits signs of self-harming behavior, reveals intent to cause self-inflicted ☒ ☐ ☐ physical harm, report(s) suicidal or homicidal ideation, or if staff has been notified of a change in an inmate's risk factors, the Deputy/Staff Member shall refer the inmate to CHS as soon as practical and advise them of the facts and circumstances surrounding the perceived or reported mental health crisis of the inmate. (g) Inmates should be seen by CHS within 30 minutes of the time of the referral and shall be monitored by CHS staff members until it is determined that the inmate no longer presents a risk of engaging in self-harm. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next (a) Correctional Health Services (CHS) is a daily sick call, whichever is earliest. division of the Orange County Health Care Agency (HCA). CHS staff members are responsible for providing 24-hour on-site mental health care services to inmates. 1. Correctional Health Services (CHS) will provide 24-hour per day coverage, 7 days per week. 2. Facilities that do not provide 24-hour CHS ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health coverage will refer the inmate to CHS to determine if the inmate needs to be transferred to a facility with 24-hour mental health coverage. (b) Intake 3. Whenever an inmate is identified as exhibiting a mental health crisis, a physician's opinion shall be secured within 12 hours of identification or at the next daily sick call, whichever is earliest. Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation safety of the person in crisis or others. (b) Intake 2. If CHS determines that the inmate needs special restrictions or housing requirements, they shall complete a Health and Disability Notification form (J-112/J-105A form). A Copy of the J-112/J-105A shall be forwarded to ☒ ☐ ☐ Classification Staff and PMU for use in assigning an appropriate housing location. CHS shall work closely with Classification Staff in gathering and relaying information about the inmate and what safety precautions, if any, need to be taken. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 18 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION 1202 Classification Descriptions and Identification Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates develop and implement policies and procedures for the e) Generally, Specialty Housing inmates shall administrative separation of incarcerated people. only be housed with inmates of the same security level. f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil detainees will be housed alone. However, Classification/PMU has discretion to group and/or house these inmates/detainees with ☒ ☐ ☐ compatible inmates/detainees - of like classification level - under certain circumstances. A Classification Review (J- 203) shall be submitted and approved by the Classification Sergeant prior to any of these inmates being placed together. 1202.3 High Security (HS) Inmates 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates 1202.5 Protective Custody (PC) Inmates Policies and procedures must include: 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate a) Title 15, Section 1053 states housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of “administrative separation” may consist of privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of separate and secure housing that does not protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility involve any other deprivation of privileges ☒ ☐ ☐ staff. than is necessary to obtain the objective of protecting inmates and staff. Custody Operations defines these types of inmates as Administrative Housing (AH). (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect b) Administrative separation must not an incarcerated person’s health. ☒ ☐ ☐ adversely affect an inmate’s health. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 19 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) Administrative separation may be used for 1202.4 Administrate Housing (AH) Inmates incarcerated people who have: 1. AH-1 (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or i. Prone to escape .ii. Assaultive toward staff promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in or other inmates. iii. Disruptive to the nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the operations of the jail. iv. Associates of a safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and validated prison gang or security threat group. facility staff. v. Facing, or have been sentenced to, the (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is death penalty or a life sentence. criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or 2. AH-2 affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated i. Self-admitted or validated member of people, and facility staff. sensitive needs yard (SNY) gang (25s, (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or Greenlighters, Allstars, Northern Riders, etc.). participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other ii. Protective custody inmates who become incarcerated persons or facility staff. problematic based on continual assaults, (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted extortions and/or threats towards other PC escape. inmates. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other 3. AH-3 incarcerated people. i. Undergoing a classification investigation to determine appropriate housing and/or classification. ii. Inmates who have been targeted for assault while in custody, due to ☒ ☐ ☐ gang politics. iii. AH-3 Inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. 4. Protective Custody-Administrative Housing (PC-AH) Inmates i. Inmates who require protection and separation from other inmates, including PC and PC-AH inmates. ii. Law enforcement, ex- law enforcement, and relatives of law enforcement officers. iii. Government officials, judges, and attorneys. iv. PC-AH inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates administrative separation to obtain the objective of b) Every inmate requiring Specialty Housing protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility upon initial classification or re-classification staff. shall have a Specialty Housing Request Form (J-201) or Classification Review form (J-203) completed, detailing the justification. This facility does not generally house ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people who require Administrative Separation as described in these regulations. However, two individuals met the criteria; therefore, BSCC staff reviewed their documentation and determined compliance based on policy review and the two individuals. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 20 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and 1200 Inmate Classification & Population evaluation of the need to continue placement in Management administrative separation. 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities 9. Conduct periodic administrative separation reviews for inmates classified as “AH3 and ☒ ☐ ☐ PC-AH". BSCC staff reviewed the ongoing reviews of the two individuals at this facility and determined compliance with this regulation. 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) A safety cell is a single occupancy temporary The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section housing unit constructed with padded 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who surfaces and is designed to confine violent display behavior which results in the destruction of inmates to prevent imminent physical harm to property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to themselves or others, or destruction of self or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ property. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Safety Cell Admission Forms dated January – May 2025 and found placement justifications were compliant with this regulation. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the (a) Placement Based on Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) Evaluation/Authorization procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate 1. The Watch Commander may refer an authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell inmate to CHS to be evaluated for placement to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but in a safety cell. CHS has primary authority to ☒ ☐ ☐ not be limited to: determine whether an inmate will be placed in a safety cell. If there is a difference in opinion between CHS and the Watch Commander, the decision of CHS controls. (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 1602 Discipline or as a substitute for treatment. 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be ☒ ☐ ☐ used as a form of punishment. (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the (a) If, upon evaluation, CHS determines an approval of the facility manager or designee, or inmate should be confined in a safety cell in responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be order to prevent imminent physical harm to reviewed a minimum of every four hours. the inmate or others, or the destruction of property, then CHS will complete a written authorization for such placement. (e) Continued Retention in a Safety Cell 1. Continued retention of an inmate in a safety cell shall be reviewed by CHS at least every 4 hours from the time of initial placement. In the event CHS staff is unable to conduct a ☒ ☐ ☐ retention review within any given four hour period, the Watch Commander shall be responsible to conduct that review. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Safety Cell Admission Forms dated January – May 2025 completed by Correctional Health Services (CHS) and determined compliance with this regulation. Responsible health care staff placed an individual in the Safety Cell and medical staff assessed the individual every two hours. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 21 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as (b) CHS will assess the inmate's medical and possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of mental health prior to authorizing placement placement in the safety cell. The person shall be of an inmate in a safety cell. medically cleared for continued retention, referral to 1. After an inmate is authorized by CHS for advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a placement in a safety cell, CHS should minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. medically clear the inmate every 24 hours thereafter, until the inmate is removed from the safety cell. (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a medical and/or mental health evaluation at the time the inmate is authorized for placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to conduct a medical assessment within 60 ☒ ☐ ☐ minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Safety Cell Admission Forms dated January – May 2025 and determined medical staff completed assessments at the time of placement. Medical staff continued their assessment every two hours and the required 24-hour evaluations by mental health staff and the medical prescriber for compliance with this regulation. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health 903.6 Safety Cell care staff shall obtain a mental health (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on medical and/or mental health evaluation at placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon the time the inmate is authorized for as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health ☒ ☐ ☐ assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Safety Cell Admission Forms; a psychiatrist authorized each admission. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 22 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least (d) Safety Checks twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute 1. Deputies will document their direct visual lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be observation checks of the inmate in the safety documented. cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Forms dated January – July 2025, for individuals placed in a safety cell and found staff conducted the majority of safety checks no more than 15 minutes from the previous check. However, staff conducted a lot of safety checks in exact 15-minute intervals. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and best practices regarding conducting safety checks at random. While the agency was not found noncompliant with this regulation, BSCC staff will conduct a future inspection in 2026. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 3002.7 Inmate Meals administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. The Prowler Deputy will accompany the CSA throughout the safety cell feeding. Inmates in safety cells will be fed the same meal as other inmates, except when a special diet is ☒ ☐ ☐ ordered by a doctor. Logs showed incarcerated people were fed while in the safety cell. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 2. When an inmate is placed in a safety cell, retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably they will be given the following items or designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal privileges while they are in the safety cell: privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's (a) A safety gown ☒ ☐ ☐ safety or to the security of the facility are documented. Logs showed individuals were given a safety gown in the safety cell. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1. Sobering Cells are to be used for temporary 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of holding of inmates who are a threat to their incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety own safety or the safety of others due to their or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. state of intoxication. ☒ ☐ ☐ The Sobering Cells were not available for use until August 2025 due to construction in the area; therefore, BSCC staff will inspect the sections of this regulation at a future date in 2026. Compliance based on policy review. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 23 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 5. Inmates shall be removed from the as they are able to continue the admission process or are Sobering cell as soon as they are able to no longer a risk to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ continue with the booking process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 4. Deputies will coordinate with CHS Staff to six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody obtain a health evaluation of the inmate at staff to determine whether the person has an urgent least every six (6) hours from the time of ☒ ☐ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these placement in cell. regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must See above. receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☒ ☐ ☐ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 4. Deputies shall perform a safety check sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of hour. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check for all inmates temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 2104.1 Developmentally Disabled Developmentally Disabled inmates are The facility administrator, in cooperation with the screened by Correctional Health Services responsible physician, shall develop written policies and (CHS) to determine if the inmate can follow procedures for the identification and evaluation, the rules of the jail, comply with Deputy’s ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate classification and housing, protection, and directives, and avoid conflicts with other nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with inmates. Those who cannot be maintained in developmental disabilities. regular housing will be transferred by CHS to a more appropriate housing location. The health authority or designee shall contact the Support services are available to the regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or developmentally disabled inmate upon their confirmed to have a developmental disability for the release from custody. These services may be purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of provided by the Regional Center of Orange such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. ☒ ☐ ☐ County (RCOC), or a Regional Center located in the inmate’s county of residence. During the intake process, CHS will screen the inmate and contact the Regional Center. 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response a) Approved Restraint Devices The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1. Only restraint devices approved by the responsible physician, shall develop and implement Sheriff may be used in Custody Operations, written policies and procedures for the use of restraint including: devices. Restraint devices include any devices which i. Handcuffs - All Deputies shall, while on duty, immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated carry on their person or have immediately person from being ambulatory. The provisions of this available, at least one (1) pair of handcuffs section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or meeting the specifications of standard other restraint devices when used to restrain Department issue. incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility ii. Waist restraint with handcuffs. manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated iii. Leg restraints. person in restraints to responsible health care staff. ☒ ☐ ☐ iv. Plastic flex cuffs – Should be used only when there is access to an appropriate tool for the immediate removal of the flex cuffs. v. Restraint chair. vi. Hobble Restraint for vehicle transportation purposes – Refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 306 – Hobble Restraint. This facility rarely utilizes the Restraint Chair. BSCC staff reviewed the few incidents dated January – July 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 24 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 306 Hobble Restraint (OCSDPM) (1) acceptable restraint devices; 1800.1 Security Restraints ☒ ☐ ☐ v. Restraint chair (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 7. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment immediate medical/mental health referral; availability and an automated external defibrillator (AED) of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; shall be readily available. e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check. Staff will check the ☒ ☐ ☐ person for any signs of distress and will ensure the restraints remain properly applied to protect the person’s safety and well-being. Staff will notify CHS immediately if any of the following conditions are observed: i. Swelling, ii. Skin discoloration, iii. Altered respirations or labored breathing, iv. Unconsciousness or reduced consciousness, v. Complaint of injury or illness, vi. Any indication of distress (3) protective housing of restrained persons; 4. Any inmate in a restraint chair shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ secured separately from all other inmates. (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, f) Hydration and Sanitation ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) exercising of extremities. g) Range of Motion Opportunities ☒ ☐ ☐ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 1880.1 Security Restraints following requirements: b) Use of Restraints (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Restraints will not be used as a punishment or as a substitute for treatment. or a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on b) Use of Restraints incarcerated people who display behavior which 3. Approved restraint devices shall be used results in the destruction of property or reveal an under the following circumstances: ☒ ☐ ☐ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. i. As a precaution to prevent an escape, violent actions, or property damage. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 1800.2 Restraint Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation The restraint chair may only be used when it techniques, have been attempted and are deemed appears less restrictive alternatives would be ineffective. ☒ ☐ ☐ ineffective in preventing the inmate from injuring themselves, injuring others, or damaging property. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 25 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in a) The Watch Commander, in collaboration restraints only with the approval of the facility with Correctional Health Services (CHS) manager, the facility watch commander, or medical personnel, will evaluate the responsible health care staff; continued retention placement of an inmate in the restraint chair. shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. 2. A Sergeant shall check the condition of the restrained inmate by direct visual observation within sixty minutes of the beginning time of the last Sergeant’s check. h) Continued Restraint 1. The facility Watch Commander and CHS staff will review the inmate for continued ☒ ☐ ☐ restraint or removal a minimum of every hour. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Chair Admission Forms dated January to May 2025 completed by Correctional Health Services (CHS) and determined compliance with this regulation. Responsible health care staff placed an individual in the Restraint Chair and the individual was assessed by medical staff every hour. Chair placements were ordered by a psychiatrist. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. mental condition prior to placement in the restraint chair. ☒ ☐ ☐ Medical staff were involved at the time of the placement. (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and shall be secured within one hour from the time of mental condition prior to placement in the placement. restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical ☒ ☐ ☐ and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. Medical staff were involved from the beginning of the incident. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and four hours of placement. mental condition prior to placement in the restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical ☒ ☐ ☐ and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. Medical staff completed assessments every hour. (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be e) Required Observation conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate that the restraints are properly employed, and to in a restraint chair by direct visual observation ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of person. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check. While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area BSCC staff reviewed the few chair placement which makes provisions to protect the person from incident observation logs dated January – abuse. July 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Staff completed observations twice every 30 minutes. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 26 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair consultation with responsible health care staff for more than four (4) hours. This is within our determines that an incarcerated person cannot be current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as safely removed from restraints after eight hours, the ☒ ☐ ☐ mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended for more than four (4) hours. This is within our maximum time limits for placement. ☒ ☐ ☐ current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). (11) All events and information related to the 3. A video camera will be used to record the placement in restraints shall be documented and inmate being placed and secured in the shall be video recorded unless exigent restraint chair. All additional interactions circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The requiring entry into the cell will also be documentation shall include: the reason for ☒ ☐ ☐ recorded, including CHS assessments and placement; person authorizing placement; names of evaluations. staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response (d) Pregnant Inmates The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Agency policy covers every subsection of this ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant regulation for compliance. people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: This facility does not house females. (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response in recovery after delivery or termination of the (d) Pregnant Inmates pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg ☒ ☐ ☐ or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination (d) Pregnant Inmates of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response who is currently responsible for the medical care of (d) Pregnant Inmates an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☒ ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, (d) Pregnant Inmates of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 27 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 374 Biological Samples (OCSDPM) 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized (OCSDPM) law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel 1500 Collection of DNA Databank Samples including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to (CPC 296) collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or 1500.2 Service of “Inmate Notice of Penal palm print impressions from individuals who are required Code Section 296” and Any Refusal to to provide such samples, specimens or impressions Provide Sample ☒ ☐ ☐ pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse 1. Staff may employ reasonable force to following written or oral request. collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that (OCSDPM) an objective, trained and competent correctional For the purpose of this section, the "use of employee, faced with similar facts and reasonable force" shall be defined as the circumstances, would consider necessary and force that an objective, trained, and ☒ ☐ ☐ reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. competent deputy faced with similar facts and circumstances would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance (Penal Code 374.4 PROCEDURE § 298.1(c)(1)(A)). (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to (OCSDPM) secure voluntary compliance shall be documented 1. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☒ ☐ ☐ deputy(s) shall take and document provide the requisite specimen, sample or reasonable steps to secure voluntary impression and the consequences of refusal. compliance (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(C)). (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples authorization of the facility watch commander or (OCSDPM) designee on duty. The authorization shall include 2. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the information that reflects the fact that the offender was deputy(s) shall obtain written authorization asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or ☒ ☐ ☐ from a supervisor which shall minimally impression and refused. include that the individual was asked to provide the sample(s) and refused (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(B (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including (OCSDPM) audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. 3. If the authorized use of reasonable force The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the includes a cell extraction, such extraction ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the shall be video recorded (Penal Code § use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the 298.1(c)(1)(D)). tape shall be retained administratively. 1061 EDUCATION PROGRAM 2012 Education Education programs are offered in The facility administrator of any Type II or III facility shall conjunction with local education agencies plan and shall request of appropriate public officials an ☒ ☐ ☐ (LEA) and are designed to help the education program for incarcerated persons. incarcerated take advantage of their available time. When such services are not made available by the The facility offers the following education appropriate public officials, then the facility administrator programs: High School Equivalency, High shall develop and implement an education program with School Diploma, English as a second ☒ ☐ ☐ available resources. language, academic skills, and money matters. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 28 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Such a plan shall provide for the voluntary academic or These programs may include an academically vocational, or both, education of housed people. oriented course geared toward the attainment of the California State General Education Development (GED) certificate, as well as continuing education classes such as English as a Second Language (ESL), Job Development Skills, Substance Abuse and Positive Parenting. Basic Literacy Tutoring and Vocational Computer Business skills are ☒ ☐ ☐ also offered. This facility offers various educational programs, including but not limited to: GED preparation and testing, academic skills, Money Matters, accounting, food preparation, various religious services, substance abuse, life skills, and re-entry. Reasonable criteria for program eligibility shall be 2012.1 Enrollment established. Modified academic or vocational a) When security permits, any sentenced or opportunities may be provided based on sound security pre-trial inmate will have the opportunity to practices or a person’s failure to abide by facility rules enroll in any available education program. and regulations. Participation will be voluntary. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Equal opportunity for participation is available to both male and female inmates. 2. For enrollment in the GED program the inmate’s sentence must exceed 29 days. 1062 VISITING 1902 Visiting Jail Operations Administration encourages The facility administrator shall develop and implement inmates to maintain ties with their family and written policies and procedures, which include the friends through regular visits. Visiting is following requirements: scheduled to allow such access on a regular ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: basis limited only by staff availability, capacity (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility of the designated visitation areas, and the schedules, space, and number of personnel will safe operation of the jail facilities. allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting Visiting information for each facility is on the hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made Department’s website: available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- ☒ ☐ ☐ divisions/custody-operations-command/irc- transportation/visiting-hours-information (3) For all incarcerated persons in Type II, III, and IV 1. Only one visit is permitted per day. facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two 2. Visits last a minimum of 30 minutes. visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ person each week. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate n) Public Visiting Privileges operational or safety and security concern exists. All 1. The Watch Commander or designee may cancelled visits must be documented. The facility deny an approved visitor access to a facility; manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled or may terminate or restrict a visit in progress ☒ ☐ ☐ visits and document such review. for violations of law, facility policy (such as stated in C.C.R. Title 15), or for any reason related to a legitimate penological interest… (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this 1902.1 Visiting Hours section shall include provision for visitation by minor 3. A maximum of two adults and two minors ☒ ☐ ☐ children of the incarcerated person. are permitted at one time. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing b) Video visits will be available 7 days per visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the week between the hours of 0700-1700. requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☒ ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 29 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☐ ☐ ☒ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☐ ☐ ☒ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: On-site barrier and video visits are available. Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; On-site barrier and video visits are available. Visitation hours; a) On-site personal visiting will be conducted Friday through Monday 0800-1700. b) Video visits will be available 7 days per week between the hours of 0700-1700. Time inmates are allowed for visitation; and, See above. Any restrictions on inmate visitation. Discipline, facility security, unruly visitor. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting Inmates will be permitted to send and receive The facility administrator shall develop written policies unlimited correspondence to maintain and procedures for correspondence which provide that: communication with their families, friends, (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an business associates and government ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person may send or receive; authorities, except when there is reasonable cause to justify limitations for reasons of public safety or facility order, security, or to stop a state or federal crime. (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be a) All incoming mail will be screened for read when there is a valid security reason and the facility unacceptable materials. ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s d) All incoming mail from state and federal correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any courts, state and federal elected officials, member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and attorneys, legitimate legal service the State Board of State and Community Corrections; organizations that consist of an established however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail group of attorneys involved in the only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money representation of offenders in judicial orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; proceedings (including the American Civil Liberties Union and the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers), the ☒ ☐ ☐ Corrections Standards Authority and the Division Commander or the Captain, shall be considered "legal mail," and shall only be opened and inspected in the presence of the inmate by a Deputy in the inmate’s housing area. This mail shall not be read or copied but may be inspected in the presence of the addressee for contraband. (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, See above. with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 30 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds 1900.5 Free Postage shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes 1. At least four postage-free letters each and eight sheets of paper each week to permit week. (Personal Correspondence) correspondence with family members and friends but 2. Postage-free letters for legal without limitation on the number of postage paid correspondence as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to 2002 Commissary and Inmate Welfare Fund the courts. f) Welfare Pack, iv. Four (4) letter sized envelopes and postage, vi. Ten (10) sheets of writing paper 1064 LIBRARY SERVICES 2000 Inmate Services and Programs 2010 Legal Books and Library Services The facility administrator shall develop written policies j) Jail Law Library Materials Distribution and procedures for library service in all Type II, III, and IV facilities. The scope of such service shall be determined 2010.02 Library Services by the facility administrator. The library service shall b) Books include access to the following resources via paper 1. A floating library of paperback books is documents or through electronic media and include circulated by the Correctional Programs staff current information on community services and ☒ ☐ ☐ throughout the facility housing units for use by resources, and religious, educational, legal reference the inmates. material and recreational reading material. 3. On a weekly basis, a member of the Correctional Programs staff will visit each housing unit and sector to exchange books. Books are brought to the housing areas for exchange weekly. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 2006 Recreation Inmates will have access to a variety of (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall recreation opportunities and equipment, both develop written policies and procedures for a minimum of ☒ ☐ ☐ indoor and outdoor, in order to maintain the 10 hours of out of cell time distributed over a period of physical, social and emotional health of the seven days to include: individual. (1) an opportunity for three hours of exercise and 3. Staff shall afford each inmate the opportunity to participate in a minimum of three (3) hours of outdoor recreation per week, distributed over at least two separate days. Outdoor recreation will generally be available for use by inmates from 0600 through 2300 hours daily. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of recreation yard logs from June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Incarcerated people were offered time out of their cell in excess of three hours per week. (2) an opportunity for seven hours of recreation. b) Dayrooms 1. Under normal circumstances, inmates will be afforded the opportunity to use the dayroom for a minimum of three hours per day, unless specific and articulable reasons exist for a shorter time period. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facility staff stated dayrooms are available 6am to 11pm daily. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of dayroom logs from June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation; incarcerated people had use of the dayroom in excess of this regulation. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 31 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Policies shall include reasonable and necessary 5. An inmate’s poor behavior or violation of jail procedures to ensure safety and security. rules does not justify loss of their outdoor ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation time unless their actions pose a threat to the safety and security of the facility. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 1900.6 Inmate Subscriptions to Books, WRITINGS Magazines, and Newspapers a) Inmates will be permitted to receive (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall through the mail, any newspapers which are develop written policies and procedures which will permit not provided by the jail, and magazines or incarcerated persons to purchase, receive and read any paperback books that may lawfully be book, newspaper, periodical, or writing accepted for transmitted through the U.S. Postal Service. distribution by the United States Postal Service. The ☒ ☐ ☐ facility administrator shall develop and implement a Reading materials are distributed on a weekly written plan to make available a current newspaper or basis with self-help books provided on other like source, including a non-English language request. alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the right of a facility administrator to: (1) exclude any publications or writings based on any These items are subject to reasonable legitimate penological interest; withholding for inspection for contraband and ☒ ☐ ☐ security purposes. (2) exclude obscene publications or writings, and 1900.2 Unacceptable Items Received in the mail containing information concerning where, how, Mail or from whom such matter may be obtained; and any 2010.2 Library Services matter of a character tending to incite murder, arson, 1. Obscene publications or writings, and mail riot, violent racism, or any other form of violence; any containing information concerning where, matter of a character tending to incite crimes against ☒ ☐ ☐ how or from whom such material may be children; any matter concerning unlawful gambling or obtained; anything that may incite murder, an unlawful lottery; the manufacture or use of assault, violence; and any material weapons, narcotics, or explosives; or any other concerning unlawful gambling or an unlawful unlawful activity; lottery, shall be excluded. (3) open and inspect any publications or packages a) All incoming mail will be screened for received by an incarcerated person; and ☒ ☐ ☐ unacceptable materials. (4) restrict the number of books, newspapers, Module Deputies will adhere to the five (5) periodicals, or writings the incarcerated person may book/magazine limit set for inmates. have in their cell or elsewhere in the facility at one ☒ ☐ ☐ time. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 32 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls Inmates confined in any Jail Operations The facility administrator shall develop written policies facility will have access to telephones to and procedures which allow access to a telephone or maintain community and family ties and communication device beyond those telephone calls communicate with legal representatives or the which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. courts. Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by 1904.4 Special Use Telephones others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be a) Each facility will maintain video interpreting provided access to the appropriate telecommunication services for hearing impaired inmates’ use. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices Requests to use video interpreting services may include but are not limited to videophones, will be honored at the convenience of jail staff, teletypewriters, or third-party communications but as soon as reasonably possible. assistance. An individual’s access to telephone 8000.2 Programs and Services communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 3000.1 Telephones for New Bookings f) Use of the Hearing Impaired Telephone (TDD) 1. A (TDD) "Porta Printer Plus" hearing impaired telephone device will be maintained inside the Watch Commander's office at the IRC. When a hearing impaired arrestee is received, they will be advised that the device is available for use if desired. (The party being called must have a similar device in order to communicate). 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- Custody Visitation The facility administrator shall develop written policies 3010.2 Scheduled Attorney and Official and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have Agency Visitation access to the court and to legal counsel. ☒ ☐ ☐ a) Attorneys and other official visitors for Such access shall consist of: inmates in the CMJ and CWJ will contact the Attorney/Bond Guard Station in the facility where the inmate is housed. (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 1604.1 Inmate Rights regulations, and, x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and ☒ ☐ ☐ confidential consultation with attorneys (Minimum Jail Standards, Title 15, Section 1068). (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. 1904.4 Special Use Telephones 1. Calls between an inmate and their attorney ☒ ☐ ☐ or an agent of the attorney are privileged and shall not be subject to auditory monitoring. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 33 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules To maintain inmate discipline within Jail (a) In Type II, III, and IV facilities, the facility administrator Operations, a set of rules and regulations has shall develop written policies and procedures for the been established that specifies violations and implementation of a program for people newly admitted sanctions. Inmate rights will be recognized, to the facility designed to orient them at the time of and responsible inmate behavior will be placement in a living area. required at all times. An efficient operating facility, safe working conditions for jail staff and the security of the inmate population are ☒ ☐ ☐ the primary objectives for the enforcement of jail rules. New inmates will be informed of jail rules at the time of admission. BSCC staff reviewed the Inmate Orientation Handbook last revised in April 2025 and determined it was in compliance with these regulations. Both written and verbal information shall be provided and c) Jail rules, programs and services are may be supplemented with video orientation. posted throughout each facility in the dayrooms, outdoor recreation, and other areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ d) Inmates are required to read, understand and comply with inmate orientation provisions and jail rules. Provision shall be made to provide accessible orientation 8000 Inmates with Disabilities information to each person, including those with f) System-wide Functions disabilities, limited literacy, or those with limited English 4. Inmates identified by CHS staff will be proficiency (LEP). interviewed by the facility ADA Deputy. Each inmate will be notified in writing regarding what level of programs and services they are eligible to receive based on classification level and medical needs. In addition, each inmate will receive a copy of the jail rules and ☒ ☐ ☐ correctional programs brochure. If an inmate requires assistance reading the orientation brochure, the ADA Deputy will take steps to ensure Effective Communication for the inmate. a) Intake 12. Reasonable accommodations will be made during the intake process. Such a program shall be published and include, but not 1600.3 Orange County Jail Rules be limited to, the following: a) Visiting and Communications (1) correspondence, visiting, and telephone usage ☒ ☐ ☐ b) Mail rules; c) Phone Calls (2) rules and disciplinary procedures; 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules - Violations by Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1602 Discipline (3) grievance procedures; 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) programs and activities available and method of 1600.6 Orange County Correctional application; ☒ ☐ ☐ Programs (5) medical and mental health services; l) Medical/Dental/Psychiatric Care ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) classification/housing assignments; e) Housing Assignments and Movement ☒ ☐ ☐ j) Classification of Inmates (7) court appearance where scheduled, if known; o) Court ☒ ☐ ☐ 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 34 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) voting, including registration; 1604.1 Inmate Rights v) Inmates who are qualified voters as determined by the County Registrar of Voters ☒ ☐ ☐ may vote by absentee ballot in local, state, and federal elections. (9) zero tolerance policy against sexual abuse and t) In-Custody Contact sexual harassment; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (10) availability of personal care items and p) Cleanliness opportunities for personal hygiene. ☒ ☐ ☐ n) Jail Clothing and Hygiene 1070 INDIVIDUAL/FAMILY SERVICE PROGRAMS 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility shall develop written policies and procedures which facilitate BSCC staff reviewed the programs and cooperation with appropriate public or private agencies services list and found this facility offers for individual or family social service programs for ☒ ☐ ☐ several programs and classes. incarcerated persons. Such a program shall utilize the services and resources available in the community and may be in the form of a resource guide or actual service delivery. The range and source of such services shall be at the 1600.6 Orange County Correctional discretion of the facility administrator and may include: Programs (a) risk and needs assessments; b) Academic Programs/Classes (b) best practices in: c) Developmental Programs/Classes (1) individual, group or family counseling; d) Vocational Education Programs (2) drug and alcohol abuse counseling; e) Religious & Inspirational Programs (3) cognitive behavioral interventions; f) Law Library (4) vocational testing and counseling; g) Great Escape Program (5) employment counseling; (6) discharge and reentry planning; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2000 Inmate Services and Programs (c) referral to community resources and programs; c) Programs and services will be provided by (d) reentry planning and service development; Correctional Programs Staff and outside (e) legal assistance; community resources. (f) regional center services for the developmentally disabled; and, BSCC staff reviewed the Programs and (g) community volunteers. Services list and found this facility offers several education programs, vocational, substance abuse, life skills, and re-entry. 1071 VOTING 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure The Orange County Sheriff’s Department The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced Custody Command shall allow inmates to incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop correspond with the Orange County Registrar written policies and procedures whereby the county of Voters to register to vote, in their county of registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, ☒ ☐ ☐ residence, and submit an application for a state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. vote by mail ballot. Inmates who would like to participate in local, state and federal elections can contact the Registrar of Voters for information and materials. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 35 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility e) Religious & Inspirational Programs shall develop written policies and procedures to provide 1. The Orange County Sheriff’s Correctional opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in Programs Unit offers religious services in religious services, practices, and counseling on a several denominations. These services are voluntary basis. offered in English, Spanish, and Vietnamese. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Individual pastoral counseling is also available upon request. BSCC staff reviewed the Programs and Services list and found this facility offers the following religious services: Muslim, Jewish, Catholic, Protestant, and Christian Science. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure b) Allowable Grievances (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and 1. Any inmate may file a grievance related to Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall any condition of confinement, including but develop written policies and procedures whereby all not limited to: incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to i. Medical Care submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions ii. Classification Actions of confinement, including but not limited to: medical care; iii. Program Participation classification actions; disciplinary actions; program iv. Telephone, Mail, and Visiting Procedures participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; v. Food, Clothing, and Bedding Issues and food, clothing, and bedding. vi. Disability accommodations and/or Such policies and procedures shall include: discrimination ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of grievances and grievance appeals dated January – July 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. Grievances and appeals were addressed appropriately. BSCC staff reviewed one grievance that appeared to exceed 15 calendar days; however, the grievance stated the incarcerated person submitted a previous grievance for the same issue. The majority of grievances were addressed in the required time frame. (1) a grievance form; 2. Grievance forms are available in all ☒ ☐ ☐ housing locations. (2) instructions for registering and appealing a 6. All properly completed grievance forms grievance, including relevant deadlines; shall be submitted within 14 calendar days of the alleged incident. ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Any grievance appeal must be submitted within 14 days of notification of the previous grievance outcome. (3) a process for submission and handling of i. The inmate may drop the completed anonymous grievances; grievance form in any grievance drop box. ☒ ☐ ☐ These boxes are located throughout the facility and accessible to all inmates. (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest e) Grievance Resolution appropriate staff level; 1. All grievances will be resolved at the lowest possible level. If the assigned staff member is ☒ ☐ ☐ unable to resolve the issue, the form will be forwarded to the next highest level in the chain of command. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 36 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (5) appeal to the next level of review; g) Grievance Appeals 2. In the event an inmate is dissatisfied with the outcome of the actions taken at the initial ☒ ☐ ☐ level, the grievance may be appealed to the next highest level. (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each 4. Grievances that are denied or cannot be level of review which acts on the grievance; resolved will have written reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ denial from each level of review which acted upon the grievance. (7) provision for a non-automated initial response 2. Staff investigations and responses shall be within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed completed within a reasonable amount of a period of 15 calendar days; time. Reasonableness will be based on the ☒ ☐ ☐ type and scope of the grievance submitted, but all inmate grievances will be acted on within ten working days of receipt. (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction 3. An inmate may not file a grievance on any within the facility; issue which the Department has no control over, such as i. Federal, State, or Local Laws ☒ ☐ ☐ ii. Judicial Proceedings or Decisions of the Courts iii. Probation or Parole Actions (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, The staff member will provide the inmate a appeal, response, and related documents to the completed copy, and place the original incarcerated person; and, completed and signed form in the area’s grievance box for supervisor review, database upload, and distribution. 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the ☒ ☐ ☐ Grievance Database has been updated, a copy of the completed grievance has been provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the regular review of grievances, responses, and Grievance Database has been updated, a appeals. copy of the completed grievance has been ☒ ☐ ☐ provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (b) Grievance System Abuse: j) Grievance Procedure Abuse The facility may establish written policy and procedure to control the submission of an excessive number of ☒ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules – Violations by Inmates Wherever discipline is administered, each facility 1602 Discipline administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary Inmate misconduct will be documented in the actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. Jail Management System (JMS) and ☒ ☐ ☐ sanctions will be imposed in proportion to the Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy severity of the rule violated. Inmates may should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, utilize the formal appeal process to appeal Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. any disciplinary action against them. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply d) Each inmate will have access to posted and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing rules. units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☒ ☐ ☐ booking. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 37 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable 8000 Inmates with Disabilities to read English, and for persons with disabilities, b) Staff will provide reasonable modifications provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them to jail rules, policies, and practices to enable verbally or provide them with material in an inmates to participate in the services, understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary programs, and activities offered to other procedures and actions. inmates of the same classification level. Some examples of reasonable accommodations include: 1. Using a sign language interpreter, Video Remote Interpreter (VRI), or other means to ensure proper communication with deaf inmates (e.g., jail rules & rights, Miranda admonishments, interviews, disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ hearings.) The complexity and importance of communication, the number of people involved, and the length of the communication are some factors to consider when deciding on the best method of communication assistance. 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 1602.5 Discipline PERSONS a) Counseling an Inmate: b) Minor Violations Each facility administrator shall develop written policies ii. Assign up to four (4) hours extra duty with and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. the approval of a Sergeant or Watch The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following Commander. elements: iii. Deny the inmate certain privileges, such as (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- telephone or TV for up to five (5) days for each ☒ ☐ ☐ conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may violation. (Under no circumstance should a impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to loss of telephone privileges be used to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less prevent an inmate from making legal calls to than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation their attorney.) and supervisory approval. iv. Deny the inmate commissary for up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not five commissary days). (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive may consist of one or any combination of the minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing following: by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☒ ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. iii. Loss of good time/ work time ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. The inmate(s) involved in the violation, along with any witnesses, will be temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ segregated until they have been interviewed. 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation, program classes, etc.) A staff member with investigative and disciplinary The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. incident. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 38 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor involved in the charges. who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incident. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person 2. Disciplinary Process Major Violations shall be acted on with the following provisions and within ii. Inmates will receive a copy of the Notice of specified timeframes: Disciplinary Violation, on which the rule 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice ☒ ☐ ☐ violation will be documented. of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary later than seventy-two (72) hours after an officer and the incarcerated person has been inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four be postponed or continued for a reasonable time (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, noted on the form. or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to The Deputy(s) and inmate (s) will be appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and interviewed along with any witnesses they present witnesses and documentary evidence. The wish to call. Interpreters will be provided as incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. The inmate shall have access to staff assistance when they have limited literacy, or the or inmate assistance when the inmate is issues are complex. illiterate or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hours after an incarcerated person has been sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no informed of the charge(s) in writing. later than seventy-two (72) hours after an inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so noted on the form. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary 6. Final disposition of punishment will be charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and made by the Disciplinary Officer and reviewed the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ by the Watch Commander. manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a 7. Inmates shall be advised of the action taken written statement by the fact-finders about the by the Disciplinary Officer by means of an evidence relied on and the reasons for the "Inmate's Advisement of Punishment Report" disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept which is prepared by the Disciplinary Officer. pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. ☒ ☐ ☐ Distribution of the form is as follows: i. One (1) copy to Inmate Records ii. Two (2) copies to Classification iii. One (1) copy to the inmate 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 39 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a 1602.6 Appeal Procedure supervisor on all disciplinary action. a) Minor Violation Appeal Procedure: Any inmate wishing to appeal a minor violation must submit a written request within forty- eight (48) hours of notice of the violation to the appropriate Sergeant. b) Major Violation Appeal Procedure: Appeals of punishment may be made in writing in the form of a grievance, an Inmate Message Slip, ☒ ☐ ☐ or a letter to the facility and must be submitted within fourteen (14) days after receiving notice of the discipline imposed. Appeals submitted after this period will not be considered timely and will not be evaluated. The Division Commander will review the Watch Commander’s report and advise the inmate of the decision on an Inmate's Advisement of Appeal form. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 1602.5 Discipline a) Counseling an Inmate, b) Minor Violations The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer i. Counsel the offender. ii. Assign up to four shall be directly related to the severity of the rule (4) hours extra duty with the approval of a infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a Sergeant or Watch Commander. iii. Deny the progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of inmate certain privileges, such as telephone discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the or TV for up to five (5) days for each violation. following: (Under no circumstance should a loss of (a) Loss of privileges. telephone privileges be used to prevent an (b) Extra work detail. inmate from making legal calls to their (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. attorney.) iv. Deny the inmate commissary for (d) Removal from work details. up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal five commissary days). Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules ☒ ☐ ☐ Code Section 4019. may consist of one or any combination of the (g) Disciplinary separation. following: i. Any of the punishments listed under minor violations, ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, recreation, program classes, etc.) A. "Loss of Privileges" does not include group religious services. Exclusion from group religious services may only be based on security concerns. B. Inmates placed on “Loss of Privileges” will be offered two (2) hours of day room per day. iii. Loss of good time/ work time iv. Removal from work status v. Or the combination of any of the above 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1604.1 Inmate Rights p) Protection from personal abuse, corporal The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly punishment, personal injury, disease, prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary property damage and harassment. actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological 1. Out of cell time may be temporarily degradation. suspended for disciplinary or security ☒ ☐ ☐ reasons. Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option This facility converted the cells that were of last resort and as a response to the most serious and originally built for disciplinary isolation into threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and storage and therefore are no longer in use. with the least restrictive conditions possible. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 40 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a consultation with health care staff. Such reviews ☒ ☐ ☐ shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☒ ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person d) Discipline by Inmates or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of 1. No inmate may inflict punishment upon punishment over any other incarcerated person or group another inmate. of incarcerated people. 2. "Kangaroo Court" (mock courts set up by ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates) and/or "sanitation committees" Note: PC § 4019.5. (inmates set up to enforce sanitation rules) are illegal in any California jail. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for used as a form of punishment. ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the 1602.1 General implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of f) As punishment for jail rule violations, no personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these inmate shall be deprived of implements regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ necessary to maintain personal hygiene, food, bedding, correspondence or access to counsel. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. 4. Under no circumstances will an inmate be ☒ ☐ ☐ denied food as a means of punishment. (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld w) Uncensored communication and/or except in cases where the incarcerated person has correspondence with persons on the outside, violated correspondence regulations, in which case limited only as necessary, or by law to correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain order and security or set by hours, without the review and approval of the facility disciplinary restrictions. manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the suspended as a disciplinary measure. Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of ☒ ☐ ☐ unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and confidential consultation with attorneys 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 41 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 4. Documentation: iii. After approval, all copies of the report shall Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept be retained in the respective module until the of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This punishment is completed. Upon completion of requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule punishment, the Module Deputy will send the violation reports and report of the disposition of each. original copy of the report to Inmate Records, where it will be filed in the inmate’s jail file. BSCC staff reviewed the available disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ record packets dated January – June 2025 and determined compliance with regulations 1080-1084. The rule violation reports and disciplinary hearing notes explained the actions of the incarcerated persons and subsequent actions of staff. Hearings were conducted in a timely manner and proper action was taken when due process was not followed. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE 2108.1 Screening Process DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure a) All personnel who observe or are informed (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the of any activity among persons in custody that facility administrator and the county health officer, shall may cause the transmission of AIDS or other develop a written plan to address the identification, communicable diseases shall immediately treatment, control and follow-up management of report the incident in writing to the I.R.C tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan Watch Commander by completing the "Report shall cover the intake screening procedures, of Activity Known to Cause Transmission of ☒ ☐ ☐ identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical AIDS" form. This form will be attached to any evaluation, treatment responsibilities during other required reports. incarceration and coordination with public health officials 1. Additionally, the Facility Shift Commander for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall shall make a telephonic report to Employee reflect the current local incidence of communicable Health Services as soon as possible. If after diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated business hours or on weekends, the people and staff. telephonic report shall be made to the on-call Public Health Medical Officer. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the a) All employees and volunteers exposed to a county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and person diagnosed with a communicable procedures in conformance with applicable state and disease shall be evaluated, counseled and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: offered appropriate prophylactic treatment by (1) The types of communicable diseases to be HCA/ Employee Health Services or another reported; treatment facility. (2) The persons who shall receive the medical 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records reports; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated 2110.4 Medical Records persons and custody staff; a) Within Correctional Health Services (CHS), the problem orientated medical record structure will be used as much as practicable. The medical record will list all medical encounters, the diagnosis thereof, ☒ ☐ ☐ subsequent findings, treatments, rehabilitation, maintenance and patient education. An inmate’s perceived health problems will be recorded as well as the dispositions thereof. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 42 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Medical procedures required to identify the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of e) The I.R.C. Watch Commander will provide exposure to others; a copy of all reports to H.C.A. Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Services, who, in turn will evaluate any transmission incident and all involved inmates and/or staff. (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; 2110.4 Medical Records c) At no time will any inmate or other unauthorized persons be allowed access to inmate medical records. The files will be kept separated from the inmate's confinement ☒ ☐ ☐ record, including after the time they are released. All access to inmate medical files will be controlled and regulated by the Custodian of Records. (6) Housing considerations based upon behavior, 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records medical needs, and safety of the affected h) Communicable Disease - For inmates incarcerated persons; diagnosed with a communicable disease and refusing appropriate treatment, medical quarantine authorized by the treating physician shall be used. Treatment, other ☒ ☐ ☐ than in an emergency situation, shall not be forced by any CHS staff member. For such cases, a court order for treatment may be sought by the Medical Director after consultation with the Sheriff. (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records that address the limits of confidentiality; and, a) The informed consent of the inmate shall be required for all examinations, treatments and procedures governed by informed ☒ ☐ ☐ consent standards in the community. Access to inmate medical records shall be strictly controlled, according to HIPPA guidelines. (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting possible exposure of custody staff to a c) Employee who believes they have been communicable disease. exposed to communicable disease will report ☒ ☐ ☐ possible exposure to their Supervisor immediately. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 43 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1211 SICK CALL 2106 Sick Call/Hospital Referrals Inmates with non-emergency health care The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health complaints will be seen by the appropriate authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, health care professional during scheduled which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons sick call hours. Severe medical conditions will or provision made that any incarcerated person be referred to contract medical facilities. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such 2106.1 - General attention. a) Sick call will be conducted daily. b) Sick call hours will generally be from 0700 to 2000 hours. c) A licensed physician, registered nurse, or nurse practitioner will conduct sick ☒ ☐ ☐ call. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed medical staff who stated sick call is held Monday through Saturday with an on- call doctor available on Sundays. BSCC staff also interviewed incarcerated persons and determined turnaround time after completing a sick call request slip is about one day for a nonemergency. 1240 FREQUENCY OF SERVING 2306 Meal Service 2306.2 - Inmate Meals In Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III facilities, and a) Meal Frequency those Type IV facilities where food is served, food shall 1. Inmates will be provided three meals per be served three times in any 24-hour period. At least one day, served at regular times during each of these meals shall include hot food. Supplemental food twenty-four (24) hour period. At least one must be served to incarcerated persons if more than 14 meal will include hot food. Meals will be hours pass between evening and morning meals. served approximately at 0430, 1100 and 1600 Additionally, supplemental food must be served to people hours. on medical diets in less than the time period outlined ☒ ☐ ☐ above, if prescribed by the responsible physician. This facility’s kitchen is not operational; meals are delivered from the Central Men’s Jail. BSCC staff spoke to kitchen staff in all facilities with operational kitchens and determined compliance with this regulation. The facilities offer a variety of special diets, including but not limited to cardiac, diabetic, allergies, vegetarian, religious, etc. A minimum of fifteen minutes shall be allowed for the 4000.5 - Inmate Meals actual consumption of each meal except for those on 6. All inmates will be given a minimum of medical diets where the responsible physician has ☒ ☐ ☐ fifteen (15) minutes to eat their meals. prescribed additional time. Provisions shall be made for incarcerated persons who Late courts will be fed upon their return to the may miss a regularly scheduled facility meal. They shall facility with a sack lunch unless the serving be provided with a substitute meal and beverage, and on line is still open. ☒ ☐ ☐ medical diets shall be provided with their prescribed meal. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 44 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules g) Jail Issued Clothing The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Articles, and Linen Supplies Court Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities All inmates will be provided clothing that shall include, but not be limited to: meets sanitation and safety requirements and (a) Clean socks and footwear; ☒ ☐ ☐ is properly fitted, climatically suitable, and appropriate to meet the needs of the situation. All inmates will be supplied with bedding and linens sufficient to provide comfortable, sanitary and safe conditions during their period of confinement. (b) Clean outergarments; and, g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Clean undergarments; g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may 2408.1 New Inmates be substituted for the institutional undergarments and b) All new inmates who will be remaining in footwear specified in this regulation. This option custody will be required to shower and ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility exchange their personal clothing for jail issue to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. clothing. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily Articles, and Linen Supplies laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, 5. All clothing and bedding supplies issued to free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. inmates shall be the inmate's responsibility. Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more The inmate will be held accountable for their compatible with their gender identity and gender jail issue clothing and linen items. If any items expression. are altered, Deputies shall enforce any applicable jail rule violation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 6. Exchanges of clothing and linen will take place on a regular schedule as follows (Title 15, Sections 1262 & 1271) 7300.4 LGBTQI Housing and Classification 7300.5 Inmate Programs and Services On the day of inspection, inmate clothing looked clean and free of holes or damage. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL 2404.3 Pest Control CLOTHING 2404.4 Special Handling of Pediculosis (Crab) Cases There shall be written policies and procedures developed 2. If the inmate is diagnosed as being by the facility administrator to control contamination infested, they will return to their housing and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s location with a medical slip stating the inmate personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☒ ☐ ☐ has crabs. The medical slip will also state that disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to the inmate needs an immediate clothing and eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. bedding exchange. 3. The infested inmate will gather all clothing and bedding and bring it to the Guard Station Vestibule area. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS 1604.1 Inmate Rights 2408 Inmate clothing, Bedding, Hygiene There shall be written policies and procedures developed Articles, and Linen Supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal hygiene items. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 45 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary 1604.1 Inmate Rights napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no d) An inmate who menstruates or experiences maximum allowance. uterine or vaginal bleeding shall, without needing to request, have ready access to, and be allowed to use, materials necessary ☒ ☐ ☐ for personal hygiene with regard to their menstrual cycle and reproductive system, including, but not limited to, sanitary pads, panty liners and tampons, with no maximum allowance and at no cost to the inmate. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to 2408.1 New Inmates supply themself with the following personal care items, a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, provided with basic hygiene articles including ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, Soap is given to inmates when escorted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ shower area in the intake area. (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 2408.1 New Inmates hours of housing assignment. a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be ☒ ☐ ☐ provided with basic hygiene articles including toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any Everyone is given a hygiene kit. personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the between individual uses by the method prescribed by the barber shop between each individual use by: State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide Regulations. or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1266 SHOWERING 3000.7 Showers/Clothing Room 7. The inmate will be given soap and a towel There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ and instructed to thoroughly bathe in the by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. showers. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ii. Shower areas will be available every other other day or more often if possible. day (per title 15) and at times specified by the jail staff. 2408.1 New Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ b) All new inmates who will be remaining in custody will be required to shower and exchange their personal clothing for jail issue clothing. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 46 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules prohibited from showering at least every other day 5. Inmates shall shower regularly and following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is maintain a good general appearance. prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☒ ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1267 HAIR CARE SERVICES 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment (a) Hair care services shall be available. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facility staff stated haircuts occur twice a week during recreation yard time. (b) Except those who may not shave for reasons of a) Inmate Barber Shop Hair Care Services identification in court, incarcerated people shall be 1. When requested, any inmate can obtain allowed to shave daily and receive hair care services at hair care services once per month. Inmates least once a month. The facility administrator may must be in Orange County Jail custody for a suspend this requirement in relation to people who are minimum of 30 days before requesting hair considered to be a danger to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ care services. 6. Inmates will receive their haircuts within their respective Outdoor Recreation areas on Sundays, and will be supervised by the assigned prowler(s). (c) Equipment shall be disinfected, after each use, by a 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate method approved by the State Board of Barbering and barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the Cosmetology to meet the requirements of Title 16, barber shop between each individual use by: Division 9, Sections 979 and 980, California Code of (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) Regulations. Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide ☒ ☐ ☐ or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE 2408.1 New Inmates 3. Upon the inmate's arrival at their assigned The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, housing location, the inmate will be issued the for each incarcerated person entering a living area who following bedding and linen items: is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be i. Sanitized mattress, ii. One clean blanket, iii. limited to: ☒ ☐ ☐ Two clean sheets, iv. One clean towel (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the 4. Mattresses shall be free of holes and tears. requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; Mattresses with holes, tears, or lack of sufficient padding shall be replaced upon request. (Title 15, Section 1271) (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) one towel; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic conditions. ☒ ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 47 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND 1700 Security and Control MAINTENANCE 2400 Sanitation & Maintenance 2400.2 Inmate Housekeeping The facility administrator shall develop written policies a) Inmates and inmate workers at the and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable direction of the CSA will conduct sanitation level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the activities in security housing and operations facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule areas. of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of which may be found. Work Order Assignment Reports from April 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff ☒ ☐ ☐ observed holding cells in the intake area and housing cells in Modules J and L that were below an acceptable level of cleanliness. BSCC staff discussed this with agency supervision, who addressed it immediately. This facility houses a large population of incarcerated people suffering from mental illness and cleanliness can be an issue. BSCC staff reinspected these areas on October 20, 2025, and found cleanliness was much improved. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and best practices for maintaining cleanliness in the facility. Medical care housing as described in Title 24, Part 2, During the onsite inspection, medical exam Section 1231.2.14, shall be cleaned and sanitized areas appeared clean and maintained. according to policies and procedures established by the ☒ ☐ ☐ health authority. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 48 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? If YES, the following sections, including those summarized in Title 15, Article 8 Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not (Minors in Jails), apply. subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; ☐ ☒ ☐ however, if minors are held in the building, they may be This jail does not hold minors. subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ ☐ ☒ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1101 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTACT WITH INCARCERATED ADULTS The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict sight and sound contact, as ☐ ☐ ☒ defined in Section 1006, between detained minors and adults confined in the facility. The policies and procedures should consider trauma-informed approaches in protecting minors from contact. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side-by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1102 CLASSIFICATION The facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan designed to provide for the safety of staff ☐ ☐ ☒ and minors held at the facility. The plan shall include the following: (a) a procedure for receiving and transmitting information regarding minors who present a risk or hazard to self or others while confined at the facility, and ☐ ☐ ☒ the separation of such minors to the extent possible within the limits of the facility. (b) a procedure to provide care for any minor who appears to be in need of or who requests medical, mental health, or developmental disability treatment. Written procedures shall be established by the ☐ ☐ ☒ responsible health administrator in cooperation with the facility administrator. (c) a suicide prevention program designed to identify, monitor, and provide treatment to those minors who ☐ ☐ ☒ present a suicide risk. (d) provide that minors be housed separately from adults and not be allowed to come or remain in contact with adults except as provided in Section 208(c) of the ☐ ☐ ☒ Welfare and Institutions Code. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 49 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1103 RELEASE PROCEDURES Facility staff shall notify the parents or guardians prior to the release of a minor. The minor's personal clothing ☐ ☐ ☒ and valuables shall be returned to the minor, parents or guardian, upon the minor's release or consent. 1104 SUPERVISION OF MINORS The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures that provide for: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) continuous around-the-clock supervision of minors with assurance that staff can hear and respond; and, (b) safety checks of minors at least once every 30 minutes. These safety checks shall include the direct visual observation of movement and skin. Safety checks shall not be replaced, but may be supplemented by, an audio/visual electronic surveillance system designed to ☐ ☐ ☒ detect overt, aggressive, or assaultive behavior and to summon aid in emergencies. All safety checks shall be documented. 1105 RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures to provide a recreation program that shall protect the welfare of minors and incarcerated ☐ ☐ ☒ adults, recognize facility security needs and comply with minimum jail standards for recreation (California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Section 1065). 1106 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES Nothing in this regulation shall prevent the administrator from removing a detained minor from the general population or program for reasons of the minor's mental or physical health; or under any circumstances in which ☐ ☐ ☒ the safety of the minor, incarcerated adults, staff, the program or community is endangered, pending a disciplinary action or review. With the exceptions noted below, the provisions of Section 1080-1084 shall apply when a minor is involved in disciplinary actions. (a) Pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code Section 208.3, minors may not be placed in room confinement ☐ ☐ ☒ for disciplinary purposes. (b) Permitted forms of discipline include: (1) temporary loss of privileges; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) loss of privileges mandated by applicable regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) Access to visitation and recreation shall be restricted only after a second level review by a supervisor or manager and shall not extend beyond five days without ☐ ☐ ☒ subsequent review. (d) Prohibited forms of discipline include: (1) discipline that does not fit the violation; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) corporal punishment; ☐ ☐ ☒ (3) discipline imposed by incarcerated persons; ☐ ☐ ☒ 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 50 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) placement in safety cells, sobering cells, or any other cell not specifically designated for the ☐ ☐ ☒ detention of minors; (5) deprivation of food; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) room confinement. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1120 EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR MINORS IN JAILS Whenever a minor is held in a Type II or III facility, the facility administrator shall coordinate with the County ☐ ☐ ☒ Department of Education or County Superintendent of Schools to provide education programs as required by Section 48200 of the Education Code. 1122.5 PREGNANT MINORS (a) The health administrator, in cooperation with the facility administrator, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures pertaining to pregnant minors that address the requirements in Title 15, Section 1417. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant minors. The policy shall address requirements of Penal ☐ ☐ ☒ Code 3407. Policy shall include reference to the following: (1) A minor known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist ☐ ☐ ☒ restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) A pregnant minor in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ ☒ safety and security of the minor, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of a pregnant minor during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or ☐ ☐ ☒ termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of a minor's pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, of the ☐ ☐ ☒ standards and policies governing pregnant minors. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PRO 25-26 Page 51 of 51 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections Applicable Title 24 Regulations: 3/80; 8/86; 5/88; 1/91 BSCC Code: 3490 FACILITY NAME: Intake Release Center FACILITY TYPE: II APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: 1980 1994 OTHER: FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 6, 2025 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Temporary Holding Cell or Room (2.2) Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Limited to no more than 16 inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ No smaller than 40 square feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain sufficient seating to accommodate all inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ Toilet accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Water fountain accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Wash basin accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Provides clear visual supervision ☒ ☐ ☐ Telephone accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with ☒ ☐ ☐ individual compartments, locks, and keys. Detoxification/Sobering Cells (2.4) Contain 20 square feet of floor per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Limited to no more than 8 inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ No smaller than 60 square feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain toilet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain washbasin ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Partitions or handrails located next to toilet fixture to provide support ☒ ☐ ☐ Provide easy, unobstructed visual observation ☒ ☐ ☐ Padding on the floor ☒ ☐ ☐ Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) Available in reception/booking ☒ ☐ ☐ Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) Available for inmate valuables ☒ ☐ ☐ Telephone (2.1) Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 ☒ ☐ ☐ Safety Cells (2.5) Contain 48 square feet with one floor dimension at ☒ ☐ ☐ least 6 feet and ceiling height of at least 8 feet Limited to no more than one inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain flush ring toilet w/ controls outside the cell ☒ ☐ ☐ Padded floor, door and walls ☒ ☐ ☐ Equipped with variable intensity, security light, inaccessible to occupant ☒ ☐ ☐ Vertical view panel not more than 4 inches wide and at least 24 inches long, in or adjacent to the door ☒ ☐ ☐ Provide a food pass with lockable shutter no more than 4 inches high and located at least 30 inches ☒ ☐ ☐ above the floor. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PHY 25-26 - 1 - A381 PHY Type 80 86 88 91.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) Maximum capacity of one inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a minimum of 70 square feet of floor area (Type II) ☒ ☐ ☐ Have a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain toilet, washbasin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a bunk, desk, and seat. ☒ ☐ ☐ Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) S-1 in the Holding Cell area, agency Maximum capacity of eight people requested rated for emergency housing, ☒ ☐ ☐ currently closed. Contain a minimum of 100 square feet with a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a toilet separate from a wash basin & drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ 35 square feet of floor area per person ☒ ☐ ☐ Provide bunks and personal item storage ☒ ☐ ☐ Multiple Occupancy Rooms (8229) No cells of this type; remainder of the ☐ ☒ ☐ regulation deleted. Double Occupancy Cells (2.7) 1994 Regulations Single cells double-bunked and rated under Maximum capacity of two inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1994 regulations. Contain a minimum of 70 square feet in Type II facilities ☒ ☐ ☐ Have a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet and one floor dimension at least 6 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain toilet, washbasin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain 2 bunks, 1 desk and seat ☒ ☐ ☐ Dormitories (2.8) No cells of this type; remainder of the ☐ ☒ ☐ regulation deleted from the checklist. Dayrooms (2.9) ☒ ☐ ☐ 35 square feet of floor area per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain tables and seating to accommodate the maximum number of occupants ☒ ☐ ☐ Access to toilets, washbasins and drinking fountains ☒ ☐ ☐ Available to all inmates in Type II and III facilities (excluding special use cells) and to workers in Type I. ☒ ☐ ☐ Shower (3.4) Available on a ratio of 1:16 ☒ ☐ ☐ Lighting (3.6) Sufficient to permit easy reading. Night lighting is ☒ ☐ ☐ sufficient to allow good supervision. Beds-Bunks (3.5) 30 inches wide and 76 inches long ☒ ☐ ☐ Comfortable Living Environment [102(c)6] A comfortable living environment is maintained ☒ ☐ ☐ through an adequate heating and cooling system. Exercise Area (2.10) An outdoor exercise area or areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ At least one exercise area not less than 900 square feet. ☒ ☐ ☐ Clear height of 15 feet with required surface area meeting a formula of: 80% of maximum rated inmate population and number of one-hour exercise periods ☒ ☐ ☐ per day = required surface area. Program Space - Type II and III (2.11) Sufficient area and furnishings to meet the needs of ☒ ☐ ☐ the facility program 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PHY 25-26 - 2 - A381 PHY Type 80 86 88 91.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Medical Examination Room – Type I, II and III There must be a minimum of one suitably equipped medical examination room in facilities housing 25 or ☒ ☐ ☐ more. Lockable storage for medical supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ In the security area and for both female and male ☒ ☐ ☐ No less than 100 sq ft, no side less than 7 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Provide running water ☒ ☐ ☐ Dining Facilities (2.17) ☐ ☒ 15 square feet per inmate being fed ☐ Toilets, washbasins, and showers are not in the same ☐ ☒ room or not in view of inmate dining. ☐ Visiting (2.18) Sufficient visiting area ☒ ☐ ☐ Contact visits whenever possible for minimum security inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ Attorney Interviews (2.26) Provide for confidential attorney consultation ☒ ☐ ☐ Safety Equipment Storage (2.19) Adequate space is provided for storage of equipment such as fire extinguishers, SCBA, emergency lights, ☒ ☐ ☐ etc. Janitor Closet (2.20) Located in security areas lockable, containing a mop ☒ ☐ ☐ sink and storage space Storage Rooms (2.21) Sufficient space to accommodate inmate property, ☒ ☐ ☐ bedding and supplies Audio or Video Monitoring System (2.22) There is no audio monitoring system in the There must be an audio monitoring system capable of intake holding cells. ☐ ☒ alerting staff in a central control point so they may ☐ respond to emergencies. Video monitoring systems, should be used to monitor corridors, main entries or exits, program/activity areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire Detection and Alarm System [102(c)6] Automatic fire alarm system capable of alerting staff in ☒ ☐ ☐ a central control point Emergency Power (2.24) Available to provide minimal lighting, maintain ☒ ☐ ☐ communications, alarm, fire, life and security systems. Barber/beauty shop (2.15) Provide space and suitable equipment. ☒ ☐ ☐ Canteen (2.16) Commissary is an off-site function. Type II, III, IV facilities, there shall be provision made to purchase items. An area shall be provided for the ☒ ☐ ☐ secure storage of stock for canteen items. Confidential Interview Rooms (2.25) Type I and II facilities shall include attorney interview ☒ ☐ ☐ areas which provide for confidential consultation. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI PHY 25-26 - 3 - A381 PHY Type 80 86 88 91.dot (03/01) BOARD OF STATE AND COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS- COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 3490 FACILITY: Intake Release Center TYPE: II RC: 808 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 6, 2024 ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s Notes: There are two showers located in this area, one each for males and females. H1 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 10.0' X 10.6' 1 - 1 1 - H2 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 5.4' X 10.5' 1 - 1 1 - H3 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 7.3' X 14.5' 1 - 1 1 - H4 - 1980 1 - - - 10.5' X 18.5' - - - - - Notes: Holding Cells 3 and 4 are adjoining with a pass-through door left open due to H4 not having facilities. H5 Holding 1980 1 - (9) (9) 8.1' X 13.9' 1 - 1 1 - H6 Holding 1980 1 - (7) (7) 13.3' X 7.7' 1 - 1 1 - H7 Holding 1980 1 - (6) (6) 12.8' X 8.3' 1 - 1 1 - H8 Holding 1980 1 - (7) (7) 13.9' X 8.3' 1 - 1 1 - Medical Area – Safety, Detoxification, and Medical/Mental Health Observation Cells Notes: R01 and R02 were Detoxification Cells converted into office space (removed from the table). RO3 Detox 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.0' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - RO4 Med 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.0' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - Obs Notes: R04 was a Detoxification Cell converted to a Holding Cell; the padding on the floor was removed, there is no seating. RO5 Detox 1980 1 - (2) (2) 8.7' X 7.5' 1 - 1 1 - RO6 Detox 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.0' X 12.1' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: R06 was a Detoxification Cell converted to Medical/Mental Health Observation; there is no seating S-2 Medical 1980 1 6 (6) (6) 17.6' X 19.4' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: This area is closed and not in use. S-1 Multiple 1980 1 6 6 6 18.3' X 19.4' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: Agency requested this area rated for emergency use; it is currently closed. 1980 Standard - Multiple Occupancy Cell. RO9 Safety 1980 1 - (1) (1) 7.4' X 7.9' 1 - - - - RO10 Safety 1980 1 - (1) (1) 7.4' X 7.9' 1 - - - - RO11 Med 1980 1 - (4) (4) 7.5' X 12.0' - - - - - Obs Notes: R011 was a Detoxification Cell converted to Medical/Mental Health Observation; there is no seating RO12 Safety 1980 1 - (1) (1) 7.4' X 7.8' 1 - - - - RO13 Med 1980 1 - (4) (4) 11.6' X 7.9' 1 - 1 1 - Obs Notes: R13 was a Detoxification Cell converted to Medical/Mental Health Observation; there is no seating. RO14 Med 1980 1 - (4) (4) 7.5' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - Obs Notes: R14 was a Detoxification Cell converted to Medical/Mental Health Observation; there is no seating. RO15 Med 1980 1 - (4) (4) 7.6' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - Obs *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s Notes: R15 was a Detoxification Cell converted to Medical/Mental Health Observation; there is no seating. RO16 Safety 1980 1 - (1) (1) 8.0' X 7.8' 1 - - - - Male ID PM1 Holding 1980 1 - (14) (14) 18.8' X 12.1' 1 - 2 2 - PM2 Holding 1980 1 - (12) (12) 9.8' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - PM3 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 12.2' x 5.8' 1 - 1 1 - PM4 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 12.2' x 5.8' 1 - 1 1 - PM5 Holding 1980 1 - (15) (15) 21.4' x 12.1' 1 - 1 1 - PM6 Holding 1980 1 - (6+1 WC) (6+1 WC) 8.0' X 13.1' 1 - 1 1 - PM7 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 7.5' X 13.0' 1 - 1 1 - PM8 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 8.0' X 13.0' 1 - 1 1 - PM9 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 21.4' X 12.1' 2 - 2 2 - PM10 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 6.4' X 12.1' 1 - 1 1 - PM11 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 5.7' X 12.1' 1 - 1 1 - PM12 Holding 1980 1 - (15) (15) 16.0' X 12.1' 2 - 2 2 - PM13 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 6.7' X 12.1' 1 - 1 1 - PM14 Holding 1980 1 - (13) (13) 9.1' X 15.4' 1 - 1 1 - PM15 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 6.4' X 11.4' 1 - 1 1 - PM16 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 17.7' X 15.4' 2 - 2 2 - PM17 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 5.8' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 - PM18 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 18.0' X 15.4' 2 - 2 2 - PM19 Holding 1980 1 - (12) (12) 11.0' X 11.4' 1 - 1 1 - PM20 Holding 1980 1 - (12) (12) 11.4' X 11.1' 1 - 1 1 - PM21 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 18.1' X 15.4' 1 - 1 1 - PM22 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.3' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 - PM23 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 5.4' X 11.4' 1 - 1 1 - PM24 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 20.5' X 15.4' 1 - 1 1 - PM25 Holding 1980 1 - (11) (11) 15.1' X 9.6' 1 - 1 1 - Female ID PF1 Holding 1980 1 - (2) (2) 8.2' X 8.2' 1 - 1 1 - PF2 Holding 1980 1 - (7) (7) 9.9' X 8.2' 1 - 1 1 - PF3 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 9.9' X 8.2' 1 - 1 1 - PF4 Holding 1980 1 - (13) (13) 15.0' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - PF5 Holding 1980 1 - (6+1 WC) (6+1 WC) 8.0' X 15.3' 1 - 1 1 - PF6 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 15.3' X 15.2' 2 - 2 2 - PF7 Holding 1980 1 - (16) (16) 15.0' X 17.9' 2 - 2 2 - PF8 Holding 1980 1 - (9) (9) 9.9' X 13.0' 1 - 1 1 - Court Transfer – Male TM1 Holding 1980 1 - (13) (13) 8.5' X 15.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM2 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 7.2' X 11.8' 1 - 1 1 - TM3 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 5.4' X 11.8' 1 - 1 1 - TM4 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 13.2' X 11.8' 1 - 1 1 - TM5 Holding 1980 1 - (9) (9) 10.9' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM6 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 5.4' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM7 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 5.7' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s TM8 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.0' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM9 Holding 1980 1 - (13) (13) 11.5' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM10 Holding 1980 1 - (12) (12) 11.5' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM11 Holding 1980 1 - (12) (12) 11.5' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM12 Holding 1980 1 - (13 (13) 11.6' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM13 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.0' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM14 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 5.3' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TM15 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 8.9' X 12.3' 1 - 1 1 - TM16 Holding 1980 1 - (13) (13) 10.9' X 12.8' 1 - 1 1 - TM17 Holding 1980 1 - (9) (9) 7.4' X 12.8' 1 - 1 1 - TM18 Holding 1980 1 - (12) (12) 13.8' X 12.7' 1 - 1 1 - TM19 Holding 1980 1 - (7) (7) 8.7' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - TM20 Holding 1980 1 - (4) (4) 6.2' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - TM21 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 5.8' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - TM22 Holding 1980 1 - (11) (11) 10.2' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - TM23 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 5.9' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - TM24 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 6.1' X 12.0' 1 - 1 1 - TM25 Holding 1980 1 - (5+1 WC) (5+1 WC) 10.7' X 10.0' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: TM 23-25ADA upgrades completed. Court Transfer – Female Notes: TF1 was converted to a space for the Body Scanner. TF2 Holding 1980 1 - (6) (6) 7.6' X 8.5' 1 - 1 1 - TF3 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 5.5' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TF4 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 5.5' X 12.2' 1 - 1 1 - TF5 Holding 1980 1 - (2) (2) 5.4' X 8.6' 1 - 1 1 - TF6 Holding 1980 1 - (4+1 WC) (4+1 WC) 12.4' X 8.6' 1 - 1 1 - TF7 Holding 1980 1 - (10) (10) 19.8' X 8.7' 1 - 1 1 - TF8 Holding 1980 1 - (8) (8) 11.5' X 8.6' 1 - 1 1 - TF9 Holding 1980 1 - (2+1 WC) (2+1 WC) 5.9' X 11.2' 1 - 1 1 - TF10 Holding 1980 1 - (3) (3) 6.8' X 11.2' 1 - 1 1 - TF11 Holding 1980 1 - (2) (2) 5.4' X 9.5' 1 - 1 1 - TF12 Holding 1980 1 - (2) (2) 5.4' X 9.5' 1 - 1 1 - TF13 Holding 1980 1 - (2) (2) 5.4' X 9.5' 1 - 1 1 - TF14 Holding 1980 1 - (4+1 WC) (4+1 WC) 8.9' X 9.5' 1 - 1 1 - FIRST FLOOR Module J (RC 176) Built under the 1980 standard; however, rated capacity determined using less-restricted 1994 regulations. The agency stopped using cells originally built for Administrative Separation. The cells are now used for storage only. JD 1-5 Ad. Sep. 1980 5 1 1 5 7.0' X 10.4' 1 - 1 1 * Sector 1: Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-10,15,16 Sector 1: Double 1994 4 2 2 8 Irregular (78 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 11-14 Notes: Section 1 has 32 seats at tables and 2 showers in the dayroom. Sector 2: Double 1994 6 2 2 12 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 3 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s 1,7,9-12 Sector 2: Double 1994 2 2 2 4 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 3,5 Sector 2: Single 1994 2 1 1 2 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 2,8 Sector 2: Single 1994 2 1 1 2 Irregular (78 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 1 4,6 Notes: Section 2 has 20 seats at tables. Sector 3: Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1,2,7,8 Sector 3: 3- Double 1994 4 2 2 8 Irregular (78 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 1 6 Notes: 16 seats at tables, 1 shower, 1 water fountain in the dayroom. Sector 4: Double 1994 6 2 2 12 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5,11 Sector 4: 1994 Double 2 2 2 4 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 7,9 Sector 4: 1994 7.1’ x 11.5’ Single 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 1 6,12 Sector 4: 1994 Irregular (78 sq ft) Single 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 1 8,10 Notes: 20 seats at tables and 1 shower. Sector 5: Double 1994 6 2 2 12 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1,7,9-12 Sector 5: 1994 Double 2 2 2 4 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 3,5 Sector 5: 1994 7.1’ x 11.5’ Single 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 1 2,8 Sector 5: 1994 Irregular (78 sq ft) Single 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 1 4,6 Notes: 20 seats at tables and 1 shower. Sector 6: Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-2,7,8 Sector 6: 3- Double 1994 4 2 2 8 Irregular (78 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 2 6 Notes: 16 seats at tables. Sector 7: Double 1994 6 2 2 12 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-5, 11 Sector 7: 1994 Double 2 2 2 4 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 7,9 Sector 7: 1994 7.1’ x 11.5’ Single 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 1 1 6, 12 Sector 7: 1994 Single 2 1 1 2 Irregular (78 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 1 8, 10 Notes: 20 seats at tables and 1 shower. Sector 8: Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 1 1-2,7-16 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 4 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s Sector 8: 3- Double 1994 4 2 2 8 Irregular (78 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 1 6 Notes: 32 seats at tables. SECOND FLOOR Module K (RC 160) Notes: There are 14 seats at tables. Pod-designed housing; yard attached. Sector 9: 2, Double 1994 10 2 2 20 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 4-10, 15,16 Sector 9: 1994 Double 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 11-14 Sector 9: 3 Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 10: 1,2,7-12, Double 1994 10 2 2 20 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 14,16 Sector 10: 1994 Double 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 3-6 Sector 10: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 2 13 Sector 11: 1994 2,4- Double 10 2 2 20 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 11: 1994 Double 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 11-14 Sector 11: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 3 2 Sector 12: 1,2,7- Double 1994 10 2 2 20 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 12: 1994 Double 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 3-6 Sector 12: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 2 13 Sector 13: 1994 2,4- Single 10 1 1 10 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 13: 1994 Single 4 1 1 4 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 11-14 Sector 13: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 2 3 Sector 14: 1,2,7- Double 1994 10 2 2 20 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 14: 1994 Double 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 3-6 Sector 14: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 2 13 K : 1-5 Ad-Sep. 1994 5 1 1 5 7.5’ X 10.1’ 1 - 1 1 2 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 5 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s Module L Dual Use Housing (RC 100, 3 safety cells are unrated). Notes: There are four negative pressure cells that are nonfunctional. 16 seats at tables in each section. Mod recently renovated: One cell removed from each sector for ADA shower, adjoining cell in each sector upgraded to ADA compliant. Sector 15: 5, Double 1994 6 2 2 12 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 7,9,10,15,1 6 Sector 15: 1994 Single 4 1 1 4 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2, 4,6,8 Sector 15: 1994 Irregular (78 Sq. 11,12,13,1 Double 4 2 2 8 1 - 1 1 Ft.) 4 Sector 15 Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ X 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 Sector 16: 1994 1, 2,7- Single 10 1 1 10 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 16: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 13 Sector 16: 1994 Irregular (78 Sq. Single 4 1 1 4 1 - 1 1 3-6 Ft.) Sector 17: 1994 2, 4- Single 10 1 1 10 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 17: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 3 Sector 17: 1994 Irregular (78 Sq. Single 4 1 1 4 1 - 1 1 11-14 Ft.) Sector 18: Single 1994 1, 2,7- 10 1 1 10 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 18: Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 13 Sector 18: 1994 Irregular (78 Sq. Single 4 1 1 4 1 - 1 1 3-6 Ft.) Sector 19: 1994 2, 4- Single 10 1 1 10 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 19: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 3 Sector 19: 1994 Irregular (78 Sq. Single 4 1 1 4 1 - 1 1 11-14 Ft.) Sector 20: 1994 1, 2,7- Single 10 1 1 10 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 20: 1994 Single 1 1 1 1 7.7' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 13 Sector 20: 1994 Irregular (78 Sq. Single 4 1 1 4 1 - 1 1 3-6 Ft.) *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 6 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s Safety Cell: Safety 1994 3 - (1) (3) 7.4' X 8.4' 1 - - - 1-3 Notes: Safety cell #2 is used for the restraint bed. Cells are equipped with camera & audio monitoring capabilities. Module M (RC 174) Notes: There are 32 seats at tables. This module is on a tier program. Mod recently renovated: One cell removed from each sector for ADA shower, adjoining cell in each sector upgraded to ADA compliant. Sector 21: 2,4- Double 1994 10 2 2 20 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 21: Double 1994 2 4 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 11-14 Sector 21: Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 3 Sector 22: Double 1,2,7- 1994 10 2 2 20 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 22: Double 1994 2 4 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 3-6 Sector 22: Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 13 Sector 23: Double 1994 2 2,4- 10 2 20 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 23: Double 1994 2 4 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 11-14 Sector 23: Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 3 Sector 24: Double 1994 1,2,7- 10 2 2 20 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 24: Double 1994 2 4 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 3-6 Sector 24: Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 13 Sector 25: Double 1994 2 2,4- 10 2 20 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 10,15,16 Sector 25: Double 1994 2 4 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 11-14 Sector 25: Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 3 Sector 26: 1,2,7- Double 1994 10 2 2 20 7.0' X 11.3' 1 - 1 1 2 12,14,16 Sector 26: Double 1994 2 4 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 3-6 Sec 26: 13 Single 1994 1 1 1 1 7.7’ x 11.3’ 1 - 1 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 7 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # # DIMENSIONS Location Total RC Type Standards Cells Bed RC (L x W x H) T U W F S s Module N (RC 192) Notes: There are 32 seats at tables. This module is on a tier program. Section 27 Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Section 27 Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 Section 28 Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Section 28 Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 Section 29 Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Section 29 Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 Section 30 Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Section 30 Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 Section 31 Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Section 31 Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 Section 32 Double 1994 12 2 2 24 7.1' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Section 32 Double 1994 4 2 2 8 7.6' X 11.5' 1 - 1 1 Administrative Separation or Special Housing Notes: There is 1 shower in the hallway. These cells are used for storage. North Ad Single 1980 8 1 1 (8) 7.5' X 10.1' 1 - 1 1 1 Sep South Ad Single 1980 6 1 1 (6) 7.5' X 10.1' 1 - 1 1 Sep *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3490 Orange SHRF IRC II CI LASE 25-26 - 8 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) TYPE II AND III FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 3500 FACILITY NAME: Central Women’s Jail FACILITY TYPE: II PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Sergeant Wise FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: September 25, 2025 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS2 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE3 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 24/25 compliance monitoring cycle. 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 Excerpts from facility policies, procedures, or other reference documents are indicated in italicized text. 3 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 1 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 5000.1 Staffing/Responsibilities A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs each local detention facility to ensure the implementation with fixed post positions and response and operation of the programs and activities required by assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff these regulations. reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated between January – June 2025 and determined this facility had adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and ☐ activities as required by these regulations. ☒ ☐ During the policy review portion of this inspection, incarcerated females were housed in this facility; however, shortly before the onsite inspection in September, all females were relocated to the new James A. Musick Facility. As of September 2025, there are no incarcerated females housed in the Central Women’s Jail. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at The Guard Stations and Housing Modules are least one employee on duty at all times in a local always staffed. detention facility or in the building which houses a local detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☒ ☐ ☐ accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which This facility has Prowler deputies that can would conflict with the supervision and care of respond to emergencies when needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there BSCC staff reviewed staffing rosters and shall be at least one female employee who shall be found female staff were immediately available immediately available and accessible to such females. ☒ ☐ ☐ and accessible to incarcerated females for compliance with this regulation. Note: Reference PC § 4021. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 2900 PREA personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 2900.3 Prevention Planning shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the 2. Utilize a staffing plan that provides for personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such adequate staffing and video monitoring to a staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the protect inmates against sexual abuse. time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ with fixed post positions and response assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January - June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS 902 Inmate Safety Checks (OCSDPM) An inmate safety check is a direct visual The facility administrator shall develop and implement observation (i.e., direct personal view of the policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that inmate/area without the aid of audio/video include, but are not limited to, the following: equipment), performed at random and varied (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well- intervals of each inmate located in an area of being of individuals and shall be conducted at least ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibility. The purpose of conducting hourly through direct visual observation of all people held inmate safety checks is to ensure there are no and housed in the facility. inmates displaying any obvious signs of distress requiring assistance, maintaining the safety and welfare of each inmate and ensuring the security of our facilities. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 2 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Inmate safety checks shall occur at random between safety checks. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). To be random and varied, safety checks shall not be at exact forty-five (45) minute intervals but shall occur within forty-five (45) minutes of the previous inmate safety check. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check logs and the late checks report ☒ ☐ ☐ dated January to August 2025 and found some late checks when the agency transitioned to the Guardian RIFD system at the beginning of the year. The late checks dwindled throughout the following months; therefore, the facility was in compliance with this regulation. Staff performed the vast majority of safety checks within 60 minutes of the previous safety check. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety This facility does not have sobering cells, cells, and restraints shall occur more frequently as safety cells, or restraints. outlined in section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 ☐ ☐ ☒ of these regulations. (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Inmate safety checks shall occur at random intervals. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the 902.2 Documentation of Inmate Safety documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall Checks include: Every inmate safety check will be (1) the actual time at which each individual safety documented in the most appropriate check occurred; documentation log, (e.g., guard station log, module log, area log, or door log). … and the actual starting times of each inmate safety check. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check observations logs dated January to August 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. The Guardian RIFD system documents the time, location, and individual completing safety checks. (2) the location where each individual safety check The agency transitioned to the Guardian occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory RIFD System in 2024. This system tracks the ☒ ☐ ☐ number; and, individual location of each safety check. (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff The documentation entry will include the who completed the safety check(s). name(s) of the personnel who conducted the ☒ ☐ ☐ inmate safety check… 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 3 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Each sergeant will check the logs in his/her reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or area of responsibility to verify staff is properly facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns documenting the inmate safety checks. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, Sergeants will also conduct random reviews safety checks. of video footage to ensure that safety checks are properly performed. A notation will be made in the log with the sergeant's name and the time the log and video were checked. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of watch commander logs from June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Sergeants audit random safety checks throughout their shift, and the watch commander audits those checks as well as the Guardian Logs. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF 2100 Medical and Health Services 2100.6 General Policies (a) Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be e) Jail personnel will be required to attend at least one person on duty at all times who meets the classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic training standards established by the Board for general Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to ☒ ☐ ☐ fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. 2614 Emergency Response to Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one The facility is always staffed with deputies. person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. (b) The facility administrator, in conjunction with the c) Deputies are required to be certified in health authority, shall develop and implement policies cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and and procedures consistent with the requirements of may begin CPR on a nonresponsive person Penal Code Section 6048(b) that require correctional when safe and appropriate to do so, without officers certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) ☒ ☐ ☐ obtaining approval from a supervisor or to begin CPR on a nonresponsive person without medical personnel. obtaining approval from supervisors or medical staff, when it is safe and appropriate to do so. These policies shall cover the following key elements: 2100.6 General Policies (1) Acceptable CPR methods and application. e) Jail personnel will be required to attend classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. (2) Correctional officers shall be certified in CPR and a 2614.1 Initial Response/Discovery of copy of the certification shall be on file in the facility or at Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury a central location and available for review. c) Deputies are required to be certified in ☒ ☐ ☐ cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The certification must be current and available for review. (3) Correctional officers shall immediately summon 1. Staff shall immediately summon additional medical aid when a person is identified as nonresponsive medical assistance upon identifying a and shall administer CPR unless the correctional officer nonresponsive person. ☒ ☐ ☐ is aware of a known medical condition(s) that would contraindicate its use. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 4 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Correctional officers shall use personal protective 4. Personal protective equipment (PPE) such equipment when administering CPR whenever possible as gloves, masks, and CPR shields shall be to reduce exposure to bodily fluids or bloodborne used whenever available to reduce the risk of pathogens that may contain disease-causing agents. exposure to bloodborne pathogens and bodily fluids. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (5) If an imminent physical danger prevents a 5. If an imminent physical threat prevents safe correctional officer from safely administering CPR, they CPR administration, staff shall initiate or shall begin or resume CPR as soon as the threat has resume CPR as soon as the threat has passed, or the nonresponsive person has been safely passed or the person has been moved to a removed from danger, provided medical aid has not yet safe location, provided medical assistance arrived. has not yet arrived. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (6) The correctional officer shall continue administering 6. CPR shall be continued, absent immediate CPR, absent imminent physical danger, until the danger, until: nonresponsive person shows obvious signs of life, such i. The person shows signs of life (e.g., as normal breathing or physical or verbal responses, or breathing, verbal or physical response), until medical staff or alternative medical responders ii. Qualified medical personnel or emergency arrive and take over. responders take over, or iii. The Deputy is relieved due to exhaustion or safety concerns. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (7) In situations where medical staff or alternative 7. If medical personnel or emergency medical responders are present when a person is responders are already present when a identified as nonresponsive, correctional officers shall person becomes nonresponsive, staff shall defer CPR to those individuals. defer CPR responsibilities to those individuals. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 5 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL4 Orange County Sheriff’s Department Custody and Court Operations Manual Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The The manual was updated on July 28, 2025. policy and procedures manual shall address all applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be Orange County Sheriff’s Department Policy comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every Manual (OCSDPM) two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☒ ☐ ☐ employees. This manual was last updated November 14, 2024. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate The Custody and Court Operations Manual manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) was the primary source cited in this document do not apply and have been deleted. unless notated otherwise. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 200 Organizational Structure and facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Responsibility (OCSDPM) following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 1701.2 supervisor Responsibilities administrator/manager. a) Each supervisor will visit and inspect their area(s) of responsibility during their assigned shift to ensure integrity of security devices and facility structures. During the visit and inspection of their area(s) of responsibility, supervisors will ensure all doors, gates, and sally ports are closed, locked, or properly ☒ ☐ ☐ secured, which will be documented on Custody Operations Supervisor’s Log. 2402.2 Formal Inspections a) Each Division Commander or designee will conduct periodic inspection tours of the facility. b) The Sheriff, or his executive staff, will periodically inspect each facility. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 300 Use of Force (OCSDPM) and federal legal requirements and includes 300.4.4 Restrictions on the Use of a Choke prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☒ ☐ ☐ Hold holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in 1800.1 Security Restraints ☒ ☐ ☐ Penal Code Section 3407. d) Pregnant Inmates (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 327 Cite and Release Policy for Misdemeanor received persons for release. non-Warrant (Street) Arrests (OCSHPM) 1400 Release ☒ ☐ ☐ Screening for newly received persons occurs at the Intake Release Center. 4 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 6 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) Security and control including physical counts 1700 Security and Control and searches of the facility and incarcerated 1704 Key Control persons, contraband control, and key control. 1710 Inspections, Searches, and Contraband Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 1719 Inmate Counts review, evaluate, and make a record of security 1701.4 - Red Team Audit measures. The review and evaluation shall include a) Red Team will perform a system-wide internal and external security measures of the facility auditing of current processes, procedures, including security measures specific to prevention of training and physical security of all custody sexual abuse and sexual harassment. operations to assist jail staff in identifying vulnerabilities to improve its effectiveness. e) Red Team members will conduct a monthly audit, operating on a rotating basis, ensuring each facility will be audited once per quarter. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. With the approval of the Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations, this audit may move to once a quarter, which will equate to an annual inspection for each facility. BSCC staff reviewed the annual internal and external security measures inspection conducted by the Red Team on February 18, 2025, and determined compliance with this regulation. The inspection identified areas for improvement and assessed security measures specific to the prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. (7) Emergency procedures include: 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures (A) fire suppression preplan as required by 5022 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (facility specific policy) (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of 1204.8 Escape Risk Inmates hostages; 1802 Response Procedures / Code Alpha 1802.1 Response Procedures / General ☒ ☐ ☐ Disturbance 1802.2 Response Procedures / Riot 2612 Hostage Plan (C) mass arrests; 323 Mobile Field Force (OCSDPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; 2604 Earthquake Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 2606 Flood Procedures (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; 1700 Security and Control and, 1701.1 Employee Responsibilities a) Every employee of the facility will be observant and aware of equipment and procedures in their assigned area(s). b) At the beginning of every shift, employees ☒ ☐ ☐ will conduct an inventory of all equipment assigned to and/or necessary to carry out duties in their work location. All equipment will be accounted for and checked to ensure it is functioning properly 7018.3 Security Alarm Response Procedures (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, 1700 Security and Control ammunition, chemical agents, and related 5012 Control of Weapons and Security ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. Equipment (8) Suicide Prevention. 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSHPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ 2104 Mental Health Care Services 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 7 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil ☒ ☐ ☐ detainees will be housed alone. (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse 2900 PREA and sexual harassment. The Orange County Sheriff's Department has zero tolerance for all forms of sexual abuse, conduct, and assault. This includes sexual harassment between staff, volunteers, contractors, visitors, and inmates. All ☒ ☐ ☐ allegations of sexual conduct will be investigated. The Department will impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions and initiate criminal charges against individuals committing sexual assault/rape. (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 2900.9 Staff Reporting and Response to respond to retaliation against any staff or person after Incidents of Sexual Abuse and Sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 1400 Release incarcerated persons. 2000.5 CalAIM Justice Involved Initiative The purpose of the CalAIM Initiative is to improve the quality of life and health outcomes for inmates by establishing pre- release Medi-Cal insurance enrollment ☒ ☐ ☐ strategies to ensure eligible individuals have continued medical coverage and benefits upon their release, as well as access to key medical/mental health services to help them successfully return to their communities. (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 2900.8 Inmate Reporting Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be b) Inmates may report sexual abuse or sexual limited to, the following: harassment verbally or in writing to any staff (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to member. privately report sexual abuse and sexual c) Inmates will have at least one way to report harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated harassment or abuse to a public or private persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and entity or office that is not part of the sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of Department and is able to receive and ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibilities that may have contributed to such immediately forward inmate reports of sexual incidents, harassment and sexual abuse to department officials, allowing the detainee to remain anonymous upon request. d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour message line for anonymously reporting PREA incidents. (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour family, community members, and other interested message line for anonymously reporting third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual PREA incidents. harassment. The method for reporting shall be Friends and family of inmates: Allegations of publicly posted at the facility. sexual assault or abuse can also be reported by friends and family on behalf of an OC ☒ ☐ ☐ Sheriff inmate by contacting the facility Watch Commander where they are housed. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- divisions/custody-operations- command/prison-rape-elimination-act-prea 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 8 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSDPM) The Correctional Mental Health Program is The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide designed to screen, evaluate and treat prevention program developed by the facility inmates with mental health administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health disorders/identifiers and/or inmates with an ☒ ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, elevated risk of self-harm, and provide them and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who with additional health resources in order to present a suicide risk. provide necessary on-site mental health The program shall include the following: treatment during their incarceration. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 1. Sworn staff, SSOs, CSAs, and Correctional personnel. Programs Personnel will receive annual Mental Health/Suicide Prevention training. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed Suicide Prevention Training rosters dated between July and September of 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation intake and prior to housing assignment. (b) Intake 1. All inmates, as a part of their intake medical screening interview/exam, shall have their mental health evaluated. (a) ☒ ☐ ☐ The Triage nurse will question inmates about their mental health, including self-harming behavior and present or past suicidal thoughts or attempts. (c) Suicide prevention screening during special (e) Suicide prevention screening will take situations, including placement in restrictive housing, place for known at risk inmates during special following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in situations which may include a change in ☒ ☐ ☐ classification. classification to a higher security classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among (a) If an inmate or new booking is believed to arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, be a suicide risk or has an elevated risk for medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☒ ☐ ☐ self harm, deputies will immediately refer the risk. inmate to CHS for evaluation. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of (c) Housing assignments for people at risk of suicide that balance safety and environment. The least suicide will be based on safety, environment restrictive environment should be considered. and will follow the standards in CCOM Policy 1200 while collaborating with ☒ ☐ ☐ recommendations of CHS. For more information about Mental Health Housing, reference CCOM Policy 1203.3 - Medical and Mental Health Housing. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 903.5 Mental Health Acuity Levels The Acuity Levels identify inmates by severity and assist Classification staff to make ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate housing assignments in addition to helping coordinate services by the mental health and medical teams. (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 903.3 Mental Health Referrals procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides 2614 Emergency Response to Suicides or attempts. Serious Injury ☒ ☐ ☐ 2614.2 Discovered Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 9 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and 903.8 Suicide Prevention Review Board attempted suicides as defined by the facility The Suicide Prevention Review Board administrator, including the development of a corrective (SPRB), will review suicide prevention action plan to address deficiencies identified in the practices, suicides and attempted suicides to administrative review. ensure compliance with policies, procedures, and standards. The goal is to provide assistance to custody, medical, and mental health staff in their effort to implement proactive measures to prevent high-risk inmates from attempting or committing suicide by analyzing administrative, procedural, and best practices for preventing future incidents, as well as ensure corrective action measures are implemented if ☒ ☐ ☐ warranted. 1. The Mental Health Program Manager or designee will serve as the chairperson of the SPRB. 2. The SPRB is comprised of Custody Division Commanders and Captains, Custody Behavioral Health Bureau (BHB) Captain, BHB Sergeants, and management, as well as command-level medical and mental health personnel from CHS. 3. The SPRB Chairperson and Division Commanders may request that other individuals attend SPRB meetings. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. 903.7 Mental Health Transfers (a) Any inmate whose condition is beyond the range of services available at a facility may be temporarily transferred to another OC jail facility or an outside mental health facility for treatment. The Sheriff's Department has delegated its authority to Correctional Health Services (CHS) to transfer inmates to a ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health facility. CHS will make that determination under supervision of a fully licensed psychiatrist who is a member of the CHS staff. All associated paperwork and notifications are the responsibility of CHS (PC 4011.6). 2100 Medical & Health Services 2104.3 Mental Health Care Services (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return 3. Suicide Prevention training includes, but is from court as determined by the mental health director. not limited to: (a) Identifying the warning signs and symptoms, predisposing risk factors, verbal and behavioral cues of impending suicidal behavior and highrisk periods of ☒ ☐ ☐ incarceration. Training will include information regarding possible risk factors such as: 8. Following new legal problems (e.g. new charges, additional sentences, institutional proceedings, denial of parole), 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 10 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures 2602.1 Fire Prevention Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility 2602.5 Discovering a Fire in Progress administrator shall consult with the local fire department 5022 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire (specific to Central Women’s Jail) Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local 5022 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures fire department to be included as part of the policy and Specific to Central Women’s Jail procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff 1. Each facility’s Fire/Life Safety Deputy will with two-year retention of the inspection record; conduct monthly inspections of all fire safety equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers and Scott Air Packs). The Fire/Life Safety Deputy will ensure that all equipment is in working order and properly serviced or replaced. These inspections will be documented on monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection records and maintained in the Fire/Life/Safety Deputy’s office. BSCC staff reviewed monthly fire prevention inspections performed by facility staff dated October 2024 to October 2025 for compliance with this regulation. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and 2. Designated members of the local fire Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires department will conduct annual fire safety inspections at least once every two years; inspections of each facility. BSCC staff reviewed the Fire and Life Safety Inspection Notice from the Orange County ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire Authority and determined compliance with this regulation. The Fire Authority conducted the inspection on February 11, 2025. They found the alarm system’s annual inspection was overdue. The correction of this issue is pending funding. (d) an evacuation plan; and, 5022 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 5022.4 Evacuation of Inmates (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated 5022.6 Remote Evacuation Sites people in the case of fire. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 1103 Management Information and Research Systems Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics 1103.1 Management Reports accounting system which reflects the monthly average a) Each facility within Custody Operations daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people Command will be a part of the Jail by gender and juvenile status. Management System (JMS) computerized program of information input, storage, update, and retrieval. This is for the purpose of ☒ ☐ ☐ generating reports about inmate activities for review by management. b) Custody Operations Inmate Activity Reports 1. Daily reports will be generated… On the day of inspection, this facility was vacant of incarcerated people. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 11 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Facility administrators shall provide the Board with 1103.4 Jail Profile Survey applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 2500 Inmate Records Complete intake booking information will be (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV recorded by Inmate Records personnel on facility shall develop written policies and procedures for every arrestee admitted to the custody of the the maintenance of individual records for each Sheriff, in order to comply with all legal incarcerated person which shall include, but not be mandates. File set up and forms generation limited to, intake information, personal property receipts, will be initiated and coordinated in the Inmate commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary Records Office to centralize the records actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible function. physician and staff response, and non-medical 1602.5 Discipline information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 4. Documentation ☒ ☐ ☐ 2100.3 Areas of Responsibility/Goals – Medical h) Proper medical records and medical histories on all inmates in the facility will be maintained. 2110.4 Medical Records BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of incarcerated persons booking records dated December 2024 – June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 2900.2 PREA Coordinator and PREA uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at Compliance Manager facilities under its direct control and from other facilities 6. Ensure all relevant data is collected, with which it contracts for the confinement of its recorded, and submitted for the annual DOJ incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ Survey of Sexual Violence and PREA survey. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS 338 Report Preparation (OCSDPM) 1103 Management Information and Research Each facility administrator shall develop written policies Systems and procedures for the maintenance of written records c) Custody Operations Incident Reports and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☒ ☐ ☐ harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, various facility incident reports dated January and the date and time of the occurrence. to June 2025 and determined compliance with ☒ ☐ ☐ this regulation. Each incident report had pertinent information and the subsequent actions of staff. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff 338.3 Submission of Report (OCSDPM) assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility manager or designee. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 12 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 340 News Medica Relations (OCSDPM) The ultimate authority and responsibility for Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility the release of information to the media shall shall develop written policies and procedures for the remain with the Sheriff, however, in situations dissemination of information to the public, to other not warranting immediate notice to the Sheriff government agencies, and to the news media. The public and in situations where the Sheriff has given and incarcerated persons shall have available for review prior approval, Commanders, Department the following material: Commanders, designated Public Information Officer(s) or the Public Affairs and Community Engagement (PACE) division may prepare ☒ ☐ ☐ and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable law. 1104 Public Information Requests d) Inmates at any Custody Operations facility and the general public may request non- confidential policy and procedures information. (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections 2. Title 15 California Code of Regulations Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as “Minimum Standards for Local Detention found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facilities” will be available for public and inmate review. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated 1104 Public Information Requests people as specified in sections: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) 1045, Public Information Plan (2) 1061, Education Plan 2012 Education ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting 1902 Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service 2010 Legal Books and Library Services ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time 2006 Recreation ☒ ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 1604.5 Inmate Services Writings ☒ ☐ ☐ (8) 1067, Access to Telephone 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls ☒ ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- ☒ ☐ ☐ Custody Visitation (10) 1069, Orientation 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules ☒ ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure 1600.5 inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated 1602 Discipline Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 13 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 2114 Inmate Death or Serious Illness/Injury 2114.6 Death Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy a) In accordance with Title 15 of the California and procedures to comply with the in-custody death Code of Regulations, Section 1046, facility reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ administrators are required to submit an in- 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of custody death report, as mandated by the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC Government Code Section 12525, to the within 10 days of an in-custody death. BSCC within 10 days of the death (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Additionally, an initial review must be health administrator, shall develop written policy and conducted, and a written report, referred to as procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a the Initial Death Review Report, must be written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of completed within 30 days of the death. the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or e) The Death Review team shall consist of the designee, the health administrator, the responsible Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations physician and other health care, and supervision staff Command or designee, Constitutional who are relevant to the incident. Policing Advisor, Correctional Health Services (CHS) Director, CHS Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Director, CHS Chief of Operations, CHS Director of Nursing, CHS Mental Health and Operations Administrative Managers, Division Commander of the involved facility, County Counsel Deputy assigned to the OCSD, County Counsel Deputy assigned to CHS, and any other staff deemed appropriate by the Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations Command. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the c) The purpose of this review is to (1) appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to determine the appropriateness of clinical policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to care; (2) whether changes to the policies, identify issues that require further study. procedures, or practices are warranted; (3) identify issues that require further study; (4) assess and consult with County Counsel about the risk of exposure to liability; (5) ☒ ☐ ☐ identify areas of concern and recommend any necessary remedial actions; and (6) address such other matters as deemed necessary and appropriate by the review team. The review team may seek further review by the County’s Risk Manager, as appropriate. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the A copy of this report must be submitted to the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC within 60 days of the death. BSCC within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall provide a copy of the initial review ☒ ☐ ☐ report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 14 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following For detailed guidance on the reporting information: process, refer to the BSCC In-Custody Death (1) Demographic information Review Data Reporting Guide. (A) Full name of the decedent (B) Date of birth (C) Date of death (D) Time of death (E) Gender (F) Race and ethnicity (G) Relevant medical history (2) Facility Information ☒ ☐ ☐ (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death occurred within the facility (C) Date and time of the incident (D) Detention facility personnel (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 1200 Inmate Classification and Population Management (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, a) Inmate classification is defined as the or III facility shall develop and implement a written categorization of inmates by specific factors classification plan designed to properly assign such as criminal history, institutional behavior, incarcerated persons to housing units and activities and safety/security needs, among others. The according to the categories of gender identity, age, Classification Plan provides staff with the criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, necessary tools to effectively evaluate and physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- categorize each inmate against those factors, assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or in an objective and consistent manner. sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the Classification Forms dated April to May 2025 extent possible within the limits of the available number and determined compliance with this of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. regulation. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 15 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each administrator of a Type II or III facility shall establish 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities and implement a classification system which will include the use of classification officers or a classification 1201.4 Classification Reviews committee in order to properly assign incarcerated i) Inmates may request a review of their persons to housing, work, rehabilitation programs, and classification level no sooner than 30 days leisure activities. Such a plan shall include the use of as from the date of their last review. much information as is available about and from the incarcerated person and shall provide for a channel of ☒ ☐ ☐ appeal by the incarcerated person to the facility administrator or designee. Each person may request a review of their classification plan no more often than 30 days from their last review. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, a) The Housing Plan provides staff with a the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis process for placing individual inmates into the whether a placement would ensure the health and safety most appropriate housing possible and of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement enables them to efficiently audit and manage would present management or security problems. A the entire inmate population. To that end, this person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall Plan is executed using the following primary be given serious consideration. components: 1. The Classification Plan, which allows staff to assign each inmate an appropriate classification level. This is the primary driving factor when determining proper housing placement. 2. The “Health and Disability Notification Form” (J-112/J-105A, paper form). This form is used by Correctional Health Services (CHS) to communicate information to OCSD staff if an inmate requires specific medical or ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health accommodations and/or restrictions while housed or transported within the OCSD jail system. 3. Jail Management Systems (JMS). These systems consist of software applications and stand-alone electronic documents, which are used to audit space availability, population make-up, and population balancing. The JMS is also used to identify and assign inmates to specific housing locations. b) Once all of the above components have been considered, every inmate shall be assigned the most appropriate housing location possible to meet all health, safety, and security needs for that inmate, as well as other inmates and staff. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 16 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 1200 Inmate classification and Population Management, 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 4. Coordinate with Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) to manage and track all procedures specifying those symptoms that require inmates placed in quarantine or medical medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a isolation housing, when applicable. medical evaluation is completed. 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 7016.7 Negative Airflow Cells 1. Module “O” has four (4) cells designed for Negative Airflow. These cells are designed for atmospheric isolation of inmates that have contagious diseases, which can be transmitted through the transfer of airborne pathogens. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 2100 Medical and Health Services made of the person being booked as to whether the 2108 Intake Screening person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 2108.1 Screening Process as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or ☒ ☐ ☐ Intake screening for communicable diseases other special medical problem identified by the health occurs at the Intake Release Center. authority. The response shall be noted on the medical screening from. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 1201.1 Classification Assignments and Reviews The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1201.1 Initial Classification Assignment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and f) If during a classification interview an inmate procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated has a medical complaint, or is displaying ☒ ☐ ☐ people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of signs of a mental health crisis, Classification behavioral crisis may include telehealth. Staff will refer the inmate to Correctional Health Services (CHS) for immediate evaluation. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not 2104 Mental Health Care Services readily available, an incarcerated person shall be The Mental Health Care Services Program is considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this designed to screen, evaluate and treat section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or mentally ill inmates in order to provide others or appear gravely disabled. necessary on-site mental health treatment during their incarceration. For policies and procedures related to Psychiatric Evaluation, Psychiatric Emergencies, Mental Health Transfers and Safety Cell usage, refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 903- Suicide Prevention. 903.3 Mental Health Referrals (OCSDPM) If an inmate exhibits signs of self-harming behavior, reveals intent to cause self-inflicted ☒ ☐ ☐ physical harm, report(s) suicidal or homicidal ideation, or if staff has been notified of a change in an inmate's risk factors, the Deputy/Staff Member shall refer the inmate to CHS as soon as practical and advise them of the facts and circumstances surrounding the perceived or reported mental health crisis of the inmate. (g) Inmates should be seen by CHS within 30 minutes of the time of the referral and shall be monitored by CHS staff members until it is determined that the inmate no longer presents a risk of engaging in self-harm. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 17 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next (a) Correctional Health Services (CHS) is a daily sick call, whichever is earliest. division of the Orange County Health Care Agency (HCA). CHS staff members are responsible for providing 24-hour on-site mental health care services to inmates. 1. Correctional Health Services (CHS) will provide 24-hour per day coverage, 7 days per week. 2. Facilities that do not provide 24-hour CHS ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health coverage will refer the inmate to CHS to determine if the inmate needs to be transferred to a facility with 24-hour mental health coverage. (b) Intake 3. Whenever an inmate is identified as exhibiting a mental health crisis, a physician's opinion shall be secured within 12 hours of identification or at the next daily sick call, whichever is earliest. Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation safety of the person in crisis or others. (b) Intake 2. If CHS determines that the inmate needs special restrictions or housing requirements, they shall complete a Health and Disability Notification form (J-112/J-105A form). A Copy of the J-112/J-105A shall be forwarded to ☒ ☐ ☐ Classification Staff and PMU for use in assigning an appropriate housing location. CHS shall work closely with Classification Staff in gathering and relaying information about the inmate and what safety precautions, if any, need to be taken. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION 1202 Classification Descriptions and Identification Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates develop and implement policies and procedures for the ☐ ☐ ☒ 1202.3 High Security (HS) Inmates administrative separation of incarcerated people. 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates 1202.5 Protective Custody (PC) Inmates Policies and procedures must include: 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate a) Title 15, Section 1053 states housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of “administrative separation” may consist of privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of separate and secure housing that does not protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility involve any other deprivation of privileges ☐ ☐ ☒ staff. than is necessary to obtain the objective of protecting inmates and staff. Custody Operations defines these types of inmates as Administrative Housing (AH). (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect b) Administrative separation must not an incarcerated person’s health. ☐ ☐ ☒ adversely affect an inmate’s health. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 18 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) Administrative separation may be used for 1202.4 Administrate Housing (AH) Inmates incarcerated people who have: 1. AH-1 (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or i. Prone to escape .ii. Assaultive toward staff promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in or other inmates. iii. Disruptive to the nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the operations of the jail. iv. Associates of a safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and validated prison gang or security threat group. facility staff. v. Facing, or have been sentenced to, the (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is death penalty or a life sentence. criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or 2. AH-2 affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated i. Self-admitted or validated member of people, and facility staff. sensitive needs yard (SNY) gang (25s, (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or Greenlighters, Allstars, Northern Riders, etc.). participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other ii. Protective custody inmates who become incarcerated persons or facility staff. problematic based on continual assaults, (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted extortions and/or threats towards other PC escape. inmates. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other 3. AH-3 incarcerated people. i. Undergoing a classification investigation to determine appropriate housing and/or classification. ii. Inmates who have been targeted for assault while in custody, due to ☐ ☐ ☒ gang politics. iii. AH-3 Inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. 4. Protective Custody-Administrative Housing (PC-AH) Inmates i. Inmates who require protection and separation from other inmates, including PC and PC-AH inmates. ii. Law enforcement, ex- law enforcement, and relatives of law enforcement officers. iii. Government officials, judges, and attorneys. iv. PC-AH inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates administrative separation to obtain the objective of b) Every inmate requiring Specialty Housing protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility upon initial classification or re-classification staff. shall have a Specialty Housing Request Form (J-201) or Classification Review form (J-203) ☐ ☐ ☒ completed, detailing the justification. This facility does not have Administrative Housing as defined by this regulation; compliance determined through policy review. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 19 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and 1200 Inmate Classification & Population evaluation of the need to continue placement in Management administrative separation. 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities 9. Conduct periodic administrative separation reviews for inmates classified as “AH3 and PC-AH". ☐ ☐ ☒ This facility does not have Administrative Housing as defined by this regulation for incarcerated females; compliance determined through policy review. 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) A safety cell is a single occupancy temporary The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section housing unit constructed with padded 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who surfaces and is designed to confine violent display behavior which results in the destruction of inmates to prevent imminent physical harm to ☐ ☐ ☒ property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to themselves or others, or destruction of self or others. property. This facility does not have Safety Cells. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the (a) Placement Based on Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) Evaluation/Authorization procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate 1. The Watch Commander may refer an authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell inmate to CHS to be evaluated for placement to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but in a safety cell. CHS has primary authority to ☐ ☐ ☒ not be limited to: determine whether an inmate will be placed in a safety cell. If there is a difference in opinion between CHS and the Watch Commander, the decision of CHS controls. (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 1602 Discipline or as a substitute for treatment. 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be ☐ ☐ ☒ used as a form of punishment. (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the (a) If, upon evaluation, CHS determines an approval of the facility manager or designee, or inmate should be confined in a safety cell in responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be order to prevent imminent physical harm to reviewed a minimum of every four hours. the inmate or others, or the destruction of property, then CHS will complete a written authorization for such placement. (e) Continued Retention in a Safety Cell ☐ ☐ ☒ 1. Continued retention of an inmate in a safety cell shall be reviewed by CHS at least every 4 hours from the time of initial placement. In the event CHS staff is unable to conduct a retention review within any given four hour period, the Watch Commander shall be responsible to conduct that review. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 20 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as (b) CHS will assess the inmate's medical and possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of mental health prior to authorizing placement placement in the safety cell. The person shall be of an inmate in a safety cell. medically cleared for continued retention, referral to 1. After an inmate is authorized by CHS for advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a placement in a safety cell, CHS should minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. medically clear the inmate every 24 hours thereafter, until the inmate is removed from the safety cell. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a medical and/or mental health evaluation at the time the inmate is authorized for placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health 903.6 Safety Cell care staff shall obtain a mental health (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on medical and/or mental health evaluation at placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon the time the inmate is authorized for as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to ☐ ☐ ☒ conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least (d) Safety Checks twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute 1. Deputies will document their direct visual lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be observation checks of the inmate in the safety documented. cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety ☐ ☐ ☒ cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 3002.7 Inmate Meals administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. The Prowler Deputy will accompany the CSA throughout the safety cell feeding. Inmates in ☐ ☐ ☒ safety cells will be fed the same meal as other inmates, except when a special diet is ordered by a doctor. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 2. When an inmate is placed in a safety cell, retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably they will be given the following items or designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal privileges while they are in the safety cell: ☐ ☐ ☒ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's (a) A safety gown safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1. Sobering Cells are to be used for temporary 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of holding of inmates who are a threat to their incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☐ ☐ ☒ own safety or the safety of others due to their or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. state of intoxication. This facility does not have Sobering Cells. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 21 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 5. Inmates shall be removed from the as they are able to continue the admission process or are Sobering cell as soon as they are able to no longer a risk to themselves or others. ☐ ☐ ☒ continue with the booking process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 4. Deputies will coordinate with CHS Staff to six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody obtain a health evaluation of the inmate at staff to determine whether the person has an urgent least every six (6) hours from the time of ☐ ☐ ☒ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these placement in cell. regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must See above. receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ ☐ ☒ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 4. Deputies shall perform a safety check sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of hour. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check for all inmates temporarily ☐ ☐ ☒ housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 2104.1 Developmentally Disabled Developmentally Disabled inmates are The facility administrator, in cooperation with the screened by Correctional Health Services responsible physician, shall develop written policies and (CHS) to determine if the inmate can follow procedures for the identification and evaluation, the rules of the jail, comply with Deputy’s ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate classification and housing, protection, and directives, and avoid conflicts with other nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with inmates. Those who cannot be maintained in developmental disabilities. regular housing will be transferred by CHS to a more appropriate housing location. The health authority or designee shall contact the Support services are available to the regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or developmentally disabled inmate upon their confirmed to have a developmental disability for the release from custody. These services may be purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of provided by the Regional Center of Orange such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. ☒ ☐ ☐ County (RCOC), or a Regional Center located in the inmate’s county of residence. During the intake process, CHS will screen the inmate and contact the Regional Center. 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response a) Approved Restraint Devices The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1. Only restraint devices approved by the responsible physician, shall develop and implement Sheriff may be used in Custody Operations, written policies and procedures for the use of restraint including: devices. Restraint devices include any devices which i. Handcuffs - All Deputies shall, while on duty, immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated carry on their person or have immediately person from being ambulatory. The provisions of this available, at least one (1) pair of handcuffs section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or meeting the specifications of standard other restraint devices when used to restrain Department issue. incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility ii. Waist restraint with handcuffs. ☐ ☐ ☒ manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated iii. Leg restraints. person in restraints to responsible health care staff. iv. Plastic flex cuffs – Should be used only when there is access to an appropriate tool for the immediate removal of the flex cuffs. v. Restraint chair. vi. Hobble Restraint for vehicle transportation purposes – Refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 306 – Hobble Restraint. This facility does not use Restraint Devices. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 306 Hobble Restraint (OCSDPM) (1) acceptable restraint devices; 1800.1 Security Restraints ☐ ☐ ☒ v. Restraint chair 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 22 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 7. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment immediate medical/mental health referral; availability and an automated external defibrillator (AED) of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; shall be readily available. e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check. Staff will check the person for any signs of distress and will ☐ ☐ ☒ ensure the restraints remain properly applied to protect the person’s safety and well-being. Staff will notify CHS immediately if any of the following conditions are observed: i. Swelling, ii. Skin discoloration, iii. Altered respirations or labored breathing, iv. Unconsciousness or reduced consciousness, v. Complaint of injury or illness, vi. Any indication of distress (3) protective housing of restrained persons; 4. Any inmate in a restraint chair shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ secured separately from all other inmates. (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, f) Hydration and Sanitation ☐ ☐ ☒ (5) exercising of extremities. g) Range of Motion Opportunities ☐ ☐ ☒ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 1880.1 Security Restraints following requirements: b) Use of Restraints (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ ☐ ☒ 2. Restraints will not be used as a punishment or as a substitute for treatment. or a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on b) Use of Restraints incarcerated people who display behavior which 3. Approved restraint devices shall be used results in the destruction of property or reveal an under the following circumstances: ☐ ☐ ☒ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. i. As a precaution to prevent an escape, violent actions, or property damage. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 1800.2 Restraint Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation The restraint chair may only be used when it techniques, have been attempted and are deemed appears less restrictive alternatives would be ineffective. ☐ ☐ ☒ ineffective in preventing the inmate from injuring themselves, injuring others, or damaging property. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in a) The Watch Commander, in collaboration restraints only with the approval of the facility with Correctional Health Services (CHS) manager, the facility watch commander, or medical personnel, will evaluate the responsible health care staff; continued retention placement of an inmate in the restraint chair. shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. 2. A Sergeant shall check the condition of the restrained inmate by direct visual observation ☐ ☐ ☒ within sixty minutes of the beginning time of the last Sergeant’s check. h) Continued Restraint 1. The facility Watch Commander and CHS staff will review the inmate for continued restraint or removal a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. mental condition prior to placement in the ☐ ☐ ☒ restraint chair. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 23 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and shall be secured within one hour from the time of mental condition prior to placement in the placement. restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and four hours of placement. mental condition prior to placement in the restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be e) Required Observation conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate that the restraints are properly employed, and to in a restraint chair by direct visual observation ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of person. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check. ☐ ☐ ☒ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair consultation with responsible health care staff for more than four (4) hours. This is within our determines that an incarcerated person cannot be current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as safely removed from restraints after eight hours, the ☐ ☐ ☒ mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended for more than four (4) hours. This is within our maximum time limits for placement. ☐ ☐ ☒ current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). (11) All events and information related to the 3. A video camera will be used to record the placement in restraints shall be documented and inmate being placed and secured in the shall be video recorded unless exigent restraint chair. All additional interactions circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The requiring entry into the cell will also be documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ ☐ ☒ recorded, including CHS assessments and placement; person authorizing placement; names of evaluations. staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response (d) Pregnant Inmates The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Agency policy covers every subsection of this ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant regulation for compliance. At the time of the people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the onsite inspection, there were no incarcerated policy shall include reference to the following: females housed in the jail. (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response in recovery after delivery or termination of the (d) Pregnant Inmates pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg ☒ ☐ ☐ or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 24 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination (d) Pregnant Inmates of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response who is currently responsible for the medical care of (d) Pregnant Inmates an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☒ ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, (d) Pregnant Inmates of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 374 Biological Samples (OCSDPM) 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized (OCSDPM) law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel 1500 Collection of DNA Databank Samples including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to (CPC 296) collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or 1500.2 Service of “Inmate Notice of Penal palm print impressions from individuals who are required Code Section 296” and Any Refusal to to provide such samples, specimens or impressions Provide Sample ☒ ☐ ☐ pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse 1. Staff may employ reasonable force to following written or oral request. collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that (OCSDPM) an objective, trained and competent correctional For the purpose of this section, the "use of employee, faced with similar facts and reasonable force" shall be defined as the circumstances, would consider necessary and force that an objective, trained, and ☒ ☐ ☐ reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. competent deputy faced with similar facts and circumstances would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance (Penal Code 374.4 PROCEDURE § 298.1(c)(1)(A)). (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to (OCSDPM) secure voluntary compliance shall be documented 1. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☒ ☐ ☐ deputy(s) shall take and document provide the requisite specimen, sample or reasonable steps to secure voluntary impression and the consequences of refusal. compliance (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(C)). (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples authorization of the facility watch commander or (OCSDPM) designee on duty. The authorization shall include 2. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the information that reflects the fact that the offender was deputy(s) shall obtain written authorization asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or ☒ ☐ ☐ from a supervisor which shall minimally impression and refused. include that the individual was asked to provide the sample(s) and refused (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(B 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 25 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including (OCSDPM) audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. 3. If the authorized use of reasonable force The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the includes a cell extraction, such extraction ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the shall be video recorded (Penal Code § use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the 298.1(c)(1)(D)). tape shall be retained administratively. 1061 EDUCATION PROGRAM 2012 Education Education programs are offered in The facility administrator of any Type II or III facility shall conjunction with local education agencies plan and shall request of appropriate public officials an ☒ ☐ ☐ (LEA) and are designed to help the education program for incarcerated persons. incarcerated take advantage of their available time. When such services are not made available by the The facility offered educational programs appropriate public officials, then the facility administrator through inmate services and on the tablet. shall develop and implement an education program with ☒ ☐ ☐ available resources. Such a plan shall provide for the voluntary academic or These programs may include an academically vocational, or both, education of housed people. oriented course geared toward the attainment of the California State General Education Development (GED) certificate, as well as continuing education classes such as English ☒ ☐ ☐ as a Second Language (ESL), Job Development Skills, Substance Abuse and Positive Parenting. Basic Literacy Tutoring and Vocational Computer Business skills are also offered. Reasonable criteria for program eligibility shall be 2012.1 Enrollment established. Modified academic or vocational a) When security permits, any sentenced or opportunities may be provided based on sound security pre-trial inmate will have the opportunity to practices or a person’s failure to abide by facility rules enroll in any available education program. and regulations. Participation will be voluntary. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Equal opportunity for participation is available to both male and female inmates. 2. For enrollment in the GED program the inmate’s sentence must exceed 29 days. 1062 VISITING 1902 Visiting Jail Operations Administration encourages The facility administrator shall develop and implement inmates to maintain ties with their family and written policies and procedures, which include the friends through regular visits. Visiting is following requirements: scheduled to allow such access on a regular ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: basis limited only by staff availability, capacity (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility of the designated visitation areas, and the schedules, space, and number of personnel will safe operation of the jail facilities. allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting Visiting information for each facility is on the hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made Department’s website: available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- ☒ ☐ ☐ divisions/custody-operations- command/central-mens-womens- jails/visiting-hours-information (3) For all incarcerated persons in Type II, III, and IV 1. Only one visit is permitted per day. facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two 2. Visits last a minimum of 30 minutes. visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ person each week. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 26 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate n) Public Visiting Privileges operational or safety and security concern exists. All 1. The Watch Commander or designee may cancelled visits must be documented. The facility deny an approved visitor access to a facility; manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled or may terminate or restrict a visit in progress ☒ ☐ ☐ visits and document such review. for violations of law, facility policy (such as stated in C.C.R. Title 15), or for any reason related to a legitimate penological interest… (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this 1902.1 Visiting Hours section shall include provision for visitation by minor 3. A maximum of two adults and two minors ☒ ☐ ☐ children of the incarcerated person. are permitted at one time. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing b) Video visits will be available 7 days per visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the week between the hours of 0700-1700. requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☒ ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☐ ☐ ☒ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☐ ☐ ☒ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: On-site barrier and video visits are available. Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; On-site barrier and video visits are available. Visitation hours; a) On-site personal visiting will be conducted Friday through Monday 0800-1700. b) Video visits will be available 7 days per week between the hours of 0700-1700. Time inmates are allowed for visitation; and, See above. Any restrictions on inmate visitation. Discipline, facility security, unruly visitor. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting Inmates will be permitted to send and receive The facility administrator shall develop written policies unlimited correspondence to maintain and procedures for correspondence which provide that: communication with their families, friends, (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an business associates and government ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person may send or receive; authorities, except when there is reasonable cause to justify limitations for reasons of public safety or facility order, security, or to stop a state or federal crime. (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be a) All incoming mail will be screened for read when there is a valid security reason and the facility unacceptable materials. ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 27 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s d) All incoming mail from state and federal correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any courts, state and federal elected officials, member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and attorneys, legitimate legal service the State Board of State and Community Corrections; organizations that consist of an established however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail group of attorneys involved in the only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money representation of offenders in judicial orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; proceedings (including the American Civil Liberties Union and the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers), the ☒ ☐ ☐ Corrections Standards Authority and the Division Commander or the Captain, shall be considered "legal mail," and shall only be opened and inspected in the presence of the inmate by a Deputy in the inmate’s housing area. This mail shall not be read or copied but may be inspected in the presence of the addressee for contraband. (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, See above. with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds 1900.5 Free Postage shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes 1. At least four postage-free letters each and eight sheets of paper each week to permit week. (Personal Correspondence) correspondence with family members and friends but 2. Postage-free letters for legal without limitation on the number of postage paid ☒ ☐ ☐ correspondence as needed. envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to f) Welfare Pack, iv. Four (4) letter sized the courts. envelopes and postage, vi. Ten (10) sheets of writing paper. 1064 LIBRARY SERVICES 2000 Inmate Services and Programs 2010 Legal Books and Library Services The facility administrator shall develop written policies j) Jail Law Library Materials Distribution and procedures for library service in all Type II, III, and IV facilities. The scope of such service shall be determined 2010.02 Library Services by the facility administrator. The library service shall b) Books include access to the following resources via paper 1. A floating library of paperback books is ☒ ☐ ☐ documents or through electronic media and include circulated by the Correctional Programs staff current information on community services and throughout the facility housing units for use by resources, and religious, educational, legal reference the inmates. material and recreational reading material. 3. On a weekly basis, a member of the Correctional Programs staff will visit each housing unit and sector to exchange books. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 2006 Recreation Inmates will have access to a variety of (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall recreation opportunities and equipment, both develop written policies and procedures for a minimum of ☒ ☐ ☐ indoor and outdoor, in order to maintain the 10 hours of out of cell time distributed over a period of physical, social and emotional health of the seven days to include: individual. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 28 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) an opportunity for three hours of exercise and 3. Staff shall afford each inmate the opportunity to participate in a minimum of three (3) hours of outdoor recreation per week, distributed over at least two separate days. Outdoor recreation will generally be available for use by inmates from 0600 through 2300 hours daily. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of yard logs from June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ people were offered at least three hours of exercise weekly. During the onsite inspection, facility staff said incarcerated people were offered outdoor exercise on the roof twice a week for an hour and a half each time. Additionally, incarcerated people are allowed to exercise indoors. The dayrooms are open from 6am to 11pm, allowing for recreation and exercise in excess of this regulation. (2) an opportunity for seven hours of recreation. b) Dayrooms 1. Under normal circumstances, inmates will be afforded the opportunity to use the dayroom for a minimum of three hours per day, unless specific and articulable reasons exist for a shorter time period. ☒ ☐ ☐ Based on the layout of this facility, the incarcerated people have access to their dayroom from 6am to 11pm in excess of this regulation. Policies shall include reasonable and necessary 5. An inmate’s poor behavior or violation of jail procedures to ensure safety and security. rules does not justify loss of their outdoor ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation time unless their actions pose a threat to the safety and security of the facility. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 1900.6 Inmate Subscriptions to Books, WRITINGS Magazines, and Newspapers a) Inmates will be permitted to receive (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall through the mail, any newspapers which are develop written policies and procedures which will permit not provided by the jail, and magazines or incarcerated persons to purchase, receive and read any paperback books that may lawfully be book, newspaper, periodical, or writing accepted for transmitted through the U.S. Postal Service. distribution by the United States Postal Service. The ☒ ☐ ☐ facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan to make available a current newspaper or other like source, including a non-English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the right of a facility administrator to: (1) exclude any publications or writings based on any These items are subject to reasonable legitimate penological interest; withholding for inspection for contraband and ☒ ☐ ☐ security purposes. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 29 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) exclude obscene publications or writings, and 1900.2 Unacceptable Items Received in the mail containing information concerning where, how, Mail or from whom such matter may be obtained; and any 2010.2 Library Services matter of a character tending to incite murder, arson, 1. Obscene publications or writings, and mail riot, violent racism, or any other form of violence; any containing information concerning where, matter of a character tending to incite crimes against ☒ ☐ ☐ how or from whom such material may be children; any matter concerning unlawful gambling or obtained; anything that may incite murder, an unlawful lottery; the manufacture or use of assault, violence; and any material weapons, narcotics, or explosives; or any other concerning unlawful gambling or an unlawful unlawful activity; lottery, shall be excluded. (3) open and inspect any publications or packages a) All incoming mail will be screened for received by an incarcerated person; and ☒ ☐ ☐ unacceptable materials. (4) restrict the number of books, newspapers, Module Deputies will adhere to the five (5) periodicals, or writings the incarcerated person may book/magazine limit set for inmates. have in their cell or elsewhere in the facility at one ☒ ☐ ☐ time. 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls Inmates confined in any Jail Operations The facility administrator shall develop written policies facility will have access to telephones to and procedures which allow access to a telephone or maintain community and family ties and communication device beyond those telephone calls communicate with legal representatives or the which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. courts. Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by 1904.4 Special Use Telephones others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be a) Each facility will maintain video interpreting provided access to the appropriate telecommunication services for hearing impaired inmates’ use. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices Requests to use video interpreting services may include but are not limited to videophones, will be honored at the convenience of jail staff, teletypewriters, or third-party communications but as soon as reasonably possible. ☒ ☐ ☐ assistance. An individual’s access to telephone 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. During the onsite visit, BSCC staff observed the Video Relay Device for compliance with this regulation. 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- Custody Visitation The facility administrator shall develop written policies 3010.2 Scheduled Attorney and Official and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have Agency Visitation access to the court and to legal counsel. ☒ ☐ ☐ a) Attorneys and other official visitors for Such access shall consist of: inmates in the CMJ and CWJ will contact the Attorney/Bond Guard Station in the facility where the inmate is housed. (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 1604.1 Inmate Rights regulations, and, x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and ☒ ☐ ☐ confidential consultation with attorneys (Minimum Jail Standards, Title 15, Section 1068). (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. 1904.4 Special Use Telephones 1. Calls between an inmate and their attorney ☒ ☐ ☐ or an agent of the attorney are privileged and shall not be subject to auditory monitoring. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 30 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules To maintain inmate discipline within Jail (a) In Type II, III, and IV facilities, the facility administrator Operations, a set of rules and regulations has shall develop written policies and procedures for the been established that specifies violations and implementation of a program for people newly admitted sanctions. Inmate rights will be recognized, to the facility designed to orient them at the time of and responsible inmate behavior will be placement in a living area. required at all times. An efficient operating facility, safe working conditions for jail staff and the security of the inmate population are ☒ ☐ ☐ the primary objectives for the enforcement of jail rules. New inmates will be informed of jail rules at the time of admission. BSCC staff reviewed the Inmate Orientation Handbook last revised in April 2025 and determined it was in compliance with these regulations. Both written and verbal information shall be provided and c) Jail rules, programs and services are may be supplemented with video orientation. posted throughout each facility in the dayrooms, outdoor recreation, and other areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ d) Inmates are required to read, understand and comply with inmate orientation provisions and jail rules. Provision shall be made to provide accessible orientation 8000 Inmates with Disabilities information to each person, including those with f) System-wide Functions disabilities, limited literacy, or those with limited English 4. Inmates identified by CHS staff will be proficiency (LEP). interviewed by the facility ADA Deputy. Each inmate will be notified in writing regarding what level of programs and services they are eligible to receive based on classification level and medical needs. In addition, each inmate will receive a copy of the jail rules and ☒ ☐ ☐ correctional programs brochure. If an inmate requires assistance reading the orientation brochure, the ADA Deputy will take steps to ensure Effective Communication for the inmate. a) Intake 12. Reasonable accommodations will be made during the intake process. Such a program shall be published and include, but not 1600.3 Orange County Jail Rules be limited to, the following: a) Visiting and Communications (1) correspondence, visiting, and telephone usage ☒ ☐ ☐ b) Mail rules; c) Phone Calls (2) rules and disciplinary procedures; 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules - Violations by Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1602 Discipline (3) grievance procedures; 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) programs and activities available and method of 1600.6 Orange County Correctional application; ☒ ☐ ☐ Programs (5) medical and mental health services; l) Medical/Dental/Psychiatric Care ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) classification/housing assignments; e) Housing Assignments and Movement ☒ ☐ ☐ j) Classification of Inmates (7) court appearance where scheduled, if known; o) Court ☒ ☐ ☐ 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 31 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) voting, including registration; 1604.1 Inmate Rights v) Inmates who are qualified voters as determined by the County Registrar of Voters ☒ ☐ ☐ may vote by absentee ballot in local, state, and federal elections. (9) zero tolerance policy against sexual abuse and t) In-Custody Contact sexual harassment; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (10) availability of personal care items and p) Cleanliness opportunities for personal hygiene. ☒ ☐ ☐ n) Jail Clothing and Hygiene 1070 INDIVIDUAL/FAMILY SERVICE PROGRAMS 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility shall develop written policies and procedures which facilitate BSCC staff reviewed a programs schedule for cooperation with appropriate public or private agencies June 2025 and found several classes offered for individual or family social service programs for ☒ ☐ ☐ throughout the week. Incarcerated people incarcerated persons. Such a program shall utilize the also have access to hours of content via the services and resources available in the community and tablet. may be in the form of a resource guide or actual service delivery. The range and source of such services shall be at the 1600.6 Orange County Correctional discretion of the facility administrator and may include: Programs (a) risk and needs assessments; b) Academic Programs/Classes (b) best practices in: c) Developmental Programs/Classes (1) individual, group or family counseling; d) Vocational Education Programs (2) drug and alcohol abuse counseling; e) Religious & Inspirational Programs (3) cognitive behavioral interventions; f) Law Library (4) vocational testing and counseling; g) Great Escape Program (5) employment counseling; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) discharge and reentry planning; 2000 Inmate Services and Programs (c) referral to community resources and programs; c) Programs and services will be provided by (d) reentry planning and service development; Correctional Programs Staff and outside (e) legal assistance; community resources. (f) regional center services for the developmentally disabled; and, (g) community volunteers. 1071 VOTING 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure The Orange County Sheriff’s Department The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced Custody Command shall allow inmates to incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop correspond with the Orange County Registrar written policies and procedures whereby the county of Voters to register to vote, in their county of registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, ☒ ☐ ☐ residence, and submit an application for a state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. vote by mail ballot. Inmates who would like to participate in local, state and federal elections can contact the Registrar of Voters for information and materials. 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility e) Religious & Inspirational Programs shall develop written policies and procedures to provide 1. The Orange County Sheriff’s Correctional opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in Programs Unit offers religious services in ☒ ☐ ☐ religious services, practices, and counseling on a several denominations. These services are voluntary basis. offered in English, Spanish, and Vietnamese. 2. Individual pastoral counseling is also available upon request. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 32 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure b) Allowable Grievances (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and 1. Any inmate may file a grievance related to Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall any condition of confinement, including but develop written policies and procedures whereby all not limited to: incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to i. Medical Care submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions ii. Classification Actions of confinement, including but not limited to: medical care; iii. Program Participation classification actions; disciplinary actions; program iv. Telephone, Mail, and Visiting Procedures participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; v. Food, Clothing, and Bedding Issues and food, clothing, and bedding. ☒ ☐ ☐ vi. Disability accommodations and/or Such policies and procedures shall include: discrimination BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of grievance documents including a grievance appeal dated January – June 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. Staff responded to grievances and the appeal appropriately and in a timely manner. (1) a grievance form; 2. Grievance forms are available in all ☒ ☐ ☐ housing locations. (2) instructions for registering and appealing a 6. All properly completed grievance forms grievance, including relevant deadlines; shall be submitted within 14 calendar days of the alleged incident. ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Any grievance appeal must be submitted within 14 days of notification of the previous grievance outcome. (3) a process for submission and handling of i. The inmate may drop the completed anonymous grievances; grievance form in any grievance drop box. ☒ ☐ ☐ These boxes are located throughout the facility and accessible to all inmates. (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest e) Grievance Resolution appropriate staff level; 1. All grievances will be resolved at the lowest possible level. If the assigned staff member is ☒ ☐ ☐ unable to resolve the issue, the form will be forwarded to the next highest level in the chain of command. (5) appeal to the next level of review; g) Grievance Appeals 2. In the event an inmate is dissatisfied with the outcome of the actions taken at the initial ☒ ☐ ☐ level, the grievance may be appealed to the next highest level. (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each 4. Grievances that are denied or cannot be level of review which acts on the grievance; resolved will have written reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ denial from each level of review which acted upon the grievance. (7) provision for a non-automated initial response 2. Staff investigations and responses shall be within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed completed within a reasonable amount of a period of 15 calendar days; time. Reasonableness will be based on the ☒ ☐ ☐ type and scope of the grievance submitted, but all inmate grievances will be acted on within ten working days of receipt. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 33 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction 3. An inmate may not file a grievance on any within the facility; issue which the Department has no control over, such as i. Federal, State, or Local Laws ☒ ☐ ☐ ii. Judicial Proceedings or Decisions of the Courts iii. Probation or Parole Actions (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, The staff member will provide the inmate a appeal, response, and related documents to the completed copy, and place the original incarcerated person; and, completed and signed form in the area’s grievance box for supervisor review, database upload, and distribution. 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the ☒ ☐ ☐ Grievance Database has been updated, a copy of the completed grievance has been provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the regular review of grievances, responses, and Grievance Database has been updated, a appeals. copy of the completed grievance has been ☒ ☐ ☐ provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (b) Grievance System Abuse: j) Grievance Procedure Abuse The facility may establish written policy and procedure to control the submission of an excessive number of ☒ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules – Violations by Inmates Wherever discipline is administered, each facility 1602 Discipline administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary Inmate misconduct will be documented in the actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. Jail Management System (JMS) and ☒ ☐ ☐ sanctions will be imposed in proportion to the Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy severity of the rule violated. Inmates may should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, utilize the formal appeal process to appeal Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. any disciplinary action against them. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply d) Each inmate will have access to posted and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing rules. units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☒ ☐ ☐ booking. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 34 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable 8000 Inmates with Disabilities to read English, and for persons with disabilities, b) Staff will provide reasonable modifications provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them to jail rules, policies, and practices to enable verbally or provide them with material in an inmates to participate in the services, understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary programs, and activities offered to other procedures and actions. inmates of the same classification level. Some examples of reasonable accommodations include: 1. Using a sign language interpreter, Video Remote Interpreter (VRI), or other means to ensure proper communication with deaf inmates (e.g., jail rules & rights, Miranda admonishments, interviews, disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ hearings.) The complexity and importance of communication, the number of people involved, and the length of the communication are some factors to consider when deciding on the best method of communication assistance. 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 1602.5 Discipline PERSONS a) Counseling an Inmate: b) Minor Violations Each facility administrator shall develop written policies ii. Assign up to four (4) hours extra duty with and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. the approval of a Sergeant or Watch The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following Commander. elements: iii. Deny the inmate certain privileges, such as (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- telephone or TV for up to five (5) days for each ☒ ☐ ☐ conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may violation. (Under no circumstance should a impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to loss of telephone privileges be used to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less prevent an inmate from making legal calls to than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation their attorney.) and supervisory approval. iv. Deny the inmate commissary for up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not five commissary days). (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive may consist of one or any combination of the minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing following: by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☒ ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. iii. Loss of good time/ work time ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. The inmate(s) involved in the violation, along with any witnesses, will be temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ segregated until they have been interviewed. 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation, program classes, etc.) A staff member with investigative and disciplinary The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. incident. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 35 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor involved in the charges. who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incident. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person 2. Disciplinary Process Major Violations shall be acted on with the following provisions and within ii. Inmates will receive a copy of the Notice of specified timeframes: Disciplinary Violation, on which the rule 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice ☒ ☐ ☐ violation will be documented. of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary later than seventy-two (72) hours after an officer and the incarcerated person has been inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four be postponed or continued for a reasonable time (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, noted on the form. or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to The Deputy(s) and inmate (s) will be appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and interviewed along with any witnesses they present witnesses and documentary evidence. The wish to call. Interpreters will be provided as incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. The inmate shall have access to staff assistance when they have limited literacy, or the or inmate assistance when the inmate is issues are complex. illiterate or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hours after an incarcerated person has been sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no informed of the charge(s) in writing. later than seventy-two (72) hours after an inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so noted on the form. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary 6. Final disposition of punishment will be charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and made by the Disciplinary Officer and reviewed the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ by the Watch Commander. manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a 7. Inmates shall be advised of the action taken written statement by the fact-finders about the by the Disciplinary Officer by means of an evidence relied on and the reasons for the "Inmate's Advisement of Punishment Report" disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept which is prepared by the Disciplinary Officer. pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. ☒ ☐ ☐ Distribution of the form is as follows: i. One (1) copy to Inmate Records ii. Two (2) copies to Classification iii. One (1) copy to the inmate 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 36 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a 1602.6 Appeal Procedure supervisor on all disciplinary action. a) Minor Violation Appeal Procedure: Any inmate wishing to appeal a minor violation must submit a written request within forty- eight (48) hours of notice of the violation to the appropriate Sergeant. b) Major Violation Appeal Procedure: Appeals of punishment may be made in writing in the form of a grievance, an Inmate Message Slip, ☒ ☐ ☐ or a letter to the facility and must be submitted within fourteen (14) days after receiving notice of the discipline imposed. Appeals submitted after this period will not be considered timely and will not be evaluated. The Division Commander will review the Watch Commander’s report and advise the inmate of the decision on an Inmate's Advisement of Appeal form. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 1602.5 Discipline a) Counseling an Inmate, b) Minor Violations The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer i. Counsel the offender. ii. Assign up to four shall be directly related to the severity of the rule (4) hours extra duty with the approval of a infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a Sergeant or Watch Commander. iii. Deny the progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of inmate certain privileges, such as telephone discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the or TV for up to five (5) days for each violation. following: (Under no circumstance should a loss of (a) Loss of privileges. telephone privileges be used to prevent an (b) Extra work detail. inmate from making legal calls to their (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. attorney.) iv. Deny the inmate commissary for (d) Removal from work details. up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal five commissary days). Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules ☒ ☐ ☐ Code Section 4019. may consist of one or any combination of the (g) Disciplinary separation. following: i. Any of the punishments listed under minor violations, ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, recreation, program classes, etc.) A. "Loss of Privileges" does not include group religious services. Exclusion from group religious services may only be based on security concerns. B. Inmates placed on “Loss of Privileges” will be offered two (2) hours of day room per day. iii. Loss of good time/ work time iv. Removal from work status v. Or the combination of any of the above 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1604.1 Inmate Rights p) Protection from personal abuse, corporal The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly punishment, personal injury, disease, prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary property damage and harassment. actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological 1. Out of cell time may be temporarily degradation. suspended for disciplinary or security ☒ ☐ ☐ reasons. Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option The agency converted cells originally built for of last resort and as a response to the most serious and disciplinary isolation into storage and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and therefore are no longer in use. with the least restrictive conditions possible. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 37 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a consultation with health care staff. Such reviews ☒ ☐ ☐ shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have The agency converted cells originally built for the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title disciplinary isolation into storage and 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be therefore are no longer in use. issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☒ ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person d) Discipline by Inmates or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of 1. No inmate may inflict punishment upon punishment over any other incarcerated person or group another inmate. of incarcerated people. 2. "Kangaroo Court" (mock courts set up by ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates) and/or "sanitation committees" Note: PC § 4019.5. (inmates set up to enforce sanitation rules) are illegal in any California jail. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for used as a form of punishment. ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the 1602.1 General implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of f) As punishment for jail rule violations, no personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these inmate shall be deprived of implements regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ necessary to maintain personal hygiene, food, bedding, correspondence or access to counsel. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. 4. Under no circumstances will an inmate be ☒ ☐ ☐ denied food as a means of punishment. (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld w) Uncensored communication and/or except in cases where the incarcerated person has correspondence with persons on the outside, violated correspondence regulations, in which case limited only as necessary, or by law to correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain order and security or set by hours, without the review and approval of the facility disciplinary restrictions. manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the suspended as a disciplinary measure. Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of ☒ ☐ ☐ unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and confidential consultation with attorneys 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 38 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 4. Documentation: iii. After approval, all copies of the report shall Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept be retained in the respective module until the of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This punishment is completed. Upon completion of requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule punishment, the Module Deputy will send the violation reports and report of the disposition of each. original copy of the report to Inmate Records, where it will be filed in the inmate’s jail file. BSCC staff reviewed a random selection of ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary packets dated March – June 2025 and determined compliance with Regulations 1080-1084. The rule violation reports and disciplinary hearing notes explained the actions of the incarcerated persons and subsequent actions of staff. Hearings were conducted in a timely manner and proper action was taken when due process was not followed. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE 2108.1 Screening Process DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure a) All personnel who observe or are informed (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the of any activity among persons in custody that facility administrator and the county health officer, shall may cause the transmission of AIDS or other develop a written plan to address the identification, communicable diseases shall immediately treatment, control and follow-up management of report the incident in writing to the I.R.C tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan Watch Commander by completing the "Report shall cover the intake screening procedures, of Activity Known to Cause Transmission of ☒ ☐ ☐ identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical AIDS" form. This form will be attached to any evaluation, treatment responsibilities during other required reports. incarceration and coordination with public health officials 1. Additionally, the Facility Shift Commander for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall shall make a telephonic report to Employee reflect the current local incidence of communicable Health Services as soon as possible. If after diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated business hours or on weekends, the people and staff. telephonic report shall be made to the on-call Public Health Medical Officer. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the a) All employees and volunteers exposed to a county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and person diagnosed with a communicable procedures in conformance with applicable state and disease shall be evaluated, counseled and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: offered appropriate prophylactic treatment by (1) The types of communicable diseases to be HCA/ Employee Health Services or another reported; treatment facility. (2) The persons who shall receive the medical 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records reports; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated 2110.4 Medical Records persons and custody staff; a) Within Correctional Health Services (CHS), the problem orientated medical record structure will be used as much as practicable. The medical record will list all medical encounters, the diagnosis thereof, ☒ ☐ ☐ subsequent findings, treatments, rehabilitation, maintenance and patient education. An inmate’s perceived health problems will be recorded as well as the dispositions thereof. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 39 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Medical procedures required to identify the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of e) The I.R.C. Watch Commander will provide exposure to others; a copy of all reports to H.C.A. Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Services, who, in turn will evaluate any transmission incident and all involved inmates and/or staff. (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; 2110.4 Medical Records c) At no time will any inmate or other unauthorized persons be allowed access to inmate medical records. The files will be kept separated from the inmate's confinement ☒ ☐ ☐ record, including after the time they are released. All access to inmate medical files will be controlled and regulated by the Custodian of Records. (6) Housing considerations based upon behavior, 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records medical needs, and safety of the affected h) Communicable Disease - For inmates incarcerated persons; diagnosed with a communicable disease and refusing appropriate treatment, medical quarantine authorized by the treating physician shall be used. Treatment, other ☒ ☐ ☐ than in an emergency situation, shall not be forced by any CHS staff member. For such cases, a court order for treatment may be sought by the Medical Director after consultation with the Sheriff. (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records that address the limits of confidentiality; and, a) The informed consent of the inmate shall be required for all examinations, treatments and procedures governed by informed ☒ ☐ ☐ consent standards in the community. Access to inmate medical records shall be strictly controlled, according to HIPPA guidelines. (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting possible exposure of custody staff to a c) Employee who believes they have been communicable disease. exposed to communicable disease will report ☒ ☐ ☐ possible exposure to their Supervisor immediately. 1211 SICK CALL 2106 Sick Call/Hospital Referrals Inmates with non-emergency health care The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health complaints will be seen by the appropriate authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, health care professional during scheduled which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons sick call hours. Severe medical conditions will or provision made that any incarcerated person be referred to contract medical facilities. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such ☒ ☐ ☐ 2106.1 - General attention. a) Sick call will be conducted daily. b) Sick call hours will generally be from 0700 to 2000 hours. c) A licensed physician, registered nurse, or nurse practitioner will conduct sick call. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 40 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1240 FREQUENCY OF SERVING 2306 Meal Service 2306.2 - Inmate Meals In Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III facilities, and a) Meal Frequency those Type IV facilities where food is served, food shall 1. Inmates will be provided three meals per be served three times in any 24-hour period. At least one day, served at regular times during each of these meals shall include hot food. Supplemental food twenty-four (24) hour period. At least one must be served to incarcerated persons if more than 14 meal will include hot food. Meals will be hours pass between evening and morning meals. served approximately at 0430, 1100 and 1600 ☒ ☐ ☐ Additionally, supplemental food must be served to people hours. on medical diets in less than the time period outlined above, if prescribed by the responsible physician. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff spoke with kitchen staff who confirmed they offer a variety of special diets, including but not limited to cardiac, diabetic, allergies, vegetarian, religious, etc. A minimum of fifteen minutes shall be allowed for the 5000.5 - Inmate Meals actual consumption of each meal except for those on 6. All inmates will be given a minimum of medical diets where the responsible physician has ☒ ☐ ☐ fifteen (15) minutes to eat their meals. prescribed additional time. Provisions shall be made for incarcerated persons who Late courts will be fed upon their return to the may miss a regularly scheduled facility meal. They shall facility with a sack lunch unless the serving be provided with a substitute meal and beverage, and on line is still open. ☒ ☐ ☐ medical diets shall be provided with their prescribed meal. 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules g) Jail Issued Clothing The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Articles, and Linen Supplies Court Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities All inmates will be provided clothing that shall include, but not be limited to: meets sanitation and safety requirements and (a) Clean socks and footwear; ☒ ☐ ☐ is properly fitted, climatically suitable, and appropriate to meet the needs of the situation. All inmates will be supplied with bedding and linens sufficient to provide comfortable, sanitary and safe conditions during their period of confinement. (b) Clean outergarments; and, g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Clean undergarments; g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may 2408.1 New Inmates be substituted for the institutional undergarments and b) All new inmates who will be remaining in footwear specified in this regulation. This option custody will be required to shower and ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility exchange their personal clothing for jail issue to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. clothing. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 41 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily Articles, and Linen Supplies laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, 5. All clothing and bedding supplies issued to free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. inmates shall be the inmate's responsibility. Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more The inmate will be held accountable for their compatible with their gender identity and gender jail issue clothing and linen items. If any items expression. are altered, Deputies shall enforce any ☒ ☐ ☐ applicable jail rule violation. 6. Exchanges of clothing and linen will take place on a regular schedule as follows (Title 15, Sections 1262 & 1271) 7300.4 LGBTQI Housing and Classification 7300.5 Inmate Programs and Services 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL 2404.3 Pest Control CLOTHING 2404.4 Special Handling of Pediculosis (Crab) Cases There shall be written policies and procedures developed 2. If the inmate is diagnosed as being by the facility administrator to control contamination infested, they will return to their housing and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s location with a medical slip stating the inmate personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☒ ☐ ☐ has crabs. The medical slip will also state that disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to the inmate needs an immediate clothing and eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. bedding exchange. 3. The infested inmate will gather all clothing and bedding and bring it to the Guard Station Vestibule area. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS 1604.1 Inmate Rights 2408 Inmate clothing, Bedding, Hygiene There shall be written policies and procedures developed Articles, and Linen Supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal hygiene items. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary 1604.1 Inmate Rights napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no d) An inmate who menstruates or experiences maximum allowance. uterine or vaginal bleeding shall, without needing to request, have ready access to, and be allowed to use, materials necessary ☒ ☐ ☐ for personal hygiene with regard to their menstrual cycle and reproductive system, including, but not limited to, sanitary pads, panty liners and tampons, with no maximum allowance and at no cost to the inmate. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to 2408.1 New Inmates supply themself with the following personal care items, a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, provided with basic hygiene articles including ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, Soap is given to inmates when escorted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ shower area in the intake area. (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 2408.1 New Inmates hours of housing assignment. a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be ☒ ☐ ☐ provided with basic hygiene articles including toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any Everyone is given a hygiene kit. personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☒ ☐ ☐ 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 42 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the between individual uses by the method prescribed by the barber shop between each individual use by: State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide Regulations. or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1266 SHOWERING 3000.7 Showers/Clothing Room 7. The inmate will be given soap and a towel There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ and instructed to thoroughly bathe in the by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. showers. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ii. Shower areas will be available every other other day or more often if possible. day (per title 15) and at times specified by the jail staff. 2408.1 New Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ b) All new inmates who will be remaining in custody will be required to shower and exchange their personal clothing for jail issue clothing. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules prohibited from showering at least every other day 5. Inmates shall shower regularly and following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is maintain a good general appearance. prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☒ ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1267 HAIR CARE SERVICES 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Hair care services shall be available. (b) Except those who may not shave for reasons of a) Inmate Barber Shop Hair Care Services identification in court, incarcerated people shall be 1. When requested, any inmate can obtain allowed to shave daily and receive hair care services at hair care services once per month. Inmates least once a month. The facility administrator may must be in Orange County Jail custody for a suspend this requirement in relation to people who are minimum of 30 days before requesting hair considered to be a danger to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ care services. 6. Inmates will receive their haircuts within their respective Outdoor Recreation areas on Sundays, and will be supervised by the assigned prowler(s). (c) Equipment shall be disinfected, after each use, by a 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate method approved by the State Board of Barbering and barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the Cosmetology to meet the requirements of Title 16, barber shop between each individual use by: Division 9, Sections 979 and 980, California Code of (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) Regulations. Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide ☒ ☐ ☐ or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 43 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE 2408.1 New Inmates 3. Upon the inmate's arrival at their assigned The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, housing location, the inmate will be issued for each incarcerated person entering a living area who the following bedding and linen items: is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be i. Sanitized mattress, ii. One clean blanket, limited to: ☒ ☐ ☐ iii. Two clean sheets, iv. One clean towel (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the 4. Mattresses shall be free of holes and requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; tears. Mattresses with holes, tears, or lack of sufficient padding shall be replaced upon request. (Title 15, Section 1271) (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) one towel; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic conditions. ☒ ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND 1700 Security and Control MAINTENANCE 2400 Sanitation & Maintenance The facility administrator shall develop written policies BSCC staff reviewed the maintenance log and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable from March to May 2025 and determined level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the compliance with this regulation. Maintenance facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule staff responded and corrected reported of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and issues in a timely manner. correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices which may be found. Overall the facility was clean and ☒ ☐ ☐ maintenance issues addressed as needed. The agency has Correctional Services Assistants (CSA) that escort incarcerated person cleaning crews around the facility to clean daily. This facility no longer houses incarcerated people. All females were relocated to the new James A. Musick Facility. Medical care housing as described in Title 24, Part 2, Medical exam areas appeared clean and well- Section 1231.2.14, shall be cleaned and sanitized maintained. according to policies and procedures established by the ☒ ☐ ☐ health authority. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 44 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? If YES, the following sections, including those summarized in Title 15, Article 8 Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not (Minors in Jails), apply. subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; ☐ ☒ ☐ however, if minors are held in the building, they may be This jail does not hold minors. subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ ☐ ☒ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1101 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTACT WITH INCARCERATED ADULTS The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict sight and sound contact, as ☐ ☐ ☒ defined in Section 1006, between detained minors and adults confined in the facility. The policies and procedures should consider trauma-informed approaches in protecting minors from contact. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side-by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1102 CLASSIFICATION The facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan designed to provide for the safety of staff ☐ ☐ ☒ and minors held at the facility. The plan shall include the following: (a) a procedure for receiving and transmitting information regarding minors who present a risk or hazard to self or others while confined at the facility, and ☐ ☐ ☒ the separation of such minors to the extent possible within the limits of the facility. (b) a procedure to provide care for any minor who appears to be in need of or who requests medical, mental health, or developmental disability treatment. Written procedures shall be established by the ☐ ☐ ☒ responsible health administrator in cooperation with the facility administrator. (c) a suicide prevention program designed to identify, monitor, and provide treatment to those minors who ☐ ☐ ☒ present a suicide risk. (d) provide that minors be housed separately from adults and not be allowed to come or remain in contact with adults except as provided in Section 208(c) of the ☐ ☐ ☒ Welfare and Institutions Code. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 45 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1103 RELEASE PROCEDURES Facility staff shall notify the parents or guardians prior to the release of a minor. The minor's personal clothing ☐ ☐ ☒ and valuables shall be returned to the minor, parents or guardian, upon the minor's release or consent. 1104 SUPERVISION OF MINORS The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures that provide for: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) continuous around-the-clock supervision of minors with assurance that staff can hear and respond; and, (b) safety checks of minors at least once every 30 minutes. These safety checks shall include the direct visual observation of movement and skin. Safety checks shall not be replaced, but may be supplemented by, an audio/visual electronic surveillance system designed to ☐ ☐ ☒ detect overt, aggressive, or assaultive behavior and to summon aid in emergencies. All safety checks shall be documented. 1105 RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures to provide a recreation program that shall protect the welfare of minors and incarcerated ☐ ☐ ☒ adults, recognize facility security needs and comply with minimum jail standards for recreation (California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Section 1065). 1106 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES Nothing in this regulation shall prevent the administrator from removing a detained minor from the general population or program for reasons of the minor's mental or physical health; or under any circumstances in which ☐ ☐ ☒ the safety of the minor, incarcerated adults, staff, the program or community is endangered, pending a disciplinary action or review. With the exceptions noted below, the provisions of Section 1080-1084 shall apply when a minor is involved in disciplinary actions. (a) Pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code Section 208.3, minors may not be placed in room confinement ☐ ☐ ☒ for disciplinary purposes. (b) Permitted forms of discipline include: (1) temporary loss of privileges; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) loss of privileges mandated by applicable regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) Access to visitation and recreation shall be restricted only after a second level review by a supervisor or manager and shall not extend beyond five days without ☐ ☐ ☒ subsequent review. (d) Prohibited forms of discipline include: (1) discipline that does not fit the violation; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) corporal punishment; ☐ ☐ ☒ (3) discipline imposed by incarcerated persons; ☐ ☐ ☒ 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 46 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) placement in safety cells, sobering cells, or any other cell not specifically designated for the ☐ ☐ ☒ detention of minors; (5) deprivation of food; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) room confinement. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1120 EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR MINORS IN JAILS Whenever a minor is held in a Type II or III facility, the facility administrator shall coordinate with the County ☐ ☐ ☒ Department of Education or County Superintendent of Schools to provide education programs as required by Section 48200 of the Education Code. 1122.5 PREGNANT MINORS (a) The health administrator, in cooperation with the facility administrator, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures pertaining to pregnant minors that address the requirements in Title 15, Section 1417. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant minors. The policy shall address requirements of Penal ☐ ☐ ☒ Code 3407. Policy shall include reference to the following: (1) A minor known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist ☐ ☐ ☒ restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) A pregnant minor in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ ☒ safety and security of the minor, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of a pregnant minor during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or ☐ ☐ ☒ termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of a minor's pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, of the ☐ ☐ ☒ standards and policies governing pregnant minors. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PRO 25-26 Page 47 of 47 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections Applicable Title 24 Regulations: 1963 BSCC Code: 3500 FACILITY NAME: Central Women’s Jail FACILITY TYPE: II APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: 1963 OTHER: See historical variance FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: September 25, 2025 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Holding Cells (2.2) No holding cells. ☐ ☒ Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate ☐ 3.12 Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with ☒ ☐ ☐ individual compartments, locks, and keys. Detoxification/Sobering Cells (2.4) No Sobering Cells. ☐ ☒ Limited to no more than 15 inmates ☐ Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) Not an intake facility. ☐ ☒ Available in booking/reception ☐ Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) Property stored at the Intake Release Center. ☐ ☒ Available for inmate valuables ☐ Telephone (2.1) Not an intake facility. ☐ ☒ Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 ☐ Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) Maximum capacity of one inmate. ☒ ☐ ☐ Minimum size: Depth: 7’6” Width: 6’0” Height: 8’ ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain toilet and washbasin ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a bunk capable of standard 30" X 76" mattress. ☒ ☐ ☐ Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) A capacity of more than 2 persons ☒ ☐ ☐ A minimum of 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Toilet and washbasin 1:8 ratio ☒ ☐ ☐ Drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a bunk capable of a standard 30" X 76" mattress. ☒ ☐ ☐ Safety Cells (2.5) The Safety Cell in this facility is not used. Designed to house one person ☒ ☐ ☐ A minimum width of 6 feet, length of 7.5 feet and height of 8 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Equipped with flush ring toilet (flush with floor) ☒ ☐ ☐ Equipped with solid security door and view panel ☒ ☐ ☐ Padded floor, door, and walls ☒ ☐ ☐ 4-73: Illumination provided by variable intensity light fixture operable from outside the cell. ☒ ☐ ☐ Dormitory (2.8) 1979- Variance allowed double bunks in eight Capacity of 4-50 inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ dorms, which added 15 people per dorm. 500 cubic feet of air space per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ A least 10-foot ceilings if double bunked 1979- Variance granted for double bunks in ☒ ☐ ☐ dorms with less than 10’ ceiling height. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PHY 25-26 - 1 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Toilet and washbasin ratio at 1:8 ratio ☒ ☐ ☐ Drinking Fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Showers (3.4) 1:15 ☒ ☐ ☐ Lighting (3.6) Sufficient to permit easy reading. ☒ ☐ ☐ Night lighting is sufficient to allow good supervision. ☒ ☐ ☐ Comfortable Living Environment (102(c)6 A comfortable living environment is maintained ☒ ☐ ☐ through an adequate heating and cooling system. Dayrooms (2.9) Available for all incarcerated people ☒ ☐ ☐ Allow a place to read, write or carry on other indoor activities. ☒ ☐ ☐ Adequate toilet and wash basins. ☒ ☐ ☐ Exercise Area (2.10) 1963 standard does not set a size requirement must accommodate “a substantial number” and allow ☒ ☐ ☐ “outdoor exercise.” 1973: Minimum of 30’x 50’ x 15’ All-Purpose Rooms (Program Space 2.11) Class and assembly rooms, individual counseling ☒ ☐ ☐ rooms Dining Facilities (2.17) *Not mentioned in 1963* There is a centralized dining-facility for floors 1973: 15 square feet per person (in jails with over 100 1 and 2; otherwise, incarcerated people eat in ☒ ☐ ☐ ppl) their cells or in dayrooms. Visiting (2.18) Visiting area ☒ ☐ ☐ Attorney Interview Space (2.26) Provide for confidential attorney consultation ☒ ☐ ☐ Janitor Closet (2.20) Located in security areas, lockable, containing a mop ☒ ☐ ☐ sink. Storage Space (2.21) Adequate space available ☒ ☐ ☐ Monitoring System (2.22) Inter-communication system between the secure area and control so that staff can be alerted instantly of ☒ ☐ ☐ issues within the jail. Fire Alarm System [102(2)6] *Recommended Pre- Fire evacuation doors have an audible tone 73* and a light in Main Control when doors are 1963: State Fire Marshal established minimum opened. standards for prevention of fire/protection of life and ☒ ☐ ☐ property, means of egress, adequacy of exits, emergency exits wired to sound alarm when opened. Emergency Power (2.24) Central Women’s Jail is connected to the Recommended in Pre-73 facilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ same system as the Intake Release Center 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI PHY 25-26 - 2 - A380 PHY Type P73&4-73.dot (03/01) BOARD OF STATE AND COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 3500 FACILITY: Central Women's Jail (empty) TYPE: II RC: 292 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: September 25, 2025 ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S **On the day of inspection, jail was empty. Staff relocated all incarcerated females to new James A. Musick Facility.** 2nd Floor Module G This facility was constructed under 1963 Standards, which required 500 cubic feet of air space per person, including the cells and prorated air space of corridors and adjacent galleries. 1979-Variance allowed double bunks in 8 dorms, adding 15 people per dorm. 01 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' 02 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' 03 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' 04 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' Notes: Dimensions of 500 cubic feet of air space allow 17 + 15 (granted by variance) and adequate facilities, RC of 32. Seating for 36. Module H 05 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' 06 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' 07 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' 08 Dorm 1963 1 40 32 32 20.5' X 51.5' X 4 - 4 4 2 8.5' Notes: See above. Seating for 31. Module I Tank 9 1- Single 1963 4 1 1 4 6.2' X 8.3' X 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 4 Tank 10 1- Single 1963 4 1 1 4 6.2' X 8.3' X 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 4 Tank 11 1- Single 1963 4 1 1 4 6.2' X 8.3' X 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 4 Tank 12 1- Single 1963 4 1 1 4 6.2' X 8.3' X 8.5' 1 - 1 1 1 4 1st Floor Module P Tank 13 Multiple 1963 1 10 8 8 14.10' X 59’ X 8.5' 2 - 2 3 1 Notes: Dimensions of 500 cubic feet of air space allow for 14. Dayroom dimensions: 19’ x 8.7’. ADA + seating for 8 people. Tank 14 Dorm 1963 1 12 12 12 15' X 39' X 8.5' 2 - 2 2 1 Notes: Dimensions of 500 cubic feet of air space plus corridor allow 12. Seating for 12 people. The below single cell housing had their fixtures removed and is now used for storage. The agency has no future plan for use. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI LASE 25-26 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) ROOMS EACH ROOM Cell Applicable # EACH CELL Total DIMENSIONS FIXTURES* Location Type Standards Cells # Beds RC RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Infirmary Single 1963 10 1 (10) (10) Irregular 73 sq. ft 1 - 1 1 * Neg.Pres Single 1963 1 1 (1) (1) Irregular 79 sq. ft. 1 - 1 1 * 6 Neg.Press Irregular 118 sq. Single 1963 1 1 (1) (1) 1 - 1 1 * 7 ft. Infirm 8-9 Single 1963 2 1 (2) (2) Irregular 75 sq. ft. 1 - 1 1 * Irregular 123 sq. Infirm 10 Single 1963 1 1 (1) (1) 1 - 1 1 * ft. Ad/Sep. Single 1963 4 1 (4) (4) 7.6’ x 11.8’ 1 - 1 1 - Safety Safety 1963 1 - (1) (1) 6.3’ x 8.8’ 1 - - - - Cell Shelter 1-2 Single 1963 2 1 (2) (2) Irregular 83 sq. ft. 1 - 1 1 - *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit; If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3500 Orange SHRF CWJ II CI LASE 25-26 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult.dot (9/98) TYPE II AND III FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 3530 FACILITY NAME: James A. Musick Facility FACILITY TYPE: II PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Sergeant Wise FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 07 & 20, 2025 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS2 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE3 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 24/25 compliance monitoring cycle. 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 Excerpts from facility policies, procedures, or other reference documents are indicated in italicized text. 3 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 1 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 4000.1 Staffing/Responsibilities A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs each local detention facility to ensure the implementation with fixed post positions and response and operation of the programs and activities required by assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff these regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters from June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at The Guard Stations and Housing Modules are least one employee on duty at all times in a local always staffed. detention facility or in the building which houses a local detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☒ ☐ ☐ accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which This facility has Module Escort/Floor deputies would conflict with the supervision and care of that can respond to emergencies when ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. needed. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there BSCC staff reviewed staffing rosters from shall be at least one female employee who shall be June 2025 and found female staff assigned to immediately available and accessible to such females. this facility. Note: Reference PC § 4021. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters from June 2025 and found several female staff members assigned to this ☒ ☐ ☐ facility for compliance with this regulation. Incarcerated females were moved to this facility in September 2025. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff observed female staff available for the incarcerated female population. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 2900 PREA personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 2900.3 Prevention Planning shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the 2. Utilize a staffing plan that provides for personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such adequate staffing and video monitoring to a staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the protect inmates against sexual abuse. time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ with fixed post positions and response assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters from June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS 902 Inmate Safety Checks (OCSDPM) An inmate safety check is a direct visual The facility administrator shall develop and implement observation (i.e., direct personal view of the policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that inmate/area without the aid of audio/video include, but are not limited to, the following: equipment), performed at random and varied (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well- intervals of each inmate located in an area of being of individuals and shall be conducted at least ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibility. The purpose of conducting hourly through direct visual observation of all people held inmate safety checks is to ensure there are no and housed in the facility. inmates displaying any obvious signs of distress requiring assistance, maintaining the safety and welfare of each inmate and ensuring the security of our facilities. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 2 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Inmate safety checks shall occur at random between safety checks. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). To be random and varied, safety checks shall not be at exact forty-five (45) minute intervals but shall occur within forty-five (45) minutes of the previous inmate safety check. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check logs and the late checks report ☒ ☐ ☐ dated January to August 2025 and found some late checks when the agency transitioned to the Guardian RIFD system at the beginning of the year. The late checks dwindled throughout the following months; therefore, the facility was in compliance with this regulation. Staff performed the vast majority of safety checks within 60 minutes of the previous safety check. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) cells, and restraints shall occur more frequently as (d) Safety Checks outlined in section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 1. Deputies will document their direct visual of these regulations. observation checks of the inmate in the safety cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells 4.Deputies shall perform a safety check within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of the previous check for all inmates temporarily housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Inmate safety checks shall occur at random intervals. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 3 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the 902.2 Documentation of Inmate Safety documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall Checks include: Every inmate safety check will be (1) the actual time at which each individual safety documented in the most appropriate check occurred; documentation log, (e.g., guard station log, module log, area log, or door log). … and the actual starting times of each inmate safety check. ☒ ☐ ☐ The BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check observations logs dated January – August 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. The Guardian RIFD system documents the time, location, and individual completing each safety check. (2) the location where each individual safety check The Guardian RIFD system tracks the occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory location of safety checks. ☒ ☐ ☐ number; and, (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff The documentation entry will include the who completed the safety check(s). name(s) of the personnel who conducted the ☒ ☐ ☐ inmate safety check… (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Each sergeant will check the logs in his/her reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or area of responsibility to verify staff is properly facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns documenting the inmate safety checks. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, Sergeants will also conduct random reviews safety checks. of video footage to ensure that safety checks are properly performed. A notation will be made in the log with the sergeant's name and the time the log and video were checked. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of watch commander logs dated January - September 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. The Watch Commander reviewed safety check audits by supervisors and the Guardian RIFD logs each shift. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF 2100 Medical and Health Services 2100.6 General Policies (a) Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be e) Jail personnel will be required to attend at least one person on duty at all times who meets the classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic training standards established by the Board for general Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. ☒ ☐ ☐ attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. 2614 Emergency Response to Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one The facility is always staffed with deputies. person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. (b) The facility administrator, in conjunction with the c) Deputies are required to be certified in health authority, shall develop and implement policies cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and and procedures consistent with the requirements of may begin CPR on a nonresponsive person Penal Code Section 6048(b) that require correctional when safe and appropriate to do so, without officers certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) ☒ ☐ ☐ obtaining approval from a supervisor or to begin CPR on a nonresponsive person without medical personnel. obtaining approval from supervisors or medical staff, when it is safe and appropriate to do so. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 4 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS These policies shall cover the following key elements: 2100.6 General Policies (1) Acceptable CPR methods and application. e) Jail personnel will be required to attend classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. (2) Correctional officers shall be certified in CPR and a 2614.1 Initial Response/Discovery of copy of the certification shall be on file in the facility or at Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury a central location and available for review. c) Deputies are required to be certified in ☒ ☐ ☐ cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The certification must be current and available for review. (3) Correctional officers shall immediately summon 1. Staff shall immediately summon additional medical aid when a person is identified as nonresponsive medical assistance upon identifying a and shall administer CPR unless the correctional officer nonresponsive person. ☒ ☐ ☐ is aware of a known medical condition(s) that would contraindicate its use. (4) Correctional officers shall use personal protective 4. Personal protective equipment (PPE) such equipment when administering CPR whenever possible as gloves, masks, and CPR shields shall be to reduce exposure to bodily fluids or bloodborne used whenever available to reduce the risk of pathogens that may contain disease-causing agents. exposure to bloodborne pathogens and bodily fluids. During the policy review portion of this ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (5) If an imminent physical danger prevents a 5. If an imminent physical threat prevents safe correctional officer from safely administering CPR, they CPR administration, staff shall initiate or shall begin or resume CPR as soon as the threat has resume CPR as soon as the threat has passed, or the nonresponsive person has been safely passed or the person has been moved to a removed from danger, provided medical aid has not yet safe location, provided medical assistance arrived. has not yet arrived. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (6) The correctional officer shall continue administering 6. CPR shall be continued, absent immediate CPR, absent imminent physical danger, until the danger, until: nonresponsive person shows obvious signs of life, such i. The person shows signs of life (e.g., as normal breathing or physical or verbal responses, or breathing, verbal or physical response), until medical staff or alternative medical responders ii. Qualified medical personnel or emergency arrive and take over. responders take over, or iii. The Deputy is relieved due to exhaustion or safety concerns. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 5 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (7) In situations where medical staff or alternative 7. If medical personnel or emergency medical responders are present when a person is responders are already present when a identified as nonresponsive, correctional officers shall person becomes nonresponsive, staff shall defer CPR to those individuals. defer CPR responsibilities to those individuals. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL4 Orange County Sheriff’s Department Custody and Court Operations Manual Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The The manual was updated on July 28, 2025. policy and procedures manual shall address all applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be Orange County Sheriff’s Department Policy comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every Manual (OCSDPM) two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☒ ☐ ☐ employees. This manual was last updated November 14, 2024. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate The Custody and Court Operations Manual manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) was the primary source cited in this document do not apply and have been deleted. unless notated otherwise. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 200 Organizational Structure and facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Responsibility (OCSDPM) following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of communications. (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 1701.2 supervisor Responsibilities administrator/manager. a) Each supervisor will visit and inspect their area(s) of responsibility during their assigned shift to ensure integrity of security devices and facility structures. During the visit and inspection of their area(s) of responsibility, supervisors will ensure all doors, gates, and sally ports are closed, locked, or properly ☒ ☐ ☐ secured, which will be documented on Custody Operations Supervisor’s Log. 2402.2 Formal Inspections a) Each Division Commander or designee will conduct periodic inspection tours of the facility. b) The Sheriff, or his executive staff, will periodically inspect each facility. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 300 Use of Force (OCSDPM) and federal legal requirements and includes 300.4.4 Restrictions on the Use of a Choke prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☒ ☐ ☐ Hold holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in 1800.1 Security Restraints ☒ ☐ ☐ Penal Code Section 3407. d) Pregnant Inmates 4 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 6 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 327 Cite and Release Policy for Misdemeanor received persons for release. non-Warrant (Street) Arrests (OCSHPM) 1400 Release ☒ ☐ ☐ Screening for newly received persons occurs at the Intake Release Center. (6) Security and control including physical counts 1700 Security and Control and searches of the facility and incarcerated 1704 Key Control persons, contraband control, and key control. 1710 Inspections, Searches, and Contraband Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 1719 Inmate Counts review, evaluate, and make a record of security 1701.4 - Red Team Audit measures. The review and evaluation shall include a) Red Team will perform a system-wide internal and external security measures of the facility auditing of current processes, procedures, including security measures specific to prevention of training and physical security of all custody sexual abuse and sexual harassment. operations to assist jail staff in identifying vulnerabilities to improve its effectiveness. e) Red Team members will conduct a monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ audit, operating on a rotating basis, ensuring each facility will be audited once per quarter. BSCC staff reviewed the annual internal and external security measures inspection conducted by the Red Team on May 1, 2025, and determined compliance with this regulation. The inspection identified areas for improvement and assessed any security measures specific to the prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. (7) Emergency procedures include: 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures (A) fire suppression preplan as required by 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (facility specific policy) (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of 1204.8 Escape Risk Inmates hostages; 1802 Response Procedures / Code Alpha 1802.1 Response Procedures / General ☒ ☐ ☐ Disturbance 1802.2 Response Procedures / Riot 2612 Hostage Plan (C) mass arrests; 323 Mobile Field Force (OCSDPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; 2604 Earthquake Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 2606 Flood Procedures (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; 1700 Security and Control and, 1701.1 Employee Responsibilities a) Every employee of the facility will be observant and aware of equipment and procedures in their assigned area(s). b) At the beginning of every shift, employees ☒ ☐ ☐ will conduct an inventory of all equipment assigned to and/or necessary to carry out duties in their work location. All equipment will be accounted for and checked to ensure it is functioning properly 7018.3 Security Alarm Response Procedures (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, 1700 Security and Control ammunition, chemical agents, and related 6020 Control of Weapons and Security ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. Equipment (8) Suicide Prevention. 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSHPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ 2104 Mental Health Care Services 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 7 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil ☒ ☐ ☐ detainees will be housed alone. (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse 2900 PREA and sexual harassment. The Orange County Sheriff's Department has zero tolerance for all forms of sexual abuse, conduct, and assault. This includes sexual harassment between staff, volunteers, contractors, visitors, and inmates. All ☒ ☐ ☐ allegations of sexual conduct will be investigated. The Department will impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions and initiate criminal charges against individuals committing sexual assault/rape. (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 2900.9 Staff Reporting and Response to respond to retaliation against any staff or person after Incidents of Sexual Abuse and Sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 1400 Release incarcerated persons. 2000.5 CalAIM Justice Involved Initiative The purpose of the CalAIM Initiative is to improve the quality of life and health outcomes for inmates by establishing pre- release Medi-Cal insurance enrollment ☒ ☐ ☐ strategies to ensure eligible individuals have continued medical coverage and benefits upon their release, as well as access to key medical/mental health services to help them successfully return to their communities. (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 2900.8 Inmate Reporting Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be b) Inmates may report sexual abuse or sexual limited to, the following: harassment verbally or in writing to any staff (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to member. privately report sexual abuse and sexual c) Inmates will have at least one way to report harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated harassment or abuse to a public or private persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and entity or office that is not part of the sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of Department and is able to receive and ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibilities that may have contributed to such immediately forward inmate reports of sexual incidents, harassment and sexual abuse to department officials, allowing the detainee to remain anonymous upon request. d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour message line for anonymously reporting PREA incidents. (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour family, community members, and other interested message line for anonymously reporting third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual PREA incidents. harassment. The method for reporting shall be Friends and family of inmates: Allegations of publicly posted at the facility. sexual assault or abuse can also be reported by friends and family on behalf of an OC ☒ ☐ ☐ Sheriff inmate by contacting the facility Watch Commander where they are housed. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- divisions/custody-operations- command/prison-rape-elimination-act-prea 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 8 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSDPM) The Correctional Mental Health Program is The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide designed to screen, evaluate and treat prevention program developed by the facility inmates with mental health administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health disorders/identifiers and/or inmates with an ☒ ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, elevated risk of self-harm, and provide them and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who with additional health resources in order to present a suicide risk. provide necessary on-site mental health The program shall include the following: treatment during their incarceration. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 1. Sworn staff, SSOs, CSAs, and Correctional personnel. Programs Personnel will receive annual Mental Health/Suicide Prevention training. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed Substance Use Disorder and Suicide Prevention training rosters dated January and September 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation intake and prior to housing assignment. (b) Intake 1. All inmates, as a part of their intake medical screening interview/exam, shall have their mental health evaluated. (a) ☒ ☐ ☐ The Triage nurse will question inmates about their mental health, including self-harming behavior and present or past suicidal thoughts or attempts. (c) Suicide prevention screening during special (e) Suicide prevention screening will take situations, including placement in restrictive housing, place for known at risk inmates during special following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in situations which may include a change in ☒ ☐ ☐ classification. classification to a higher security classification. (d) Provisions facilitating communication among (a) If an inmate or new booking is believed to arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, be a suicide risk or has an elevated risk for medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☒ ☐ ☐ self harm, deputies will immediately refer the risk. inmate to CHS for evaluation. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of (c) Housing assignments for people at risk of suicide that balance safety and environment. The least suicide will be based on safety, environment restrictive environment should be considered. and will follow the standards in CCOM Policy 1200 while collaborating with ☒ ☐ ☐ recommendations of CHS. For more information about Mental Health Housing, reference CCOM Policy 1203.3 - Medical and Mental Health Housing. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 903.5 Mental Health Acuity Levels The Acuity Levels identify inmates by severity and assist Classification staff to make ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate housing assignments in addition to helping coordinate services by the mental health and medical teams. (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 903.3 Mental Health Referrals procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides 2614 Emergency Response to Suicides or attempts. Serious Injury ☒ ☐ ☐ 2614.2 Discovered Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 9 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and 903.8 Suicide Prevention Review Board attempted suicides as defined by the facility The Suicide Prevention Review Board administrator, including the development of a corrective (SPRB), will review suicide prevention action plan to address deficiencies identified in the practices, suicides and attempted suicides to administrative review. ensure compliance with policies, procedures, and standards. The goal is to provide assistance to custody, medical, and mental health staff in their effort to implement proactive measures to prevent high-risk inmates from attempting or committing suicide by analyzing administrative, procedural, and best practices for preventing future incidents, as well as ensure corrective action measures are implemented if ☒ ☐ ☐ warranted. 1. The Mental Health Program Manager or designee will serve as the chairperson of the SPRB. 2. The SPRB is comprised of Custody Division Commanders and Captains, Custody Behavioral Health Bureau (BHB) Captain, BHB Sergeants, and management, as well as command-level medical and mental health personnel from CHS. 3. The SPRB Chairperson and Division Commanders may request that other individuals attend SPRB meetings. (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. 903.7 Mental Health Transfers (a) Any inmate whose condition is beyond the range of services available at a facility may be temporarily transferred to another OC jail facility or an outside mental health facility for treatment. The Sheriff's Department has delegated its authority to Correctional Health Services (CHS) to transfer inmates to a ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health facility. CHS will make that determination under supervision of a fully licensed psychiatrist who is a member of the CHS staff. All associated paperwork and notifications are the responsibility of CHS (PC 4011.6). 2100 Medical & Health Services 2104.3 Mental Health Care Services (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return 3. Suicide Prevention training includes, but is from court as determined by the mental health director. not limited to: (a) Identifying the warning signs and symptoms, predisposing risk factors, verbal and behavioral cues of impending suicidal behavior and highrisk periods of ☒ ☐ ☐ incarceration. Training will include information regarding possible risk factors such as: 8. Following new legal problems (e.g. new charges, additional sentences, institutional proceedings, denial of parole), 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 10 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures 2602.1 Fire Prevention Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility 2602.5 Discovering a Fire in Progress administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures fire department to be included as part of the policy and Specific to Central Men’s Jail procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff 1. Each facility’s Fire/Life Safety Deputy will with two-year retention of the inspection record; conduct monthly inspections of all fire safety equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers and Scott Air Packs). The Fire/Life Safety Deputy will ensure that all equipment is in working order and properly serviced or replaced. These inspections will be documented on monthly inspection records and maintained in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire/Life/Safety Deputy’s office. This facility opened in late 2024. BSCC staff reviewed monthly fire prevention equipment checks dated January – June 2025. BSCC staff will conduct a future inspection of monthly fire prevention inspections in 2026 to verify continued compliance. (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and 2. Designated members of the local fire Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires department will conduct annual fire safety inspections at least once every two years; inspections of each facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed State Fire Marshal’s Certificate of Occupancy dated September 26, 2024, for compliance with this regulation. (d) an evacuation plan; and, 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 4013.4 Evacuation of Inmates (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated 4013.6 Remote Evacuation Sites people in the case of fire. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 1103 Management Information and Research Systems Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics 1103.1 Management Reports accounting system which reflects the monthly average a) Each facility within Custody Operations daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people Command will be a part of the Jail by gender and juvenile status. Management System (JMS) computerized program of information input, storage, update, and retrieval. This is for the purpose of ☒ ☐ ☐ generating reports about inmate activities for review by management. b) Custody Operations Inmate Activity Reports 1. Daily reports will be generated… Agency staff provided the daily population report on the day of inspection. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with 1103.4 Jail Profile Survey applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 11 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1041 RECORDS 2500 Inmate Records Complete intake booking information will be (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV recorded by Inmate Records personnel on facility shall develop written policies and procedures for every arrestee admitted to the custody of the the maintenance of individual records for each Sheriff, in order to comply with all legal incarcerated person which shall include, but not be mandates. File set up and forms generation limited to, intake information, personal property receipts, will be initiated and coordinated in the Inmate commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary Records Office to centralize the records actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible function. physician and staff response, and non-medical 1602.5 Discipline information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 4. Documentation ☒ ☐ ☐ 2100.3 Areas of Responsibility/Goals – Medical h) Proper medical records and medical histories on all inmates in the facility will be maintained. 2110.4 Medical Records BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of incarcerated persons booking records dated December 2024 – June 2025 for compliance with this regulation. (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 2900.2 PREA Coordinator and PREA uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at Compliance Manager facilities under its direct control and from other facilities 6. Ensure all relevant data is collected, with which it contracts for the confinement of its recorded, and submitted for the annual DOJ incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ Survey of Sexual Violence and PREA survey. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS 338 Report Preparation (OCSDPM) 1103 Management Information and Research Each facility administrator shall develop written policies Systems and procedures for the maintenance of written records c) Custody Operations Incident Reports and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☒ ☐ ☐ harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, various incident reports dated January to and the date and time of the occurrence. August 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Agency staff wrote reports that ☒ ☐ ☐ were clear, concise, and included all of the pertinent information as well as the subsequent actions of staff. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff 338.3 Submission of Report (OCSDPM) assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility manager or designee. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 12 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 340 News Medica Relations (OCSDPM) The ultimate authority and responsibility for Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility the release of information to the media shall shall develop written policies and procedures for the remain with the Sheriff, however, in situations dissemination of information to the public, to other not warranting immediate notice to the Sheriff government agencies, and to the news media. The public and in situations where the Sheriff has given and incarcerated persons shall have available for review prior approval, Commanders, Department the following material: Commanders, designated Public Information Officer(s) or the Public Affairs and Community ☒ ☐ ☐ Engagement (PACE) division may prepare and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable law. 1104 Public Information Requests d) Inmates at any Custody Operations facility and the general public may request non- confidential policy and procedures information. (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections 2. Title 15 California Code of Regulations Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as “Minimum Standards for Local Detention found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facilities” will be available for public and inmate review. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated 1104 Public Information Requests people as specified in sections: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) 1045, Public Information Plan (2) 1061, Education Plan 2012 Education ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting 1902 Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service 2010 Legal Books and Library Services ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time 2006 Recreation ☒ ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 1604.5 Inmate Services Writings ☒ ☐ ☐ (8) 1067, Access to Telephone 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls ☒ ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- ☒ ☐ ☐ Custody Visitation (10) 1069, Orientation 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules ☒ ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure 1600.5 inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated 1602 Discipline Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 13 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 2114 Inmate Death or Serious Illness/Injury 2114.6 Death Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy a) In accordance with Title 15 of the California and procedures to comply with the in-custody death Code of Regulations, Section 1046, facility reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ administrators are required to submit an in- 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of custody death report, as mandated by the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC Government Code Section 12525, to the within 10 days of an in-custody death. BSCC within 10 days of the death (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Additionally, an initial review must be health administrator, shall develop written policy and conducted, and a written report, referred to as procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a the Initial Death Review Report, must be written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of completed within 30 days of the death. the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or e) The Death Review team shall consist of the designee, the health administrator, the responsible Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations physician and other health care, and supervision staff Command or designee, Constitutional who are relevant to the incident. Policing Advisor, Correctional Health Services (CHS) Director, CHS Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Director, CHS Chief of Operations, CHS Director of Nursing, CHS Mental Health and Operations Administrative Managers, Division Commander of the involved facility, County Counsel Deputy assigned to the OCSD, County Counsel Deputy assigned to CHS, and any other staff deemed appropriate by the Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations Command. Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the c) The purpose of this review is to (1) appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to determine the appropriateness of clinical policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to care; (2) whether changes to the policies, identify issues that require further study. procedures, or practices are warranted; (3) identify issues that require further study; (4) assess and consult with County Counsel about the risk of exposure to liability; (5) ☒ ☐ ☐ identify areas of concern and recommend any necessary remedial actions; and (6) address such other matters as deemed necessary and appropriate by the review team. The review team may seek further review by the County’s Risk Manager, as appropriate. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the A copy of this report must be submitted to the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC within 60 days of the death. BSCC within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall provide a copy of the initial review ☒ ☐ ☐ report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 14 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS The initial review report shall contain the following For detailed guidance on the reporting information: process, refer to the BSCC In-Custody Death (1) Demographic information Review Data Reporting Guide. (A) Full name of the decedent (B) Date of birth (C) Date of death (D) Time of death (E) Gender (F) Race and ethnicity (G) Relevant medical history (2) Facility Information ☒ ☐ ☐ (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death occurred within the facility (C) Date and time of the incident (D) Detention facility personnel (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 1200 Inmate Classification and Population Management (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, a) Inmate classification is defined as the or III facility shall develop and implement a written categorization of inmates by specific factors classification plan designed to properly assign such as criminal history, institutional behavior, incarcerated persons to housing units and activities and safety/security needs, among others. The according to the categories of gender identity, age, Classification Plan provides staff with the criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, necessary tools to effectively evaluate and physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- categorize each inmate against those factors, assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or in an objective and consistent manner. sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the classification intake screening forms dated extent possible within the limits of the available number March to June 2025 and found they were in of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. compliance with this regulation. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 15 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each administrator of a Type II or III facility shall establish 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities and implement a classification system which will include the use of classification officers or a classification 1201.4 Classification Reviews committee in order to properly assign incarcerated i) Inmates may request a review of their persons to housing, work, rehabilitation programs, and classification level no sooner than 30 days leisure activities. Such a plan shall include the use of as from the date of their last review. much information as is available about and from the incarcerated person and shall provide for a channel of ☒ ☐ ☐ appeal by the incarcerated person to the facility administrator or designee. Each person may request a review of their classification plan no more often than 30 days from their last review. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, a) The Housing Plan provides staff with a the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis process for placing individual inmates into the whether a placement would ensure the health and safety most appropriate housing possible and of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement enables them to efficiently audit and manage would present management or security problems. A the entire inmate population. To that end, this person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall Plan is executed using the following primary be given serious consideration. components: 1. The Classification Plan, which allows staff to assign each inmate an appropriate classification level. This is the primary driving factor when determining proper housing placement. 2. The “Health and Disability Notification Form” (J-112/J-105A, paper form). This form is used by Correctional Health Services (CHS) to communicate information to OCSD staff if an inmate requires specific medical or ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health accommodations and/or restrictions while housed or transported within the OCSD jail system. 3. Jail Management Systems (JMS). These systems consist of software applications and stand-alone electronic documents, which are used to audit space availability, population make-up, and population balancing. The JMS is also used to identify and assign inmates to specific housing locations. b) Once all of the above components have been considered, every inmate shall be assigned the most appropriate housing location possible to meet all health, safety, and security needs for that inmate, as well as other inmates and staff. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 16 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 1200 Inmate classification and Population Management, 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 4. Coordinate with Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) to manage and track all procedures specifying those symptoms that require inmates placed in quarantine or medical medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a isolation housing, when applicable. medical evaluation is completed. 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 7016.7 Negative Airflow Cells 1. Module “O” has four (4) cells designed for Negative Airflow. These cells are designed for atmospheric isolation of inmates that have contagious diseases, which can be transmitted through the transfer of airborne pathogens. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 2100 Medical and Health Services made of the person being booked as to whether the 2108 Intake Screening person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 2108.1 Screening Process as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or ☒ ☐ ☐ Intake screening for communicable diseases other special medical problem identified by the health occurs at the Intake Release Center. authority. The response shall be noted on the medical screening from. 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 1201.1 Classification Assignments and Reviews The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1201.1 Initial Classification Assignment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and f) If during a classification interview an inmate procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated has a medical complaint, or is displaying ☒ ☐ ☐ people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of signs of a mental health crisis, Classification behavioral crisis may include telehealth. Staff will refer the inmate to Correctional Health Services (CHS) for immediate evaluation. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not 2104 Mental Health Care Services readily available, an incarcerated person shall be The Mental Health Care Services Program is considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this designed to screen, evaluate and treat section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or mentally ill inmates in order to provide others or appear gravely disabled. necessary on-site mental health treatment during their incarceration. For policies and procedures related to Psychiatric Evaluation, Psychiatric Emergencies, Mental Health Transfers and Safety Cell usage, refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 903- Suicide Prevention. 903.3 Mental Health Referrals (OCSDPM) If an inmate exhibits signs of self-harming behavior, reveals intent to cause self-inflicted ☒ ☐ ☐ physical harm, report(s) suicidal or homicidal ideation, or if staff has been notified of a change in an inmate's risk factors, the Deputy/Staff Member shall refer the inmate to CHS as soon as practical and advise them of the facts and circumstances surrounding the perceived or reported mental health crisis of the inmate. (g) Inmates should be seen by CHS within 30 minutes of the time of the referral and shall be monitored by CHS staff members until it is determined that the inmate no longer presents a risk of engaging in self-harm. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 17 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next (a) Correctional Health Services (CHS) is a daily sick call, whichever is earliest. division of the Orange County Health Care Agency (HCA). CHS staff members are responsible for providing 24-hour on-site mental health care services to inmates. 1. Correctional Health Services (CHS) will provide 24-hour per day coverage, 7 days per week. 2. Facilities that do not provide 24-hour CHS ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health coverage will refer the inmate to CHS to determine if the inmate needs to be transferred to a facility with 24-hour mental health coverage. (b) Intake 3. Whenever an inmate is identified as exhibiting a mental health crisis, a physician's opinion shall be secured within 12 hours of identification or at the next daily sick call, whichever is earliest. Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation safety of the person in crisis or others. (b) Intake 2. If CHS determines that the inmate needs special restrictions or housing requirements, they shall complete a Health and Disability Notification form (J-112/J-105A form). A Copy of the J-112/J-105A shall be forwarded to ☒ ☐ ☐ Classification Staff and PMU for use in assigning an appropriate housing location. CHS shall work closely with Classification Staff in gathering and relaying information about the inmate and what safety precautions, if any, need to be taken. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION 1202 Classification Descriptions and Identification Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates develop and implement policies and procedures for the e) Generally, Specialty Housing inmates shall administrative separation of incarcerated people. only be housed with inmates of the same security level. f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil detainees will be housed alone. However, Classification/PMU has discretion to group and/or house these inmates/detainees with compatible inmates/detainees - of like ☐ ☐ ☒ classification level - under certain circumstances. A Classification Review (J- 203) shall be submitted and approved by the Classification Sergeant prior to any of these inmates being placed together. 1202.3 High Security (HS) Inmates 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates 1202.5 Protective Custody (PC) Inmates This facility does not house individuals requiring administrative separation. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 18 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Policies and procedures must include: 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate a) Title 15, Section 1053 states housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of “administrative separation” may consist of privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of separate and secure housing that does not protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility involve any other deprivation of privileges ☐ ☐ ☒ staff. than is necessary to obtain the objective of protecting inmates and staff. Custody Operations defines these types of inmates as Administrative Housing (AH). (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect b) Administrative separation must not an incarcerated person’s health. ☐ ☐ ☒ adversely affect an inmate’s health. (c) Administrative separation may be used for 1202.4 Administrate Housing (AH) Inmates incarcerated people who have: 1. AH-1 (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or i. Prone to escape .ii. Assaultive toward staff promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in or other inmates. iii. Disruptive to the nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the operations of the jail. iv. Associates of a safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and validated prison gang or security threat group. facility staff. v. Facing, or have been sentenced to, the (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is death penalty or a life sentence. criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or 2. AH-2 affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated i. Self-admitted or validated member of people, and facility staff. sensitive needs yard (SNY) gang (25s, (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or Greenlighters, Allstars, Northern Riders, etc.). participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other ii. Protective custody inmates who become incarcerated persons or facility staff. problematic based on continual assaults, (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted extortions and/or threats towards other PC escape. inmates. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other 3. AH-3 incarcerated people. i. Undergoing a classification investigation to determine appropriate housing and/or classification. ii. Inmates who have been targeted for assault while in custody, due to ☐ ☐ ☒ gang politics. iii. AH-3 Inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. 4. Protective Custody-Administrative Housing (PC-AH) Inmates i. Inmates who require protection and separation from other inmates, including PC and PC-AH inmates. ii. Law enforcement, ex- law enforcement, and relatives of law enforcement officers. iii. Government officials, judges, and attorneys. iv. PC-AH inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates administrative separation to obtain the objective of b) Every inmate requiring Specialty Housing protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility upon initial classification or re-classification staff. ☐ ☐ ☒ shall have a Specialty Housing Request Form (J-201) or Classification Review form (J-203) completed, detailing the justification. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 19 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and 1200 Inmate Classification & Population evaluation of the need to continue placement in Management administrative separation. 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities ☐ ☐ ☒ 9. Conduct periodic administrative separation reviews for inmates classified as “AH3 and PC-AH". 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) A safety cell is a single occupancy temporary The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section housing unit constructed with padded 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who surfaces and is designed to confine violent display behavior which results in the destruction of inmates to prevent imminent physical harm to property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to themselves or others, or destruction of ☒ ☐ ☐ self or others. property. This facility has a safety cell; however, it has not been used since the facility opened. Compliance based on policy review. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the (a) Placement Based on Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) Evaluation/Authorization procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate 1. The Watch Commander may refer an authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell inmate to CHS to be evaluated for placement to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but in a safety cell. CHS has primary authority to ☒ ☐ ☐ not be limited to: determine whether an inmate will be placed in a safety cell. If there is a difference in opinion between CHS and the Watch Commander, the decision of CHS controls. (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 1602 Discipline or as a substitute for treatment. 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be ☒ ☐ ☐ used as a form of punishment. (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the (a) If, upon evaluation, CHS determines an approval of the facility manager or designee, or inmate should be confined in a safety cell in responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be order to prevent imminent physical harm to reviewed a minimum of every four hours. the inmate or others, or the destruction of property, then CHS will complete a written authorization for such placement. (e) Continued Retention in a Safety Cell ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Continued retention of an inmate in a safety cell shall be reviewed by CHS at least every 4 hours from the time of initial placement. In the event CHS staff is unable to conduct a retention review within any given four hour period, the Watch Commander shall be responsible to conduct that review. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 20 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as (b) CHS will assess the inmate's medical and possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of mental health prior to authorizing placement placement in the safety cell. The person shall be of an inmate in a safety cell. medically cleared for continued retention, referral to 1. After an inmate is authorized by CHS for advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a placement in a safety cell, CHS should minimum of every 24 hours thereafter medically clear the inmate every 24 hours thereafter, until the inmate is removed from the safety cell. ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a medical and/or mental health evaluation at the time the inmate is authorized for placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health 903.6 Safety Cell care staff shall obtain a mental health (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on medical and/or mental health evaluation at placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon the time the inmate is authorized for as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to ☒ ☐ ☐ conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least (d) Safety Checks twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute 1. Deputies will document their direct visual lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be observation checks of the inmate in the safety documented. cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety ☒ ☐ ☐ cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 3002.7 Inmate Meals administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. The Prowler Deputy will accompany the CSA throughout the safety cell feeding. Inmates in ☒ ☐ ☐ safety cells will be fed the same meal as other inmates, except when a special diet is ordered by a doctor. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 2. When an inmate is placed in a safety cell, retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably they will be given the following items or designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal privileges while they are in the safety cell: ☒ ☐ ☐ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's (a) A safety gown safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 21 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1. Sobering Cells are to be used for temporary 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of holding of inmates who are a threat to their incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety own safety or the safety of others due to their or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. ☒ ☐ ☐ state of intoxication. This facility has two sobering cells; however, they have not been used since the facility opened. Compliance based on policy review. A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 5. Inmates shall be removed from the as they are able to continue the admission process or are Sobering cell as soon as they are able to no longer a risk to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ continue with the booking process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 4. Deputies will coordinate with CHS Staff to six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody obtain a health evaluation of the inmate at staff to determine whether the person has an urgent least every six (6) hours from the time of ☒ ☐ ☐ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these placement in cell. regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must See above. receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☒ ☐ ☐ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 4. Deputies shall perform a safety check sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of hour. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check for all inmates temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 2104.1 Developmentally Disabled Developmentally Disabled inmates are The facility administrator, in cooperation with the screened by Correctional Health Services responsible physician, shall develop written policies and (CHS) to determine if the inmate can follow procedures for the identification and evaluation, the rules of the jail, comply with Deputy’s ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate classification and housing, protection, and directives, and avoid conflicts with other nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with inmates. Those who cannot be maintained in developmental disabilities. regular housing will be transferred by CHS to a more appropriate housing location. The health authority or designee shall contact the Support services are available to the regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or developmentally disabled inmate upon their confirmed to have a developmental disability for the release from custody. These services may be purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of provided by the Regional Center of Orange such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. ☒ ☐ ☐ County (RCOC), or a Regional Center located in the inmate’s county of residence. During the intake process, CHS will screen the inmate and contact the Regional Center. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 22 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response a) Approved Restraint Devices The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1. Only restraint devices approved by the responsible physician, shall develop and implement Sheriff may be used in Custody Operations, written policies and procedures for the use of restraint including: devices. Restraint devices include any devices which i. Handcuffs - All Deputies shall, while on duty, immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated carry on their person or have immediately person from being ambulatory. The provisions of this available, at least one (1) pair of handcuffs section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or meeting the specifications of standard other restraint devices when used to restrain Department issue. incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility ii. Waist restraint with handcuffs. ☐ ☐ ☒ manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated iii. Leg restraints. person in restraints to responsible health care staff. iv. Plastic flex cuffs – Should be used only when there is access to an appropriate tool for the immediate removal of the flex cuffs. v. Restraint chair. vi. Hobble Restraint for vehicle transportation purposes – Refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 306 – Hobble Restraint. This facility does not use the Restraint Chair. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 306 Hobble Restraint (OCSDPM) (1) acceptable restraint devices; 1800.1 Security Restraints ☐ ☐ ☒ v. Restraint chair (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 7. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment immediate medical/mental health referral; availability and an automated external defibrillator (AED) of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; shall be readily available. e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check. Staff will check the ☐ ☐ ☒ person for any signs of distress and will ensure the restraints remain properly applied to protect the person’s safety and well-being. Staff will notify CHS immediately if any of the following conditions are observed: i. Swelling, ii. Skin discoloration, iii. Altered respirations or labored breathing, iv. Unconsciousness or reduced consciousness, v. Complaint of injury or illness, vi. Any indication of distress (3) protective housing of restrained persons; 4. Any inmate in a restraint chair shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ secured separately from all other inmates. (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, f) Hydration and Sanitation ☐ ☐ ☒ (5) exercising of extremities. g) Range of Motion Opportunities ☐ ☐ ☒ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 1880.1 Security Restraints following requirements: b) Use of Restraints (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ ☐ ☒ 2. Restraints will not be used as a punishment or as a substitute for treatment. or a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on b) Use of Restraints incarcerated people who display behavior which 3. Approved restraint devices shall be used results in the destruction of property or reveal an under the following circumstances: ☐ ☐ ☒ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. i. As a precaution to prevent an escape, violent actions, or property damage. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 23 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 1800.2 Restraint Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation The restraint chair may only be used when it techniques, have been attempted and are deemed appears less restrictive alternatives would be ineffective. ☐ ☐ ☒ ineffective in preventing the inmate from injuring themselves, injuring others, or damaging property. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in a) The Watch Commander, in collaboration restraints only with the approval of the facility with Correctional Health Services (CHS) manager, the facility watch commander, or medical personnel, will evaluate the responsible health care staff; continued retention placement of an inmate in the restraint chair. shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. 2. A Sergeant shall check the condition of the restrained inmate by direct visual observation ☐ ☐ ☒ within sixty minutes of the beginning time of the last Sergeant’s check. h) Continued Restraint 1. The facility Watch Commander and CHS staff will review the inmate for continued restraint or removal a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. mental condition prior to placement in the ☐ ☐ ☒ restraint chair. (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and shall be secured within one hour from the time of mental condition prior to placement in the placement. restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and four hours of placement. mental condition prior to placement in the restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be e) Required Observation conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate that the restraints are properly employed, and to in a restraint chair by direct visual observation ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of person. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check. ☐ ☐ ☒ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair consultation with responsible health care staff for more than four (4) hours. This is within our determines that an incarcerated person cannot be current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as safely removed from restraints after eight hours, the ☐ ☐ ☒ mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended for more than four (4) hours. This is within our maximum time limits for placement. ☐ ☐ ☒ current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 24 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (11) All events and information related to the 3. A video camera will be used to record the placement in restraints shall be documented and inmate being placed and secured in the shall be video recorded unless exigent restraint chair. All additional interactions circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The requiring entry into the cell will also be documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ ☐ ☒ recorded, including CHS assessments and placement; person authorizing placement; names of evaluations. staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response (d) Pregnant Inmates The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Agency policy covers every subsection of this ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant regulation for compliance. people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: This facility does not house females. (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response in recovery after delivery or termination of the (d) Pregnant Inmates pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg ☒ ☐ ☐ or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination (d) Pregnant Inmates of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response who is currently responsible for the medical care of (d) Pregnant Inmates an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☒ ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, (d) Pregnant Inmates of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 374 Biological Samples (OCSDPM) 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized (OCSDPM) law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel 1500 Collection of DNA Databank Samples including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to (CPC 296) collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or 1500.2 Service of “Inmate Notice of Penal palm print impressions from individuals who are required Code Section 296” and Any Refusal to to provide such samples, specimens or impressions Provide Sample ☒ ☐ ☐ pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse 1. Staff may employ reasonable force to following written or oral request. collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 25 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that (OCSDPM) an objective, trained and competent correctional For the purpose of this section, the "use of employee, faced with similar facts and reasonable force" shall be defined as the circumstances, would consider necessary and force that an objective, trained, and ☒ ☐ ☐ reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. competent deputy faced with similar facts and circumstances would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance (Penal Code 374.4 PROCEDURE § 298.1(c)(1)(A)). (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to (OCSDPM) secure voluntary compliance shall be documented 1. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☒ ☐ ☐ deputy(s) shall take and document provide the requisite specimen, sample or reasonable steps to secure voluntary impression and the consequences of refusal. compliance (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(C)). (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples authorization of the facility watch commander or (OCSDPM) designee on duty. The authorization shall include 2. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the information that reflects the fact that the offender was deputy(s) shall obtain written authorization asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or ☒ ☐ ☐ from a supervisor which shall minimally impression and refused. include that the individual was asked to provide the sample(s) and refused (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(B (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including (OCSDPM) audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. 3. If the authorized use of reasonable force The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the includes a cell extraction, such extraction ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the shall be video recorded (Penal Code § use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the 298.1(c)(1)(D)). tape shall be retained administratively. 1061 EDUCATION PROGRAM 2012 Education Education programs are offered in The facility administrator of any Type II or III facility shall conjunction with local education agencies plan and shall request of appropriate public officials an ☒ ☐ ☐ (LEA) and are designed to help the education program for incarcerated persons. incarcerated take advantage of their available time. When such services are not made available by the BSCC staff reviewed the inmate services appropriate public officials, then the facility administrator facility schedule dated February – September shall develop and implement an education program with 2025 and found several programs and ☒ ☐ ☐ available resources. classes offered at the facility. There is also a multitude of classes accessible on the tablet. Such a plan shall provide for the voluntary academic or These programs may include an academically vocational, or both, education of housed people. oriented course geared toward the attainment of the California State General Education Development (GED) certificate, as well as continuing education classes such as English ☒ ☐ ☐ as a Second Language (ESL), Job Development Skills, Substance Abuse and Positive Parenting. Basic Literacy Tutoring and Vocational Computer Business skills are also offered. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 26 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Reasonable criteria for program eligibility shall be 2012.1 Enrollment established. Modified academic or vocational a) When security permits, any sentenced or opportunities may be provided based on sound security pre-trial inmate will have the opportunity to practices or a person’s failure to abide by facility rules enroll in any available education program. and regulations. Participation will be voluntary. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Equal opportunity for participation is available to both male and female inmates. 2. For enrollment in the GED program the inmate’s sentence must exceed 29 days. 1062 VISITING 1902 Visiting Jail Operations Administration encourages The facility administrator shall develop and implement inmates to maintain ties with their family and written policies and procedures, which include the friends through regular visits. Visiting is following requirements: scheduled to allow such access on a regular ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: basis limited only by staff availability, capacity (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility of the designated visitation areas, and the schedules, space, and number of personnel will safe operation of the jail facilities. allow. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting Visiting information for each facility is on the hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made Department’s website: available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- ☒ ☐ ☐ divisions/custody-operations- command/james-musick-facility/visiting- hours-information (3) For all incarcerated persons in Type II, III, and IV 1. Only one visit is permitted per day. facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two 2. Visits last a minimum of 30 minutes. visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ person each week. This facility allows four visits for each inmate each week. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate n) Public Visiting Privileges operational or safety and security concern exists. All 1. The Watch Commander or designee may cancelled visits must be documented. The facility deny an approved visitor access to a facility; manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled or may terminate or restrict a visit in progress ☒ ☐ ☐ visits and document such review. for violations of law, facility policy (such as stated in C.C.R. Title 15), or for any reason related to a legitimate penological interest… (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this 1902.1 Visiting Hours section shall include provision for visitation by minor 3. A maximum of two adults and two minors ☒ ☐ ☐ children of the incarcerated person. are permitted at one time. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing b) Video visits will be available 7 days per visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the week between the hours of 0700-1700. requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☒ ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) This facility offers video visitation only; it was exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 planned prior to 2017. or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☒ ☐ ☐ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☒ ☐ ☐ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 27 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Types and availability of visitation, including: On-site barrier and video visits are available. Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; On-site barrier and video visits are available. Visitation hours; In-Person/Video Visiting is conducted Friday – Monday 0800-1700 hours. b) Video visits will be available 7 days per week between the hours of 0700-1700. Time inmates are allowed for visitation; and, See above. Any restrictions on inmate visitation. Discipline, facility security, unruly visitor. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting Inmates will be permitted to send and receive The facility administrator shall develop written policies unlimited correspondence to maintain and procedures for correspondence which provide that: communication with their families, friends, (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an business associates and government ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person may send or receive; authorities, except when there is reasonable cause to justify limitations for reasons of public safety or facility order, security, or to stop a state or federal crime. (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be a) All incoming mail will be screened for read when there is a valid security reason and the facility unacceptable materials. ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s d) All incoming mail from state and federal correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any courts, state and federal elected officials, member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and attorneys, legitimate legal service the State Board of State and Community Corrections; organizations that consist of an established however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail group of attorneys involved in the only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money representation of offenders in judicial orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; proceedings (including the American Civil Liberties Union and the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers), the ☒ ☐ ☐ Corrections Standards Authority and the Division Commander or the Captain, shall be considered "legal mail," and shall only be opened and inspected in the presence of the inmate by a Deputy in the inmate’s housing area. This mail shall not be read or copied but may be inspected in the presence of the addressee for contraband. (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, See above. with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds 1900.5 Free Postage shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes 1. At least four postage-free letters each and eight sheets of paper each week to permit week. (Personal Correspondence) correspondence with family members and friends but 2. Postage-free letters for legal without limitation on the number of postage paid correspondence as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to 2002 Commissary and Inmate Welfare Fund the courts. f) Welfare Pack, iv. Four (4) letter sized envelopes and postage, vi. Ten (10) sheets of writing paper 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 28 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1064 LIBRARY SERVICES 2000 Inmate Services and Programs 2010 Legal Books and Library Services The facility administrator shall develop written policies j) Jail Law Library Materials Distribution and procedures for library service in all Type II, III, and IV facilities. The scope of such service shall be determined 2010.02 Library Services by the facility administrator. The library service shall b) Books include access to the following resources via paper 1. A floating library of paperback books is documents or through electronic media and include circulated by the Correctional Programs staff current information on community services and ☒ ☐ ☐ throughout the facility housing units for use by resources, and religious, educational, legal reference the inmates. material and recreational reading material. 3. On a weekly basis, a member of the Correctional Programs staff will visit each housing unit and sector to exchange books. Books and games are brought to the housing areas regularly. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 2006 Recreation Inmates will have access to a variety of (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall recreation opportunities and equipment, both develop written policies and procedures for a minimum of indoor and outdoor, in order to maintain the 10 hours of out of cell time distributed over a period of physical, social and emotional health of the seven days to include: individual. This facility has dorm-style housing and every module has an attached recreation yard with the door left unlocked during dayroom hours. The incarcerated people have access to the ☒ ☐ ☐ dayroom/yard from 6am to 11pm. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of yard logs from June 2025 and verified incarcerated people had access to the yard in excess to this regulation. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed incarcerated people who confirmed they had access to the dayroom and recreation yard during dayroom hours. (1) an opportunity for three hours of exercise and 3. Staff shall afford each inmate the opportunity to participate in a minimum of three (3) hours of outdoor recreation per week, distributed over at least two separate ☒ ☐ ☐ days. Outdoor recreation will generally be available for use by inmates from 0600 through 2300 hours daily. (2) an opportunity for seven hours of recreation. b) Dayrooms 1. Under normal circumstances, inmates will be afforded the opportunity to use the ☒ ☐ ☐ dayroom for a minimum of three hours per day, unless specific and articulable reasons exist for a shorter time period. Policies shall include reasonable and necessary 5. An inmate’s poor behavior or violation of jail procedures to ensure safety and security. rules does not justify loss of their outdoor ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation time unless their actions pose a threat to the safety and security of the facility. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 29 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 1900.6 Inmate Subscriptions to Books, WRITINGS Magazines, and Newspapers a) Inmates will be permitted to receive (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall through the mail, any newspapers which are develop written policies and procedures which will permit not provided by the jail, and magazines or incarcerated persons to purchase, receive and read any paperback books that may lawfully be book, newspaper, periodical, or writing accepted for transmitted through the U.S. Postal Service. distribution by the United States Postal Service. The ☒ ☐ ☐ facility administrator shall develop and implement a Reading materials are distributed regularly. written plan to make available a current newspaper or other like source, including a non-English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the right of a facility administrator to: (1) exclude any publications or writings based on any These items are subject to reasonable legitimate penological interest; withholding for inspection for contraband and ☒ ☐ ☐ security purposes. (2) exclude obscene publications or writings, and 1900.2 Unacceptable Items Received in the mail containing information concerning where, how, Mail or from whom such matter may be obtained; and any 2010.2 Library Services matter of a character tending to incite murder, arson, 1. Obscene publications or writings, and mail riot, violent racism, or any other form of violence; any containing information concerning where, matter of a character tending to incite crimes against ☒ ☐ ☐ how or from whom such material may be children; any matter concerning unlawful gambling or obtained; anything that may incite murder, an unlawful lottery; the manufacture or use of assault, violence; and any material weapons, narcotics, or explosives; or any other concerning unlawful gambling or an unlawful unlawful activity; lottery, shall be excluded. (3) open and inspect any publications or packages a) All incoming mail will be screened for received by an incarcerated person; and ☒ ☐ ☐ unacceptable materials. (4) restrict the number of books, newspapers, Module Deputies will adhere to the five (5) periodicals, or writings the incarcerated person may book/magazine limit set for inmates. have in their cell or elsewhere in the facility at one ☒ ☐ ☐ time. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 30 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls Inmates confined in any Jail Operations The facility administrator shall develop written policies facility will have access to telephones to and procedures which allow access to a telephone or maintain community and family ties and communication device beyond those telephone calls communicate with legal representatives or the which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. courts. Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by 1904.4 Special Use Telephones others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be a) Each facility will maintain video interpreting provided access to the appropriate telecommunication services for hearing impaired inmates’ use. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices Requests to use video interpreting services may include but are not limited to videophones, will be honored at the convenience of jail staff, teletypewriters, or third-party communications but as soon as reasonably possible. assistance. An individual’s access to telephone 8000.2 Programs and Services communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 3000.1 Telephones for New Bookings f) Use of the Hearing Impaired Telephone (TDD) 1. A (TDD) "Porta Printer Plus" hearing impaired telephone device will be maintained inside the Watch Commander's office at the IRC. When a hearing impaired arrestee is received, they will be advised that the device is available for use if desired. (The party being called must have a similar device in order to communicate). 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- Custody Visitation The facility administrator shall develop written policies 3010.2 Scheduled Attorney and Official and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have Agency Visitation access to the court and to legal counsel. ☒ ☐ ☐ a) Attorneys and other official visitors for Such access shall consist of: inmates in the CMJ and CWJ will contact the Attorney/Bond Guard Station in the facility where the inmate is housed. (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 1604.1 Inmate Rights regulations, and, x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and ☒ ☐ ☐ confidential consultation with attorneys (Minimum Jail Standards, Title 15, Section 1068). (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. 1904.4 Special Use Telephones 1. Calls between an inmate and their attorney ☒ ☐ ☐ or an agent of the attorney are privileged and shall not be subject to auditory monitoring. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 31 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules To maintain inmate discipline within Jail (a) In Type II, III, and IV facilities, the facility administrator Operations, a set of rules and regulations has shall develop written policies and procedures for the been established that specifies violations and implementation of a program for people newly admitted sanctions. Inmate rights will be recognized, to the facility designed to orient them at the time of and responsible inmate behavior will be placement in a living area. required at all times. An efficient operating facility, safe working conditions for jail staff and the security of the inmate population are ☒ ☐ ☐ the primary objectives for the enforcement of jail rules. New inmates will be informed of jail rules at the time of admission. BSCC staff reviewed the Inmate Orientation Handbook last revised in April 2025 and determined it was in compliance with these regulations. Both written and verbal information shall be provided and c) Jail rules, programs and services are may be supplemented with video orientation. posted throughout each facility in the dayrooms, outdoor recreation, and other areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ d) Inmates are required to read, understand and comply with inmate orientation provisions and jail rules. Provision shall be made to provide accessible orientation 8000 Inmates with Disabilities information to each person, including those with f) System-wide Functions disabilities, limited literacy, or those with limited English 4. Inmates identified by CHS staff will be proficiency (LEP). interviewed by the facility ADA Deputy. Each inmate will be notified in writing regarding what level of programs and services they are eligible to receive based on classification level and medical needs. In addition, each inmate will receive a copy of the jail rules and ☒ ☐ ☐ correctional programs brochure. If an inmate requires assistance reading the orientation brochure, the ADA Deputy will take steps to ensure Effective Communication for the inmate. a) Intake 12. Reasonable accommodations will be made during the intake process. Such a program shall be published and include, but not 1600.3 Orange County Jail Rules be limited to, the following: a) Visiting and Communications (1) correspondence, visiting, and telephone usage ☒ ☐ ☐ b) Mail rules; c) Phone Calls (2) rules and disciplinary procedures; 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules - Violations by Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1602 Discipline (3) grievance procedures; 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) programs and activities available and method of 1600.6 Orange County Correctional application; ☒ ☐ ☐ Programs (5) medical and mental health services; l) Medical/Dental/Psychiatric Care ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) classification/housing assignments; e) Housing Assignments and Movement ☒ ☐ ☐ j) Classification of Inmates (7) court appearance where scheduled, if known; o) Court ☒ ☐ ☐ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 32 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) voting, including registration; 1604.1 Inmate Rights v) Inmates who are qualified voters as determined by the County Registrar of Voters ☒ ☐ ☐ may vote by absentee ballot in local, state, and federal elections. (9) zero tolerance policy against sexual abuse and t) In-Custody Contact sexual harassment; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (10) availability of personal care items and p) Cleanliness opportunities for personal hygiene. ☒ ☐ ☐ n) Jail Clothing and Hygiene 1070 INDIVIDUAL/FAMILY SERVICE PROGRAMS 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility shall develop written policies and procedures which facilitate BSCC staff reviewed the inmate services cooperation with appropriate public or private agencies facility schedule February to September 2025 for individual or family social service programs for ☒ ☐ ☐ and found several programs and classes, incarcerated persons. Such a program shall utilize the including but not limited to religious services, services and resources available in the community and anger management, intro to computer may be in the form of a resource guide or actual service software, coping skills group, parenting, math, delivery. GED, etc. The range and source of such services shall be at the 1600.6 Orange County Correctional discretion of the facility administrator and may include: Programs (a) risk and needs assessments; b) Academic Programs/Classes (b) best practices in: c) Developmental Programs/Classes (1) individual, group or family counseling; d) Vocational Education Programs (2) drug and alcohol abuse counseling; e) Religious & Inspirational Programs (3) cognitive behavioral interventions; f) Law Library (4) vocational testing and counseling; g) Great Escape Program (5) employment counseling; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) discharge and reentry planning; 2000 Inmate Services and Programs (c) referral to community resources and programs; c) Programs and services will be provided by (d) reentry planning and service development; Correctional Programs Staff and outside (e) legal assistance; community resources. (f) regional center services for the developmentally disabled; and, (g) community volunteers. 1071 VOTING 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure The Orange County Sheriff’s Department The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced Custody Command shall allow inmates to incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop correspond with the Orange County Registrar written policies and procedures whereby the county of Voters to register to vote, in their county of registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, ☒ ☐ ☐ residence, and submit an application for a state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. vote by mail ballot. Inmates who would like to participate in local, state and federal elections can contact the Registrar of Voters for information and materials. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 33 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility e) Religious & Inspirational Programs shall develop written policies and procedures to provide 1. The Orange County Sheriff’s Correctional opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in Programs Unit offers religious services in religious services, practices, and counseling on a several denominations. These services are voluntary basis. offered in English, Spanish, and Vietnamese. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Individual pastoral counseling is also available upon request. BSCC staff reviewed the Programs and Services list and found this facility offers the following religious services: Muslim, Jewish, Catholic, Protestant, and Christian Science. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure b) Allowable Grievances (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and 1. Any inmate may file a grievance related to Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall any condition of confinement, including but develop written policies and procedures whereby all not limited to: incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to i. Medical Care submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions ii. Classification Actions of confinement, including but not limited to: medical care; iii. Program Participation classification actions; disciplinary actions; program iv. Telephone, Mail, and Visiting Procedures participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; v. Food, Clothing, and Bedding Issues and food, clothing, and bedding. vi. Disability accommodations and/or Such policies and procedures shall include: ☒ ☐ ☐ discrimination BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of grievances dated January – July 2025 and found a few didn’t list the response date. Since this was not an ongoing issue and staff answered the vast majority of grievances within 15 days, the facility was found compliant with this regulation. BSCC staff will reinspect this section at a later date in 2026 to ensure continued compliance. (1) a grievance form; 2. Grievance forms are available in all ☒ ☐ ☐ housing locations. (2) instructions for registering and appealing a 6. All properly completed grievance forms grievance, including relevant deadlines; shall be submitted within 14 calendar days of the alleged incident. ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Any grievance appeal must be submitted within 14 days of notification of the previous grievance outcome. (3) a process for submission and handling of i. The inmate may drop the completed anonymous grievances; grievance form in any grievance drop box. ☒ ☐ ☐ These boxes are located throughout the facility and accessible to all inmates. (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest e) Grievance Resolution appropriate staff level; 1. All grievances will be resolved at the lowest possible level. If the assigned staff member is ☒ ☐ ☐ unable to resolve the issue, the form will be forwarded to the next highest level in the chain of command. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 34 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (5) appeal to the next level of review; g) Grievance Appeals 2. In the event an inmate is dissatisfied with the outcome of the actions taken at the initial level, the grievance may be appealed to the ☒ ☐ ☐ next highest level. This facility has not received any grievance appeals. Compliance based on policy review. (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each 4. Grievances that are denied or cannot be level of review which acts on the grievance; resolved will have written reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ denial from each level of review which acted upon the grievance. (7) provision for a non-automated initial response 2. Staff investigations and responses shall be within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed completed within a reasonable amount of a period of 15 calendar days; time. Reasonableness will be based on the ☒ ☐ ☐ type and scope of the grievance submitted, but all inmate grievances will be acted on within ten working days of receipt. (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction 3. An inmate may not file a grievance on any within the facility; issue which the Department has no control over, such as i. Federal, State, or Local Laws ☒ ☐ ☐ ii. Judicial Proceedings or Decisions of the Courts iii. Probation or Parole Actions (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, The staff member will provide the inmate a appeal, response, and related documents to the completed copy, and place the original incarcerated person; and, completed and signed form in the area’s grievance box for supervisor review, database upload, and distribution. 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the ☒ ☐ ☐ Grievance Database has been updated, a copy of the completed grievance has been provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the regular review of grievances, responses, and Grievance Database has been updated, a appeals. copy of the completed grievance has been ☒ ☐ ☐ provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (b) Grievance System Abuse: j) Grievance Procedure Abuse The facility may establish written policy and procedure to control the submission of an excessive number of ☒ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules – Violations by Inmates Wherever discipline is administered, each facility 1602 Discipline administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary Inmate misconduct will be documented in the actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. Jail Management System (JMS) and ☒ ☐ ☐ sanctions will be imposed in proportion to the Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy severity of the rule violated. Inmates may should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, utilize the formal appeal process to appeal Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. any disciplinary action against them. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 35 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing d) Each inmate will have access to posted units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☒ ☐ ☐ rules. booking. For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable 8000 Inmates with Disabilities to read English, and for persons with disabilities, b) Staff will provide reasonable modifications provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them to jail rules, policies, and practices to enable verbally or provide them with material in an inmates to participate in the services, understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary programs, and activities offered to other procedures and actions. inmates of the same classification level. Some examples of reasonable accommodations include: 1. Using a sign language interpreter, Video Remote Interpreter (VRI), or other means to ensure proper communication with deaf inmates (e.g., jail rules & rights, Miranda admonishments, interviews, disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ hearings.) The complexity and importance of communication, the number of people involved, and the length of the communication are some factors to consider when deciding on the best method of communication assistance. 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 1602.5 Discipline PERSONS a) Counseling an Inmate: b) Minor Violations Each facility administrator shall develop written policies ii. Assign up to four (4) hours extra duty with and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. the approval of a Sergeant or Watch The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following Commander. elements: iii. Deny the inmate certain privileges, such as (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- telephone or TV for up to five (5) days for each ☒ ☐ ☐ conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may violation. (Under no circumstance should a impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to loss of telephone privileges be used to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less prevent an inmate from making legal calls to than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation their attorney.) and supervisory approval. iv. Deny the inmate commissary for up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not five commissary days). (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive may consist of one or any combination of the minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing following: by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☒ ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. iii. Loss of good time/ work time ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. The inmate(s) involved in the violation, along with any witnesses, will be temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ segregated until they have been interviewed. 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation, program classes, etc.) 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 36 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A staff member with investigative and disciplinary The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. incident. Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor involved in the charges. who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incident. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person 2. Disciplinary Process Major Violations shall be acted on with the following provisions and within ii. Inmates will receive a copy of the Notice of specified timeframes: Disciplinary Violation, on which the rule 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice ☒ ☐ ☐ violation will be documented. of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary later than seventy-two (72) hours after an officer and the incarcerated person has been inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four be postponed or continued for a reasonable time (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, noted on the form. or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to The Deputy(s) and inmate (s) will be appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and interviewed along with any witnesses they present witnesses and documentary evidence. The wish to call. Interpreters will be provided as incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. The inmate shall have access to staff assistance when they have limited literacy, or the or inmate assistance when the inmate is issues are complex. illiterate or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hours after an incarcerated person has been sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no informed of the charge(s) in writing. later than seventy-two (72) hours after an inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so noted on the form. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary 6. Final disposition of punishment will be charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and made by the Disciplinary Officer and reviewed the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ by the Watch Commander. manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a 7. Inmates shall be advised of the action taken written statement by the fact-finders about the by the Disciplinary Officer by means of an evidence relied on and the reasons for the "Inmate's Advisement of Punishment Report" disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept which is prepared by the Disciplinary Officer. pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. ☒ ☐ ☐ Distribution of the form is as follows: i. One (1) copy to Inmate Records ii. Two (2) copies to Classification iii. One (1) copy to the inmate 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 37 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a 1602.6 Appeal Procedure supervisor on all disciplinary action. a) Minor Violation Appeal Procedure: Any inmate wishing to appeal a minor violation must submit a written request within forty- eight (48) hours of notice of the violation to the appropriate Sergeant. b) Major Violation Appeal Procedure: Appeals of punishment may be made in writing in the form of a grievance, an Inmate Message Slip, ☒ ☐ ☐ or a letter to the facility and must be submitted within fourteen (14) days after receiving notice of the discipline imposed. Appeals submitted after this period will not be considered timely and will not be evaluated. The Division Commander will review the Watch Commander’s report and advise the inmate of the decision on an Inmate's Advisement of Appeal form. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 1602.5 Discipline a) Counseling an Inmate, b) Minor Violations The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer i. Counsel the offender. ii. Assign up to four shall be directly related to the severity of the rule (4) hours extra duty with the approval of a infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a Sergeant or Watch Commander. iii. Deny the progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of inmate certain privileges, such as telephone discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the or TV for up to five (5) days for each violation. following: (Under no circumstance should a loss of (a) Loss of privileges. telephone privileges be used to prevent an (b) Extra work detail. inmate from making legal calls to their (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. attorney.) iv. Deny the inmate commissary for (d) Removal from work details. up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal five commissary days). Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules ☒ ☐ ☐ Code Section 4019. may consist of one or any combination of the (g) Disciplinary separation. following: i. Any of the punishments listed under minor violations, ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, recreation, program classes, etc.) A. "Loss of Privileges" does not include group religious services. Exclusion from group religious services may only be based on security concerns. B. Inmates placed on “Loss of Privileges” will be offered two (2) hours of day room per day. iii. Loss of good time/ work time iv. Removal from work status v. Or the combination of any of the above 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1604.1 Inmate Rights p) Protection from personal abuse, corporal The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly punishment, personal injury, disease, prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary property damage and harassment. actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological 1. Out of cell time may be temporarily degradation. suspended for disciplinary or security ☒ ☐ ☐ reasons. Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option This facility does not have disciplinary of last resort and as a response to the most serious and separation cells. threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and with the least restrictive conditions possible. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 38 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a consultation with health care staff. Such reviews ☒ ☐ ☐ shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have This facility does not have disciplinary the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title separation cells. 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☐ ☐ ☒ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person d) Discipline by Inmates or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of 1. No inmate may inflict punishment upon punishment over any other incarcerated person or group another inmate. of incarcerated people. 2. "Kangaroo Court" (mock courts set up by ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates) and/or "sanitation committees" Note: PC § 4019.5. (inmates set up to enforce sanitation rules) are illegal in any California jail. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for used as a form of punishment. ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the 1602.1 General implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of f) As punishment for jail rule violations, no personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these inmate shall be deprived of implements regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ necessary to maintain personal hygiene, food, bedding, correspondence or access to counsel. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. 4. Under no circumstances will an inmate be ☒ ☐ ☐ denied food as a means of punishment. (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld w) Uncensored communication and/or except in cases where the incarcerated person has correspondence with persons on the outside, violated correspondence regulations, in which case limited only as necessary, or by law to correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain order and security or set by hours, without the review and approval of the facility disciplinary restrictions. manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the suspended as a disciplinary measure. Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of ☒ ☐ ☐ unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and confidential consultation with attorneys 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 39 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 4. Documentation: iii. After approval, all copies of the report shall Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept be retained in the respective module until the of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This punishment is completed. Upon completion of requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule punishment, the Module Deputy will send the violation reports and report of the disposition of each. original copy of the report to Inmate Records, where it will be filed in the inmate’s jail file. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of disciplinary record packets dated June to September 2025 and determined compliance with regulations 1080-1084. The rule violation reports and disciplinary hearing notes explained the actions of the incarcerated person(s) and subsequent actions of staff. Hearings were conducted in a timely manner. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE 2108.1 Screening Process DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure a) All personnel who observe or are informed (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the of any activity among persons in custody that facility administrator and the county health officer, shall may cause the transmission of AIDS or other develop a written plan to address the identification, communicable diseases shall immediately treatment, control and follow-up management of report the incident in writing to the I.R.C tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan Watch Commander by completing the "Report shall cover the intake screening procedures, of Activity Known to Cause Transmission of ☒ ☐ ☐ identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical AIDS" form. This form will be attached to any evaluation, treatment responsibilities during other required reports. incarceration and coordination with public health officials 1. Additionally, the Facility Shift Commander for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall shall make a telephonic report to Employee reflect the current local incidence of communicable Health Services as soon as possible. If after diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated business hours or on weekends, the people and staff. telephonic report shall be made to the on-call Public Health Medical Officer. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the a) All employees and volunteers exposed to a county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and person diagnosed with a communicable procedures in conformance with applicable state and disease shall be evaluated, counseled and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: offered appropriate prophylactic treatment by (1) The types of communicable diseases to be HCA/ Employee Health Services or another reported; treatment facility. (2) The persons who shall receive the medical 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records reports; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated 2110.4 Medical Records persons and custody staff; a) Within Correctional Health Services (CHS), the problem orientated medical record structure will be used as much as practicable. The medical record will list all medical encounters, the diagnosis thereof, ☒ ☐ ☐ subsequent findings, treatments, rehabilitation, maintenance and patient education. An inmate’s perceived health problems will be recorded as well as the dispositions thereof. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 40 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Medical procedures required to identify the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of e) The I.R.C. Watch Commander will provide exposure to others; a copy of all reports to H.C.A. Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Services, who, in turn will evaluate any transmission incident and all involved inmates and/or staff. (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; 2110.4 Medical Records c) At no time will any inmate or other unauthorized persons be allowed access to inmate medical records. The files will be kept separated from the inmate's confinement ☒ ☐ ☐ record, including after the time they are released. All access to inmate medical files will be controlled and regulated by the Custodian of Records. (6) Housing considerations based upon behavior, 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records medical needs, and safety of the affected h) Communicable Disease - For inmates incarcerated persons; diagnosed with a communicable disease and refusing appropriate treatment, medical quarantine authorized by the treating physician shall be used. Treatment, other ☒ ☐ ☐ than in an emergency situation, shall not be forced by any CHS staff member. For such cases, a court order for treatment may be sought by the Medical Director after consultation with the Sheriff. (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records that address the limits of confidentiality; and, a) The informed consent of the inmate shall be required for all examinations, treatments and procedures governed by informed ☒ ☐ ☐ consent standards in the community. Access to inmate medical records shall be strictly controlled, according to HIPPA guidelines. (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting possible exposure of custody staff to a c) Employee who believes they have been communicable disease. exposed to communicable disease will report ☒ ☐ ☐ possible exposure to their Supervisor immediately. 1211 SICK CALL 2106 Sick Call/Hospital Referrals Inmates with non-emergency health care The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health complaints will be seen by the appropriate authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, health care professional during scheduled which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons sick call hours. Severe medical conditions will or provision made that any incarcerated person be referred to contract medical facilities. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such 2106.1 - General attention. a) Sick call will be conducted daily. b) Sick call hours will generally be from 0700 to 2000 ☒ ☐ ☐ hours. c) A licensed physician, registered nurse, or nurse practitioner will conduct sick call. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed incarcerated persons and determined turnaround time after completing a sick call request slip is about one day for a nonemergency. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 41 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1240 FREQUENCY OF SERVING 2306 Meal Service 2306.2 - Inmate Meals In Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III facilities, and a) Meal Frequency those Type IV facilities where food is served, food shall 1. Inmates will be provided three meals per be served three times in any 24-hour period. At least one day, served at regular times during each of these meals shall include hot food. Supplemental food twenty-four (24) hour period. At least one must be served to incarcerated persons if more than 14 meal will include hot food. Meals will be hours pass between evening and morning meals. served approximately at 0430, 1100 and 1600 Additionally, supplemental food must be served to people ☒ ☐ ☐ hours. on medical diets in less than the time period outlined above, if prescribed by the responsible physician. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff spoke to kitchen staff and determined compliance with this regulation. This facility offers a variety of special diets, including but not limited to medical, vegetarian, religious, prenatal snacks, etc. A minimum of fifteen minutes shall be allowed for the 4000.5 - Inmate Meals actual consumption of each meal except for those on 6. All inmates will be given a minimum of medical diets where the responsible physician has ☒ ☐ ☐ fifteen (15) minutes to eat their meals. prescribed additional time. Provisions shall be made for incarcerated persons who Late courts will be fed upon their return to the may miss a regularly scheduled facility meal. They shall facility with a sack lunch unless the serving be provided with a substitute meal and beverage, and on line is still open. ☒ ☐ ☐ medical diets shall be provided with their prescribed meal. 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules g) Jail Issued Clothing The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Articles, and Linen Supplies Court Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities All inmates will be provided clothing that shall include, but not be limited to: meets sanitation and safety requirements and (a) Clean socks and footwear; ☒ ☐ ☐ is properly fitted, climatically suitable, and appropriate to meet the needs of the situation. All inmates will be supplied with bedding and linens sufficient to provide comfortable, sanitary and safe conditions during their period of confinement. (b) Clean outergarments; and, g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Clean undergarments; g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may 2408.1 New Inmates be substituted for the institutional undergarments and b) All new inmates who will be remaining in footwear specified in this regulation. This option custody will be required to shower and ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility exchange their personal clothing for jail issue to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. clothing. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 42 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily Articles, and Linen Supplies laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, 5. All clothing and bedding supplies issued to free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. inmates shall be the inmate's responsibility. Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more The inmate will be held accountable for their compatible with their gender identity and gender jail issue clothing and linen items. If any items expression. are altered, Deputies shall enforce any applicable jail rule violation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 6. Exchanges of clothing and linen will take place on a regular schedule as follows (Title 15, Sections 1262 & 1271) 7300.4 LGBTQI Housing and Classification 7300.5 Inmate Programs and Services On the day of inspection, inmate clothing looked clean and free of holes or damage. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL 2404.3 Pest Control CLOTHING 2404.4 Special Handling of Pediculosis (Crab) Cases There shall be written policies and procedures developed 2. If the inmate is diagnosed as being by the facility administrator to control contamination infested, they will return to their housing and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s location with a medical slip stating the inmate personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☒ ☐ ☐ has crabs. The medical slip will also state that disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to the inmate needs an immediate clothing and eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. bedding exchange. 3. The infested inmate will gather all clothing and bedding and bring it to the Guard Station Vestibule area. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS 1604.1 Inmate Rights 2408 Inmate clothing, Bedding, Hygiene There shall be written policies and procedures developed Articles, and Linen Supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal hygiene items. Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary 1604.1 Inmate Rights napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no d) An inmate who menstruates or experiences maximum allowance. uterine or vaginal bleeding shall, without needing to request, have ready access to, and be allowed to use, materials necessary for personal hygiene with regard to their menstrual cycle and reproductive system, including, but not limited to, sanitary pads, ☒ ☐ ☐ panty liners and tampons, with no maximum allowance and at no cost to the inmate. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff spoke with incarcerated females and confirmed all three menstruation products were readily available in compliance with this regulation. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to 2408.1 New Inmates supply themself with the following personal care items, a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, provided with basic hygiene articles including ☒ ☐ ☐ shall be issued: toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. (a) Toothbrush, (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 43 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 2408.1 New Inmates hours of housing assignment. a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be ☒ ☐ ☐ provided with basic hygiene articles including toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any Everyone is given a hygiene kit. personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the between individual uses by the method prescribed by the barber shop between each individual use by: State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide Regulations. or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1266 SHOWERING 3000.7 Showers/Clothing Room 7. The inmate will be given soap and a towel There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ and instructed to thoroughly bathe in the by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. showers. Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ii. Shower areas will be available every other other day or more often if possible. day (per title 15) and at times specified by the jail staff. 2408.1 New Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ b) All new inmates who will be remaining in custody will be required to shower and exchange their personal clothing for jail issue clothing. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules prohibited from showering at least every other day 5. Inmates shall shower regularly and following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is maintain a good general appearance. prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☒ ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1267 HAIR CARE SERVICES 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment ☒ ☐ ☐ (a) Hair care services shall be available. Haircuts occur during yard time. (b) Except those who may not shave for reasons of a) Inmate Barber Shop Hair Care Services identification in court, incarcerated people shall be 1. When requested, any inmate can obtain allowed to shave daily and receive hair care services at hair care services once per month. Inmates least once a month. The facility administrator may must be in Orange County Jail custody for a suspend this requirement in relation to people who are minimum of 30 days before requesting hair considered to be a danger to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ care services. 6. Inmates will receive their haircuts within their respective Outdoor Recreation areas on Sundays, and will be supervised by the assigned prowler(s). 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 44 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) Equipment shall be disinfected, after each use, by a 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate method approved by the State Board of Barbering and barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the Cosmetology to meet the requirements of Title 16, barber shop between each individual use by: Division 9, Sections 979 and 980, California Code of (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) Regulations. Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide ☒ ☐ ☐ or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE 2408.1 New Inmates 3. Upon the inmate's arrival at their assigned The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, housing location, the inmate will be issued the for each incarcerated person entering a living area who following bedding and linen items: is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be i. Sanitized mattress, ii. One clean blanket, iii. limited to: ☒ ☐ ☐ Two clean sheets, iv. One clean towel (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the 4. Mattresses shall be free of holes and tears. requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; Mattresses with holes, tears, or lack of sufficient padding shall be replaced upon request. (Title 15, Section 1271) (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) one towel; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic conditions. ☒ ☐ ☐ Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND 1700 Security and Control MAINTENANCE 2400 Sanitation & Maintenance 2400.2 Inmate Housekeeping The facility administrator shall develop written policies a) Inmates and inmate workers at the and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable direction of the CSA will conduct sanitation level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the activities in security housing and operations facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of which may be found. Maintenance Requests from 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Overall, the facility was clean and well- maintained. Medical care housing as described in Title 24, Part 2, This facility does not have medical care Section 1231.2.14, shall be cleaned and sanitized housing. However, during the onsite according to policies and procedures established by the ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection, medical exam areas appeared health authority. clean and well-maintained. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 45 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? If YES, the following sections, including those summarized in Title 15, Article 8 Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not (Minors in Jails), apply. subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; ☐ ☒ ☐ however, if minors are held in the building, they may be This jail does not hold minors. subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ ☐ ☒ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1101 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTACT WITH INCARCERATED ADULTS The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict sight and sound contact, as ☐ ☐ ☒ defined in Section 1006, between detained minors and adults confined in the facility. The policies and procedures should consider trauma-informed approaches in protecting minors from contact. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side-by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1102 CLASSIFICATION The facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan designed to provide for the safety of staff ☐ ☐ ☒ and minors held at the facility. The plan shall include the following: (a) a procedure for receiving and transmitting information regarding minors who present a risk or hazard to self or others while confined at the facility, and ☐ ☐ ☒ the separation of such minors to the extent possible within the limits of the facility. (b) a procedure to provide care for any minor who appears to be in need of or who requests medical, mental health, or developmental disability treatment. Written procedures shall be established by the ☐ ☐ ☒ responsible health administrator in cooperation with the facility administrator. (c) a suicide prevention program designed to identify, monitor, and provide treatment to those minors who ☐ ☐ ☒ present a suicide risk. (d) provide that minors be housed separately from adults and not be allowed to come or remain in contact with adults except as provided in Section 208(c) of the ☐ ☐ ☒ Welfare and Institutions Code. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 46 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1103 RELEASE PROCEDURES Facility staff shall notify the parents or guardians prior to the release of a minor. The minor's personal clothing ☐ ☐ ☒ and valuables shall be returned to the minor, parents or guardian, upon the minor's release or consent. 1104 SUPERVISION OF MINORS The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures that provide for: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) continuous around-the-clock supervision of minors with assurance that staff can hear and respond; and, (b) safety checks of minors at least once every 30 minutes. These safety checks shall include the direct visual observation of movement and skin. Safety checks shall not be replaced, but may be supplemented by, an audio/visual electronic surveillance system designed to ☐ ☐ ☒ detect overt, aggressive, or assaultive behavior and to summon aid in emergencies. All safety checks shall be documented. 1105 RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures to provide a recreation program that shall protect the welfare of minors and incarcerated ☐ ☐ ☒ adults, recognize facility security needs and comply with minimum jail standards for recreation (California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Section 1065). 1106 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES Nothing in this regulation shall prevent the administrator from removing a detained minor from the general population or program for reasons of the minor's mental or physical health; or under any circumstances in which ☐ ☐ ☒ the safety of the minor, incarcerated adults, staff, the program or community is endangered, pending a disciplinary action or review. With the exceptions noted below, the provisions of Section 1080-1084 shall apply when a minor is involved in disciplinary actions. (a) Pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code Section 208.3, minors may not be placed in room confinement ☐ ☐ ☒ for disciplinary purposes. (b) Permitted forms of discipline include: (1) temporary loss of privileges; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) loss of privileges mandated by applicable regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) Access to visitation and recreation shall be restricted only after a second level review by a supervisor or manager and shall not extend beyond five days without ☐ ☐ ☒ subsequent review. (d) Prohibited forms of discipline include: (1) discipline that does not fit the violation; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) corporal punishment; ☐ ☐ ☒ (3) discipline imposed by incarcerated persons; ☐ ☐ ☒ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 47 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) placement in safety cells, sobering cells, or any other cell not specifically designated for the ☐ ☐ ☒ detention of minors; (5) deprivation of food; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) room confinement. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1120 EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR MINORS IN JAILS Whenever a minor is held in a Type II or III facility, the facility administrator shall coordinate with the County ☐ ☐ ☒ Department of Education or County Superintendent of Schools to provide education programs as required by Section 48200 of the Education Code. 1122.5 PREGNANT MINORS (a) The health administrator, in cooperation with the facility administrator, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures pertaining to pregnant minors that address the requirements in Title 15, Section 1417. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant minors. The policy shall address requirements of Penal ☐ ☐ ☒ Code 3407. Policy shall include reference to the following: (1) A minor known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist ☐ ☐ ☒ restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) A pregnant minor in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ ☒ safety and security of the minor, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of a pregnant minor during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or ☐ ☐ ☒ termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of a minor's pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, of the ☐ ☐ ☒ standards and policies governing pregnant minors. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PRO 25-26 Page 48 of 48 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION The Board of State and Community Corrections APPLICABLE TITLE 24 REGULATIONS: 2010 BSCC Code: 3530 FACILITY NAME: James A. Musick Facility (JAMF) FACILITY TYPE: II APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: 2010 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 7 & 20, 2025 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.1 RECEPTION AND BOOKING Weapons lockers are located in the Administrative area, staff entrance, and Facilities where booking and housing occur shall have outside the Intake Sallyport. ☒ the following space and equipment: ☐ ☐ 1. Weapons locker as specified in Section 1231.3.12. 2. A cell or room for the confinement of inmates pending their booking, complying with Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1231.2.2. 3. A sobering cell as described in Section 1231.2.4 if intoxicated, inmates who may pose a danger to ☒ ☐ ☐ themselves or others are held. For those facilities that accept male and female intoxicated inmates two sobering cells shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ provided. 4. Access to a shower within the secure portion of ☒ the facility. ☐ ☐ 5. Provide access to a secure vault or storage ☒ space for inmate valuables. ☐ ☐ 1231.2.2 TEMPORARY HOLDING CELL OR ROOM ☒ A temporary holding cell or room shall: ☐ ☐ 1. Contain a minimum of 10 square feet (0.93 m2) of floor area per inmate; 2. Be limited to no more than 16 inmates; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Be no smaller than 40 square feet (3.7 m2) and have a clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) or ☒ ☐ ☐ more; 4. Contain seating to accommodate all inmates as ☒ required in Section 1231.3; ☐ ☐ 5. Contain a toilet, wash basin and drinking ☒ fountain as specified in Section 1231.3; ☐ ☐ 6. Maximize visual supervision of inmates by staff; ☒ ☒ and ☐ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 1 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 7. When located in a temporary holding facility, the cell or room shall be equipped with a bunk if ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates are to be held longer than 12 hours. 1231.2.3 TEMPORARY STAGING CELL OR ROOM A temporary staging cell or room shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Be constructed for the purpose of holding inmates who have been classified and segregated in accordance with Sections 1050 and 1053 of Title 15, Division 1, California Code of Regulations. 2. Be limited to holding inmates up to four hours. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Be limited to no more than 80 inmates. ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Contain a minimum of 10 square feet (0.93 m2) of floor area per inmate and a clear ceiling height of 8 ☒ ☐ ☐ feet (2438 mm) or more. 5. Be no smaller than 160 square feet (14.9 m2). ☒ ☐ ☐ 6. Contain seating to accommodate all inmates as ☒ required in Section 1231.3. ☐ ☐ 7. Contain toilet, wash basin and drinking fountain ☒ as specified in Section 1231.3. ☐ ☐ 8. Maximize visual supervision of inmates by staff. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1231.2.4 SOBERING CELL This facility has two sobering cells. A sobering cell shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Contain a minimum of 20 square feet (1.9 m2) of floor area per inmate; 2. Be limited to eight inmates; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Be no smaller than 60 square feet (5.6 m2) and have a clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) or ☒ ☐ ☐ more; 4. Contain a toilet, wash basin and drinking ☒ fountain as specified in Section 1231.3; ☐ ☐ 5. Have padded partitions located next to toilet fixture in such a manner that they provide support ☒ ☐ ☐ to the user; 6. Maximize visual supervision of inmates by staff; ☒ ☐ ☐ 7. Be padded on the floor as specified in Section ☒ 1231.3; and, ☐ ☐ 8. Have accessible a shower in the secure portion ☒ ☐ ☐ of the facility. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 2 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.5 SAFETY CELL There is one safety cell. A safety cell shall: 1. Contain a minimum of 48 square feet (4.5 m2) of ☒ ☐ ☐ floor area with no one floor dimension being less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and a clear ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more; 2. Be limited to one inmate; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. Contain a flushing ring toilet, capable of accepting solid waste, mounted flush with the floor, ☒ the controls for which must be located outside of ☐ ☐ the cell; 4. Be padded as specified in Section 1231.3; ☒ ☐ ☐ 5. Be equipped with a variable intensity, security- type lighting fixture which is inaccessible to the ☒ inmate occupant, control of which is located ☐ ☐ outside of the cell; 6. Provide one or more vertical view panels not more than 4 inches (102 mm) wide nor less than 24 ☒ inches (610 mm) long which shall provide a view of ☐ ☐ the entire room; 7. Provide a food pass with lockable shutter, no more than 4 inches (102 mm) high, and located between 26 inches (660 mm) and 32 inches (813 ☒ ☐ ☐ mm) as measured from the bottom of the food pass to the floor; and, 8. Any wall or ceiling mounted devices must be ☒ inaccessible to the inmate occupant. ☐ ☐ 1231.2.6 SINGLE-OCCUPANCY CELLS This facility does not have single-occupancy cells (remainder of this regulation deleted). ☒ Single-occupancy cells shall: ☐ ☐ 1. Have a maximum capacity of one inmate; 1231.2.7 DOUBLE-OCCUPANCY CELLS This facility does not have double-occupancy cells (remainder of this regulation deleted). ☒ Double-occupancy cells shall: ☐ ☐ 1. Have a maximum capacity of two inmates; 1231.2.8 DORMITORIES Dormitories shall: 1. Contain a minimum of 50 square feet (4.7 m2) of floor area per inmate for a single-bed unit; a ☒ ☐ ☐ minimum of 70 square feet (7 m2) for a double-bed unit; and a minimum of 90 square feet (9.3 m2) for triple-bed unit and have a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet (2438 mm); 2. Be designed for no more than 64 inmates and no ☒ fewer than four inmates; ☐ ☐ 3. Provide access to water closets separate from the wash basin and drinking fountains as specified ☒ ☐ ☐ in Section 1231.3; and 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 3 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 4. In other than Type I facilities, provide storage space for personal items and clothing for each ☒ ☐ ☐ occupant. 1231.2.9 DAYROOMS Dayrooms or dayroom space shall: ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Contain 35 square feet (3.3 m2) of floor area per inmate in width in front of cells/rooms; 2. Contain tables and seating to accommodate the ☒ ☐ maximum number of inmates; ☐ 3. Provide access to water closets, wash basins and drinking fountains as specified in Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1231.3; 4. Provide access to a shower or showers as ☒ specified in Section 1231.3; and ☐ ☐ 5. Be provided to all inmates in Type II and Type III facilities (except those housed in special-use cells) and to inmate workers in Type I facilities. Dayroom space as described in this section may be a part of ☒ a single occupancy cell used for administrative ☐ ☐ segregation or a dormitory, in which case the floor area of the cell or a dormitory must be increased by the square footage required for the dayroom. 1231.2.10 EXERCISE AREA An outdoor exercise area or areas must be provided in every Type II and Type III facility. The minimum clear height must be 15 feet (4572 mm) and the minimum ☒ ☐ ☐ number of square feet of surface area will be computed by multiplying 80 percent of maximum rated population by 50 square feet (4.7 m2) and dividing the result by the number of one-hour exercise periods per day. The exercise area must contain or provide free access to a toilet, wash basin, and drinking fountain as ☒ ☐ ☐ provided in Section 1231.3. There must be at least one exercise area of not less than 600 square feet (55.7 m2). The design shall ☒ facilitate security and supervision appropriate to the ☐ ☐ level of custody. Type IV facilities shall have an outdoor recreation area ☒ or access to community recreation facilities. ☐ ☐ 1231.2.11 CORRECTIONAL PROGRAM/ MULTIPURPOSE SPACE An area for correctional programming must be provided ☒ ☐ ☐ in every Type II and Type III facility. The program area and furnishings shall be designed to meet the needs specified by the facility’s program statement. Type IV facilities shall have multipurpose space for games and activities, dining, visiting, TV meetings and ☐ ☒ quiet space for study and reading, such that activities ☐ do not conflict with each other. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 4 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.12 MEDICAL EXAMINATION ROOM There must be a minimum of one suitably equipped medical examination room in every facility which ☒ provides on-site health care. The examination room ☐ ☐ shall be designed in consultation with the responsible physician/health authority. Such a medical examination room shall: 1. Be located within the security area and provide ☒ for privacy of the inmates; ☐ ☐ 2. Provide not less than 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of floor space with no single dimension less than 7 ☒ ☐ ☐ feet (2134 mm); 3. Provide hot and cold running water; ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Provide lockable storage for medical supplies; ☒ ☐ ☐ 5. Provide an examination table; ☒ ☐ ☐ 6. Provide adequate lighting; and ☒ ☐ ☐ 7. Any room where medical procedures are provided must be equipped with hot and cold ☒ ☐ ☐ running water 1231.2.13 PHARMACEUTICAL STORAGE SPACE Provide lockable storage space for medical supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ and pharmaceutical preparations as referenced by Title 15, California Code of Regulations, Section 1216. 1231.2.14 MEDICAL CARE HOUSING This facility does not have medical care housing. ☒ There shall be some means to provide medical care ☐ ☐ and housing of ill and/or infirm inmates. When the program statement for a Type II or Type III facility indicates that medical care housing is needed, such housing must provide lockable storage space for ☒ medical instruments and must be located within the ☐ ☐ security area of the facility accessible to both female and male inmates, but not in the living area of either. The medical care housing unit shall be designed in ☒ consultation with the health authority. ☐ ☐ Medical/mental health areas may contain other than ☒ single occupancy cells. ☐ ☐ If negative pressure isolation rooms are being planned, they shall be designed to recognized industry ☒ ☐ ☐ standards. 1231.2.16 COMMISSARY In all Type II, III and IV facilities, except where community access is available, there shall be ☒ ☐ ☐ provisions made for inmates to purchase items (such as candy, toilet articles, stationery supplies, books, newspapers and magazines, etc.). 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 5 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS An area shall be provided for the secure storage of the Commissary items will not be stored at this ☒ stock for such inmate canteen items. ☐ ☐ facility. 1231.2.17 DINING FACILITIES This facility does not have dining facilities. In all Type II, III and IV facilities which serve meals, ☒ ☐ ☐ dining areas shall be provided which will allow groups of inmates to dine together. Such dining areas shall not contain toilets, wash basins or showers in the same room without appropriate visual ☒ ☐ ☐ barrier. Wherever the facility contains a central dining room or rooms, it shall contain a minimum of 15 square feet (1.4 ☒ m2) of floor space and sufficient tables and seating for ☐ ☐ each inmate being fed. 1231.2.18 VISITING SPACE This facility offers video visitation only (facility planned prior to 2017). ☒ Space shall be provided in all Types I, II, III and IV ☐ ☐ facilities for in-person visiting. 1231.2.19 SAFETY EQUIPMENT STORAGE A secure area shall be provided for the storage of ☒ safety equipment such as fire extinguishers, self- ☐ ☐ contained breathing apparatus, wire and barcutters, emergency lights, etc. 1231.2.20 JANITORS’ CLOSET In Type II facilities, at least one securely lockable ☒ janitors’ closet with sufficient area for the storage of ☐ ☐ cleaning implements and supplies must be provided within the security areas of the facility A mop sink shall also be available within the security area of the facility. In court holding, temporary holding, ☒ Types I, III and IV facilities, the closet need not be in ☐ ☐ the security area. 1231.2.21 STORAGE ROOMS One or more storage rooms shall be provided to accommodate a minimum of 80 cubic feet (2.3 m3) of storage area per inmate for inmate clothing and ☒ personal property, institutional clothing, bedding and ☐ ☐ supplies. Court holding, temporary holding and Type I facilities may be excluded from the storage space requirement for personal and institutional clothing unless clothing is issued. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 6 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.2.22 AUDIO MONITORING SYSTEM In court holding, temporary holding, Type I, Type II and Type II facilities there shall be an inmate- or sound- actuated audio monitoring system in temporary holding cells or rooms, temporary staging cells or rooms, ☒ ☐ ☐ sobering cells, safety cells, single and double occupancy cells, dormitories, dayrooms, exercise areas and correctional program/multipurpose space, which is capable of alerting personnel who can respond immediately. 1231.2.23 LAUNDRY FACILITIES Clothing is laundered at the old Musick facility. In Type IV facilities, provision shall be made for ☒ washing and drying personal clothing by machines, ☐ ☐ either in the facility or in the community, if access is permitted for same. 1231.2.24 EMERGENCY POWER There shall be a source of emergency power in all detention facilities capable of providing minimal lighting ☒ ☐ ☐ in all housing units, activities areas, corridors, stairs and central control points, and to maintain fire and life safety, security, communications and alarm systems. Such an emergency power source shall conform to the requirements specified in Title 24, Part 3, Article 700, ☒ California Electrical Code, California Code of ☐ ☐ Regulations. 1231.2.25 CONFIDENTIAL INTERVIEW ROOMS There must be a minimum of one suitably furnished interview room for confidential interviews in every ☒ facility which provides onsite health care. The interview ☐ ☐ room shall be designed in consultation with responsible custodial staff and health care staff. Such an interview room shall: 1. Be located within the security area accessible to ☒ both female and male inmates; and ☐ ☐ 2. Provide not less than 70 square feet (6.5 m2) of floor space with no single dimension less than 6 ☒ ☐ ☐ feet (1829 mm). 1231.2.26 ATTORNEY INTERVIEW SPACE All facilities except Type IV facilities shall include ☒ ☐ ☐ attorney interview areas which provide for confidential consultation with inmates. 1231.3.1 TOILETS/URINALS ☒ 1. Toilets/urinals must be provided in single- ☐ ☐ occupancy cells and double-occupancy cells. 2. In dormitories, toilets/urinals must be provided in ☒ a ratio to inmates of 1:10. ☐ ☐ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 7 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 3. Toilets/urinals must be accessible to the ☒ occupants of day-rooms and exercise areas. ☐ ☐ 4. In temporary holding cells and temporary staging cells toilets/urinals must be provided in a ratio to ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates of 1:16. 5. In sobering cells toilets/urinals must be provided ☒ in a ratio to inmates of 1:8. ☐ ☐ 6. One urinal or 2 feet (610 mm) of urinal trough may be substituted for each toilet up to one third of ☒ the total number of toilets required, except in those ☐ ☐ facilities or portions thereof used for females. 7. Toilet areas shall provide modesty for inmates ☒ with staff being able to visually supervise. ☐ ☐ 1231.3.2 WASH BASINS ☒ 1. Wash basins must be provided in single ☐ ☐ occupancy cells and double occupancy cells. 2. In dormitories, wash basins must be provided in ☒ a ratio to inmates of 1:10. ☐ ☐ 3. Wash basins must be accessible to the ☒ occupants of day-rooms and exercise areas ☐ ☐ 4. In temporary holding cells and temporary staging cells, wash basins must be provided in a ratio to ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates of 1:16. 5. In sobering cells, wash basins must be provided ☒ in a ratio to inmates of 1:8. ☐ ☐ 6. Wash basins must be provided with hot and cold ☒ or tempered water. ☐ ☐ 7. Two feet (610 mm) of wash basin trough may be ☒ substituted for each basin required. ☐ ☐ 1231.3.3 DRINKING FOUNTAINS There must be a minimum of one drinking fountain in every single-occupancy cell, double-occupancy cell, ☒ ☐ ☐ dormitory, temporary holding cell, temporary staging cell, sobering cell, and be accessible to the occupants of day rooms and exercise areas. Additional drinking fountains shall be located in other areas of the facility so that drinking water will be ☒ ☐ ☐ available to inmates and staff. Such drinking fountains must meet the following minimum health requirements: 1. The drinking fountain bubbler shall be on an ☒ ☐ ☐ angle which prevents waste water from flowing over the drinking fountain bubbler. 2. Water flow shall be actuated by mechanical ☒ means. ☐ ☐ 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 8 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1231.3.4 SHOWERS Must be available to all inmates on a ratio of at least ☒ ☐ ☐ one shower to every 20 inmates or fraction thereof and must provide hot and cold water or tempered water. Shower stalls/shower areas must be designed and constructed of materials which are impervious to water ☒ ☐ ☐ and soap so they may be easily cleaned. Shower areas shall provide modesty for inmates with ☒ staff being able to visually supervise. ☐ ☐ 1231.3.5 BEDS Must be elevated off the floor, have a solid bottom, and ☒ ☐ ☐ a sleeping surface of at least 30 inches (762 mm) wide and 76 inches (1930 mm) long. Multiple beds must have a minimum of 21 inches (533 ☒ mm) between bed pans. ☐ ☐ Except in minimum security areas, beds must be ☒ securely fastened to the floor or the wall. ☐ ☐ 1231.3.6 LIGHTING Lighting in housing units, dayrooms and activity areas must be sufficient to permit easy reading by a person ☒ ☐ ☐ with normal vision, and shall not be less than 20 footcandles (215.2 lux) at desk level and in the grooming area. Lighting shall be centrally controlled and/or occupant ☒ controlled in housing cells or rooms. ☐ ☐ Night lighting in these areas shall be sufficient to give ☒ good visibility for purposes of supervision ☐ ☐ In minimum-security areas, lighting may be supplied by ordinary lighting fixtures, and in areas of higher ☒ ☐ ☐ security, light fixtures must be of secure design. 1231.3.7 WINDOWS In housing areas of higher than minimum security, exterior windows which are constantly accessible to ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates for escape must be designed and constructed so that if broken out, the net area accessible for escape is no greater than 5 inches (127 mm) in one dimension. 1231.3.8 CELL PADDING ☒ In sobering cells, the floor and partition shall be ☐ ☐ padded. In safety cells, padding must cover the entire floor, doors, and walls and everything on them to a clear ☒ ☐ ☐ height of 8 feet (2438 mm). All such padded cells must be equipped with a tamper resistant fire sprinkler as approved by the State Fire ☒ Marshal. ☐ ☐ All padding must be: 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 9 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 1. Approved for use by the State Fire Marshal; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Nonporous to facilitate cleaning; ☒ ☐ ☐ 3. At least 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) thick; ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Of a unitary or laminated construction to prevent its destruction by teeth, hand tearing or small metal ☒ ☐ ☐ objects; 5. Firmly bonded to all padded surfaces to prevent ☒ tearing or ripping; and ☐ ☐ 6. Without any exposed seams susceptible to ☒ tearing or ripping. ☐ ☐ 1231.3.9 MIRRORS A mirror of a material appropriate to the level of security ☒ ☐ ☐ must be provided near each wash basin specified in these regulations. 1231.3.10 SEATING ☒ In temporary holding and temporary staging cells, ☐ ☐ seating must be securely fixed to the floor and/or wall. When bench seating is used, 18 inches (457 mm) of ☒ bench is seating for one person. ☐ ☐ 1231.3.11 TABLE/SEAT This facility is dorm housing; however there are tables/seats provided in the sleeping area. In single- and double-occupancy cells, a table and seat ☒ for the purpose of writing and dining shall be provided. ☐ ☐ Exception: A Type I facility does not require a table and a seat. 1231.3.12 WEAPONS LOCKER ☒ A secure weapons locker shall be located outside the ☐ ☐ security perimeter of the facility Such weapons lockers shall be equipped with individual compartments, each with an individual ☒ ☐ ☐ locking device. Weapons lockers are required in temporary and court holding facilities and in all facilities of higher than ☒ ☐ ☐ minimum security. 13-102(c)6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design requirements as specified in Title 24, Part 1, 13- 102(c)6 are met. (See regulation for specific ☒ ☐ ☐ requirements. Note areas of non-compliance that are applicable to the facility type and construction date in the "comments" section.) 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI PHY 25-26 Page 10 of 10 A383 PHY Type I-IV (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections BSCC Code: 3530 FACILITY: James A. Musick Facility TYPE: II RC: 896 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 7, 2025 ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S INTAKE – FEMALE HOLDING 1 Holding 2013 1 - (11) (11) 9’4” x 12’10”x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 112 sq. ft. *Need all bench measurements: B1 6’ B2 4’4” B3 4’6” *Field Rep to check benches next visit 2 Staging 2013 1 - (17) (17) 14’ x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 172 sq. ft. Six benches: B1 4’3” B2 6’ B3 4’3” B4 4’5” B5 6’ B6 10’ 3 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 7’4” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 95 sq. ft. Two benches: B1 4’3” B2 7’4” 4 Staging 2013 1 - (17) (17) 14’8” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 172 sq. ft. Six benches: B1 4’4” B2 6’ B3 5’10” B4 3’6” B5 8’9” B6 3’4” 5 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 7’4” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 87 sq. ft. Two benches: B1 4’3” B2 7’5” 6 Staging 2013 1 - (18) (18) 14’8” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 180 sq. ft. Six benches: B1 4’3” B2 6’1” B3 4’4” B4 6’8” B5 10’ B6 4’6” 7 Holding 2013 1 - (6) (6) 9’4” x 12’10”x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: ADA. 108 sq. ft. Two benches, B1 4’3” B2 6’ 8 Staging 2013 1 - (18) (18) 15’6” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: ADA. 188 sq. ft. Six benches B1 5’10” B2 3’8” B3 5’4” B4 4’9” B5 10’ B6 4’8” 9 Staging 2013 2 - (16) (16) 169 sq. ft. 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 169 sq. ft. Six benches: B1 4’9” B2 11’4” B3 4’6” B4 5’10” B5 3’3” B6 4’9” Sobering Cell 2013 2 - (4) (4) 7’8” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Safety Cell 2013 1 (1) (1) 7’9” x 7’7” x 9’ 1 - - - - INTAKE – MALE HOLDING 1 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 9’4” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: ADA, 108 sq. ft. Three benches: B1 4’ B2 4’4” B3 5’4” * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 1 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S 2 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 9’4” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: ADA, 108 sq. ft. Three benches, B1 4’ B2 4’4” B3 5’4” 3 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 8’ x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 95 sq. ft. Two benches, B1 4’4” B2 7’5” 4 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 8’ x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 95 sq. ft. Two benches, B1 4’4” B2 7’5” 5 Holding 2013 1 - (7) (7) 7’4” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 86 sq. ft. Two benches, B1 4’4” B2 7’5” 6 Holding 2013 1 - (16) (16) 14’ x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 172 sq. ft. Five benches, B1 7’6” B2 3’6” B3 4’3” B4 6’ B5 5’6” 7 Holding 2013 1 - (16) (16) 14’1” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 169 sq. ft. Five benches, B1 3’ B2 11’4” B3 4’3” B4 4’ B5 4’3” 8 Staging 2013 1 - (18) (18) 15’11”x12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: ADA,193 sq. ft. Five benches, B1 9’5” B2 4’6” B3 6’1” B4 4’ B5 4’4” 9 Holding 2013 1 - (5) (5) 7’4” x 12’10” x 9’ 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 94 sq. ft. One bench measuring 8’8” 10 Staging 2013 1 - (18) (18) Irregular 214 sq. ft. 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 214 sq. ft. Three benches, B1 9’10” B2 16’8” B3 3’6” *Field Rep to measure benches next visit Building C (Rated Capacity 384) Module A-1 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 2 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10. Module A-2 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10 Module B-3 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10. Module B-4 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 3 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10. Module C-5 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10. Module C-6 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 4 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10 Module D-7 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10. Module D-8 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 9 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: ADA Compliant, 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’8” x 13’6” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 346 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 334 sq ft 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 5 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’6” x 12’10” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 301 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 289 sq ft 24’4” x 12’6” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 304 sq ft – 21 sq ft (pillars) = 283 sq ft 23’10” x 12’10” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 305 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 293 sq ft Notes: There are two showers on the upper tier for Dorms 2-10. Building B (Rated Capacity 512) ∗ Lower-Level Odd Numbers Two showers available ∗ Upper-Level Even Numbers Two showers available Module E-9 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’11” x 13’4” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 318 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 306 sq ft 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 23’11” x 13’4” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 318 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 306 sq ft 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 353 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 341 sq ft 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 311 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 299 sq ft 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 326 sq ft – 6 sq ft (pillar) = 320 sq ft 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 322 sq ft – 6 sq ft (pillar) = 316 sq ft 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 322 sq ft – 6 sq ft (pillar) = 316 sq ft 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 353 sq ft – 12 sq ft (pillars) = 341 sq ft Module E-10 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 6 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: Module F-11 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 7 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: Module F-12 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: Module G-13 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 8 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: Module G-14 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: Module H-15 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 9 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # Total DIMENSIONS Location Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) # Beds RC T U W F S Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: Module H-16 1 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 3 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 5 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 2 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 25’3” x 14’ x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 4 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 6 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 24’ x 13’5” x 8’6” 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 25’3” x 12’11” x 8’6” 8 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: 24’1” x 12’11” x 8’6” 10 Dorm 2013 1 8 8 8 1 - 1 1 - Irregular Notes: * T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3530 Orange SHRF James A Musick II CI LASE 25-26 Page 10 of 10 A360 LASE Adult (23-24).dot (rev.12/23) 0073TYPE II AND III FACILITIES Board of State and Community Corrections PROCEDURES1 BSCC Code: 3560 FACILITY NAME: Theo Lacy FACILITY TYPE: II PERSON(S) INTERVIEWED: Sergeant Wise FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 06, 2025 TITLE 15 SECTION P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS2 1020 CORRECTIONS OFFICER CORE COURSE3 The BSCC Standards and Training for Corrections (STC) division found the agency in compliance with applicable (a) In addition to the provisions of California Penal Code Section regulations during the 24/25 compliance monitoring cycle. 831.5, all custodial personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Core Course” as described in Section 179 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. (b) Custodial Personnel who have successfully completed the course of instruction required by Penal Code Section 832.3 shall also successfully complete the “Corrections Officer Basic Academy Supplemental Core Course” as described in Section 180 of Title 15, CCR, within one year from the date of assignment. 1021 JAIL SUPERVISORY TRAINING Prior to assuming supervisory duties, jail supervisors shall complete the core training requirements pursuant to Section 1020, Corrections Officer Core Course. In addition, supervisory personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall also be required to complete either the STC Supervisory Course (as described in Section 181, Title 15, CCR) or the POST supervisory course within one year from date of assignment. 1023 JAIL MANAGEMENT TRAINING 73 Managerial personnel of any Type I, II, III or IV jail shall be required to complete either the STC management course (as described in Section 182, Title 15, CCR) or the POST management course within one year from date of assignment. 1025 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL TRAINING With the exception of any year that a core training module is successfully completed, all facility/system administrators, managers, supervisors, and custody personnel of a Type I, II, III, or IV facility shall successfully complete the “annual required training” specified in Section 184 of Title 15, CCR. 1 This document is intended for use as a tool during the inspection process; this worksheet may not contain each Title 15 regulation that is required. Additionally, many regulations on this worksheet are SUMMARIES of the regulation; the text on this worksheet may not contain the entire text of the actual regulation. Please refer to the complete California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Minimum Standards for Local Facilities, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 4 for the complete list and text of regulations. 2 Excerpts from facility policies, procedures, or other reference documents are indicated in italicized text. 3 For STC participating agencies, consistency with training sections 1020, 1021, 1023 & 1025 is annually assessed by the STC Division. Unless otherwise indicated, the regulatory intent is for training to occur within one year from the date of assignment. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 1 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1027 NUMBER OF PERSONNEL 4000.1 Staffing/Responsibilities A sufficient number of personnel shall be employed in Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs each local detention facility to ensure the implementation with fixed post positions and response and operation of the programs and activities required by assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff these regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January to June 2025 and determined the facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be at The Guard Stations and Housing Modules are least one employee on duty at all times in a local always staffed. detention facility or in the building which houses a local detention facility who shall be immediately available and ☒ ☐ ☐ accessible to incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Such an employee shall not have any other duties which This facility has Prowler deputies that can would conflict with the supervision and care of respond to emergencies when needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated people in the event of an emergency. Whenever one or more females are in custody, there BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of shall be at least one female employee who shall be staffing rosters dated January to June 2025 immediately available and accessible to such females. and determined there was female staff ☒ ☐ ☐ available and accessible to incarcerated Note: Reference PC § 4021. females 24/7. In order to determine if there is a sufficient number of 2900 PREA personnel for a specific facility, the facility administrator 2900.3 Prevention Planning shall prepare and retain a staffing plan indicating the 2. Utilize a staffing plan that provides for personnel assigned in the facility and their duties. Such adequate staffing and video monitoring to a staffing plan shall be reviewed by the Board staff at the protect inmates against sexual abuse. time of their biennial inspection. The results of such a review and recommendations shall be reported to the Agency policy outlines facility staffing needs local jurisdiction having fiscal responsibility for the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ with fixed post positions and response assignment responsibilities. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of staffing rosters dated January - June 2025 and determined this facility has adequate staff to ensure the operation of programs and activities as required by these regulations. 1027.5 SAFETY CHECKS 902 Inmate Safety Checks (OCSDPM) An inmate safety check is a direct visual The facility administrator shall develop and implement observation (i.e., direct personal view of the policy and procedures for conducting safety checks that inmate/area without the aid of audio/video include, but are not limited to, the following: equipment), performed at random and varied (a) Safety checks will determine the safety and well- intervals of each inmate located in an area of being of individuals and shall be conducted at least ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibility. The purpose of conducting hourly through direct visual observation of all people held inmate safety checks is to ensure there are no and housed in the facility. inmates displaying any obvious signs of distress requiring assistance, maintaining the safety and welfare of each inmate and ensuring the security of our facilities. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 2 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) There shall be no more than a 60-minute lapse Inmate safety checks shall occur at random between safety checks. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). To be random and varied, safety checks shall not be at exact forty-five (45) minute intervals but shall occur within forty-five (45) minutes of the previous inmate safety check. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed the late safety check report dated January to August 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Staff conducted the vast majority of safety checks within 60 minutes of the previous safety check. (c) Safety checks for people in sobering cells, safety 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) cells, and restraints shall occur more frequently as (d) Safety Checks outlined in section 1055, section 1056, and section 1058 1. Deputies will document their direct visual of these regulations. observation checks of the inmate in the safety cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells 4.Deputies shall perform a safety check within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of the previous check for all inmates temporarily housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check (d) Safety checks shall occur at random or varied Inmate safety checks shall occur at random intervals. and varied intervals (CCR Title 15, Section ☒ ☐ ☐ 1027.5(d)-Safety Checks). 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 3 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) There shall be a written plan that includes the 902.2 Documentation of Inmate Safety documentation of all safety checks. Documentation shall Checks include: Every inmate safety check will be (1) the actual time at which each individual safety documented in the most appropriate check occurred; documentation log, (e.g., guard station log, module log, area log, or door log). …and the actual starting times of each inmate safety check. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of safety check observation logs dated between January and August 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. The Guardian RIFD system documents the time, location, and individual completing each safety check. (2) the location where each individual safety check The Guardian RIFD system tracks the occurred, such as a cell, module, or dormitory location of safety checks. ☒ ☐ ☐ number; and, (3) Initials or employee identification number of staff The documentation entry will include the who completed the safety check(s). name(s) of the personnel who conducted the ☒ ☐ ☐ inmate safety check… (f) A documented process by which safety checks are Each sergeant will check the logs in his/her reviewed at regular defined intervals by a supervisor or area of responsibility to verify staff is properly facility manager, including methods of mitigating patterns documenting the inmate safety checks. of inconsistent documentation, or untimely completion of, Sergeants will also conduct random reviews safety checks. of video footage to ensure that safety checks are properly performed. A notation will be made in the log with the sergeant's name and the time the log and video were checked. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of Watch Commander logs from June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. The Watch Commander reviewed Sergeant Compliance Checks and notated if/when the shift had late safety checks, which included a justification and the sergeant who was notified. 1028 FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY STAFF 2100 Medical and Health Services 2100.6 General Policies (a) Whenever there is a person in custody, there shall be e) Jail personnel will be required to attend at least one person on duty at all times who meets the classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic training standards established by the Board for general Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to fire and life safety. [Penal Code section 6030(c)]. ☒ ☐ ☐ attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. 2614 Emergency Response to Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury The facility manager shall ensure that there is at least one The facility is always staffed with deputies. person on duty who trained in fire and life safety ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures that relate specifically to the facility. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 4 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) The facility administrator, in conjunction with the c) Deputies are required to be certified in health authority, shall develop and implement policies cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and and procedures consistent with the requirements of may begin CPR on a nonresponsive person Penal Code Section 6048(b) that require correctional when safe and appropriate to do so, without officers certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) ☒ ☐ ☐ obtaining approval from a supervisor or to begin CPR on a nonresponsive person without medical personnel. obtaining approval from supervisors or medical staff, when it is safe and appropriate to do so. These policies shall cover the following key elements: 2100.6 General Policies (1) Acceptable CPR methods and application. e) Jail personnel will be required to attend classes taught by CHS staff during the Basic ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Academy. Personnel are also required to attend biennial CPR training and first aid instruction. (2) Correctional officers shall be certified in CPR and a 2614.1 Initial Response/Discovery of copy of the certification shall be on file in the facility or at Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury a central location and available for review. c) Deputies are required to be certified in ☒ ☐ ☐ cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). The certification must be current and available for review. (3) Correctional officers shall immediately summon 1. Staff shall immediately summon additional medical aid when a person is identified as nonresponsive medical assistance upon identifying a and shall administer CPR unless the correctional officer nonresponsive person. ☒ ☐ ☐ is aware of a known medical condition(s) that would contraindicate its use. (4) Correctional officers shall use personal protective 4. Personal protective equipment (PPE) such equipment when administering CPR whenever possible as gloves, masks, and CPR shields shall be to reduce exposure to bodily fluids or bloodborne used whenever available to reduce the risk of pathogens that may contain disease-causing agents. exposure to bloodborne pathogens and bodily fluids. During the policy review portion of this ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (5) If an imminent physical danger prevents a 5. If an imminent physical threat prevents safe correctional officer from safely administering CPR, they CPR administration, staff shall initiate or shall begin or resume CPR as soon as the threat has resume CPR as soon as the threat has passed, or the nonresponsive person has been safely passed or the person has been moved to a removed from danger, provided medical aid has not yet safe location, provided medical assistance arrived. has not yet arrived. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 5 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) The correctional officer shall continue administering 6. CPR shall be continued, absent immediate CPR, absent imminent physical danger, until the danger, until: nonresponsive person shows obvious signs of life, such i. The person shows signs of life (e.g., as normal breathing or physical or verbal responses, or breathing, verbal or physical response), until medical staff or alternative medical responders ii. Qualified medical personnel or emergency arrive and take over. responders take over, or iii. The Deputy is relieved due to exhaustion or safety concerns. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. (7) In situations where medical staff or alternative 7. If medical personnel or emergency medical responders are present when a person is responders are already present when a identified as nonresponsive, correctional officers shall person becomes nonresponsive, staff shall defer CPR to those individuals. defer CPR responsibilities to those individuals. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the initial review, BSCC staff found agency policy lacked information for this section of the regulation. BSCC staff provided technical assistance and agency supervision added policy to adhere to this section prior to the onsite inspection. 1029 POLICY AND PROCEDURES MANUAL4 Orange County Sheriff’s Department Custody and Court Operations Manual Facility administrator(s) shall develop and publish a manual of policy and procedures for the facility. The The manual was updated on July 28, 2025. policy and procedures manual shall address all applicable Title 15 and Title 24 regulations and shall be Orange County Sheriff’s Department Policy comprehensively reviewed and updated at least every Manual (OCSDPM) two years. Such a manual shall be made available to all ☒ ☐ ☐ employees. This manual was last updated November 14, 2024. Notes: The policies and procedures required in subsections (a)(6) and (a)(7) may be placed in a separate The Custody and Court Operations Manual manual to ensure confidentiality. Subsections (c) and (d) was the primary source cited in this document do not apply and have been deleted. unless notated otherwise. (a) The manual for Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III 200 Organizational Structure and facilities shall provide for, but not be limited to, the Responsibility (OCSDPM) following: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) Table of organization, including channels of communications. 4 Procedures related to security and emergency response may be in a separate manual to ensure confidentiality by limiting general access. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 6 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) Inspections and operations reviews by the facility 1701.2 supervisor Responsibilities administrator/manager. a) Each supervisor will visit and inspect their area(s) of responsibility during their assigned shift to ensure integrity of security devices and facility structures. During the visit and inspection of their area(s) of responsibility, supervisors will ensure all doors, gates, and sally ports are closed, locked, or properly ☒ ☐ ☐ secured, which will be documented on Custody Operations Supervisor’s Log. 2402.2 Formal Inspections a) Each Division Commander or designee will conduct periodic inspection tours of the facility. b) The Sheriff, or his executive staff, will periodically inspect each facility. (3) Policy on the use of force that meets current state 300 Use of Force (OCSDPM) and federal legal requirements and includes 300.4.4 Restrictions on the Use of a Choke prohibition of the use of carotid restraint and choke ☒ ☐ ☐ Hold holds. (4) Policy on the use of restraint equipment, including 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response the restraint of pregnant persons as referenced in 1800.1 Security Restraints ☒ ☐ ☐ Penal Code Section 3407. d) Pregnant Inmates (5) Procedure and criteria for screening newly 327 Cite and Release Policy for Misdemeanor received persons for release. non-Warrant (Street) Arrests (OCSHPM) 1400 Release ☒ ☐ ☐ Screening for newly received persons occurs at the Intake Release Center. (6) Security and control including physical counts 1700 Security and Control and searches of the facility and incarcerated 1704 Key Control persons, contraband control, and key control. 1710 Inspections, Searches, and Contraband Each facility administrator shall, at least annually, 1719 Inmate Counts review, evaluate, and make a record of security 1701.4 - Red Team Audit measures. The review and evaluation shall include a) Red Team will perform a system-wide internal and external security measures of the facility auditing of current processes, procedures, including security measures specific to prevention of training and physical security of all custody sexual abuse and sexual harassment. operations to assist jail staff in identifying vulnerabilities to improve its effectiveness. e) Red Team members will conduct a monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ audit, operating on a rotating basis, ensuring each facility will be audited once per quarter. BSCC staff reviewed the annual internal and external security measures inspection conducted by the Red Team on October 28, 2025, and determined compliance with this regulation. The inspection identified areas for improvement and assessed any security measures specific to the prevention of sexual abuse and sexual harassment. (7) Emergency procedures include: 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures (A) fire suppression preplan as required by 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ section 1032 of these regulations; (facility specific policy) 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 7 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (B) escape, disturbances, and the taking of 1204.8 Escape Risk Inmates hostages; 1802 Response Procedures / Code Alpha 1802.1 Response Procedures / General ☒ ☐ ☐ Disturbance 1802.2 Response Procedures / Riot 2612 Hostage Plan (C) mass arrests; 323 Mobile Field Force (OCSDPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ (D) natural disasters; 2604 Earthquake Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 2606 Flood Procedures (E) periodic testing of emergency equipment; 1700 Security and Control and, 1701.1 Employee Responsibilities a) Every employee of the facility will be observant and aware of equipment and procedures in their assigned area(s). b) At the beginning of every shift, employees ☒ ☐ ☐ will conduct an inventory of all equipment assigned to and/or necessary to carry out duties in their work location. All equipment will be accounted for and checked to ensure it is functioning properly 7018.3 Security Alarm Response Procedures (F) storage, issue, and use of weapons, 1700 Security and Control ammunition, chemical agents, and related 1801 Control of Weapons and Security ☒ ☐ ☐ security devices. Equipment (8) Suicide Prevention. 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSHPM) ☒ ☐ ☐ 2104 Mental Health Care Services (9) Separation of incarcerated persons. 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil ☒ ☐ ☐ detainees will be housed alone. (10) Zero tolerance in the prevention of sexual abuse 2900 PREA and sexual harassment. The Orange County Sheriff's Department has zero tolerance for all forms of sexual abuse, conduct, and assault. This includes sexual harassment between staff, volunteers, contractors, visitors, and inmates. All ☒ ☐ ☐ allegations of sexual conduct will be investigated. The Department will impose appropriate disciplinary sanctions and initiate criminal charges against individuals committing sexual assault/rape. (11) Policy and procedure to detect, prevent, and 2900.9 Staff Reporting and Response to respond to retaliation against any staff or person after Incidents of Sexual Abuse and Sexual ☒ ☐ ☐ reporting any abuse. Harassment (12) Release policy, including release planning for 1400 Release incarcerated persons. 2000.5 CalAIM Justice Involved Initiative The purpose of the CalAIM Initiative is to improve the quality of life and health outcomes for inmates by establishing pre- release Medi-Cal insurance enrollment ☒ ☐ ☐ strategies to ensure eligible individuals have continued medical coverage and benefits upon their release, as well as access to key medical/mental health services to help them successfully return to their communities. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 8 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) The manual for Temporary Holding, Court Holding, 2900.8 Inmate Reporting Type I, II, III, and IV facilities shall provide for, but not be b) Inmates may report sexual abuse or sexual limited to, the following: harassment verbally or in writing to any staff (1) multiple internal ways for incarcerated people to member. privately report sexual abuse and sexual c) Inmates will have at least one way to report harassment, retaliation by other incarcerated harassment or abuse to a public or private persons or staff for reporting sexual abuse and entity or office that is not part of the sexual harassment, and staff neglect or violation of Department and is able to receive and ☒ ☐ ☐ responsibilities that may have contributed to such immediately forward inmate reports of sexual incidents, harassment and sexual abuse to department officials, allowing the detainee to remain anonymous upon request. d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour message line for anonymously reporting PREA incidents. (2) a method for uninvolved incarcerated persons, d) Each Facility will maintain a 24-hour family, community members, and other interested message line for anonymously reporting third parties to report sexual abuse or sexual PREA incidents. harassment. The method for reporting shall be Friends and family of inmates: Allegations of publicly posted at the facility. sexual assault or abuse can also be reported by friends and family on behalf of an OC ☒ ☐ ☐ Sheriff inmate by contacting the facility Watch Commander where they are housed. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- divisions/custody-operations- command/prison-rape-elimination-act-prea 1030 SUICIDE PREVENTION PROGRAM 903 Inmate Suicide Prevention (OCSDPM) The Correctional Mental Health Program is The facility shall have a comprehensive written suicide designed to screen, evaluate and treat prevention program developed by the facility inmates with mental health administrator or designee, in conjunction with the health disorders/identifiers and/or inmates with an ☒ ☐ ☐ authority and mental health director, to identify, monitor, elevated risk of self-harm, and provide them and provide treatment to those incarcerated persons who with additional health resources in order to present a suicide risk. provide necessary on-site mental health The program shall include the following: treatment during their incarceration. (a) Annual suicide prevention training for all custodial 1. Sworn staff, SSOs, CSAs, and Correctional personnel. Programs Personnel will receive annual Mental Health/Suicide Prevention training. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed Behavioral Health Suicide Prevention Training rosters from February 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. (b) Intake screening for suicide risk immediately upon 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation intake and prior to housing assignment. (b) Intake 1. All inmates, as a part of their intake medical screening interview/exam, shall have their mental health evaluated. (a) ☒ ☐ ☐ The Triage nurse will question inmates about their mental health, including self-harming behavior and present or past suicidal thoughts or attempts. (c) Suicide prevention screening during special (e) Suicide prevention screening will take situations, including placement in restrictive housing, place for known at risk inmates during special following a hearing, and after a transfer or change in situations which may include a change in ☒ ☐ ☐ classification. classification to a higher security classification. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 9 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (d) Provisions facilitating communication among (a) If an inmate or new booking is believed to arresting/transporting officers, facility staff, court staff, be a suicide risk or has an elevated risk for medical and mental health personnel in relation to suicide ☒ ☐ ☐ self harm, deputies will immediately refer the risk. inmate to CHS for evaluation. (e) Housing recommendations for people at risk of (c) Housing assignments for people at risk of suicide that balance safety and environment. The least suicide will be based on safety, environment restrictive environment should be considered. and will follow the standards in CCOM Policy 1200 while collaborating with ☒ ☐ ☐ recommendations of CHS. For more information about Mental Health Housing, reference CCOM Policy 1203.3 - Medical and Mental Health Housing. (f) Supervision depending on level of suicide risk. 903.5 Mental Health Acuity Levels The Acuity Levels identify inmates by severity and assist Classification staff to make ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate housing assignments in addition to helping coordinate services by the mental health and medical teams. (g) Suicide attempt and suicide intervention policies and 903.3 Mental Health Referrals procedures. ☒ ☐ ☐ (h) Provisions for reporting suicides and suicides 2614 Emergency Response to Suicides or attempts. Serious Injury ☒ ☐ ☐ 2614.2 Discovered Suicide/Attempt Suicide/Serious Injury (i) Multi-disciplinary administrative review of suicides and 903.8 Suicide Prevention Review Board attempted suicides as defined by the facility The Suicide Prevention Review Board administrator, including the development of a corrective (SPRB), will review suicide prevention action plan to address deficiencies identified in the practices, suicides and attempted suicides to administrative review. ensure compliance with policies, procedures, and standards. The goal is to provide assistance to custody, medical, and mental health staff in their effort to implement proactive measures to prevent high-risk inmates from attempting or committing suicide by analyzing administrative, procedural, and best practices for preventing future incidents, as well as ensure corrective action measures are implemented if ☒ ☐ ☐ warranted. 1. The Mental Health Program Manager or designee will serve as the chairperson of the SPRB. 2. The SPRB is comprised of Custody Division Commanders and Captains, Custody Behavioral Health Bureau (BHB) Captain, BHB Sergeants, and management, as well as command-level medical and mental health personnel from CHS. 3. The SPRB Chairperson and Division Commanders may request that other individuals attend SPRB meetings. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 10 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (j) Provisions for follow up care as needed. 903.7 Mental Health Transfers (a) Any inmate whose condition is beyond the range of services available at a facility may be temporarily transferred to another OC jail facility or an outside mental health facility for treatment. The Sheriff's Department has delegated its authority to Correctional Health Services (CHS) to transfer inmates to a ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health facility. CHS will make that determination under supervision of a fully licensed psychiatrist who is a member of the CHS staff. All associated paperwork and notifications are the responsibility of CHS (PC 4011.6). 2100 Medical & Health Services 2104.3 Mental Health Care Services (k) Plan for mental health consultation following return 3. Suicide Prevention training includes, but is from court as determined by the mental health director. not limited to: (a) Identifying the warning signs and symptoms, predisposing risk factors, verbal and behavioral cues of impending suicidal behavior and highrisk periods of ☒ ☐ ☐ incarceration. Training will include information regarding possible risk factors such as: 8. Following new legal problems (e.g. new charges, additional sentences, institutional proceedings, denial of parole), 1032 FIRE SUPPRESSION PREPLANNING 2602 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures 2602.1 Fire Prevention Pursuant to Penal Code Section 6031.1(b), the facility 2602.5 Discovering a Fire in Progress administrator shall consult with the local fire department ☒ ☐ ☐ having jurisdiction over the facility, with the State Fire Marshal, or both, in developing a plan for fire suppression which shall include, but not be limited to: (a) a fire suppression pre-plan developed with the local 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures fire department to be included as part of the policy and Specific to Central Men’s Jail procedures manual (Title 15, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Regulations Section 1029); (b) monthly fire prevention inspections by facility staff 1. Each facility’s Fire/Life Safety Deputy will with two-year retention of the inspection record; conduct monthly inspections of all fire safety equipment (e.g., fire extinguishers and Scott Air Packs). The Fire/Life Safety Deputy will ensure that all equipment is in working order and properly serviced or replaced. These inspections will be documented on monthly ☒ ☐ ☐ inspection records and maintained in the Fire/Life/Safety Deputy’s office. BSCC staff reviewed monthly fire prevention equipment checks dated January 2024 to October 2025 for compliance with this regulation. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 11 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) fire prevention inspections as required by Health and 2. Designated members of the local fire Safety Code Section 13146.1(a) and (b) which requires department will conduct annual fire safety inspections at least once every two years; inspections of each facility. BSCC staff reviewed the Fire and Life Safety Inspection Notice from the Orange County ☒ ☐ ☐ Fire Authority and determined compliance with this regulation. The Fire Authority conducted an inspection on March 20, 2025, and found a violation. They reinspected the issue on May 27, 2025, and it was resolved. (d) an evacuation plan; and, 4013 Fire Safety and Evacuation Procedures ☒ ☐ ☐ 4013.4 Evacuation of Inmates (e) a plan for the emergency housing of incarcerated 4013.6 Remote Evacuation Sites people in the case of fire. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1040 POPULATION ACCOUNTING 1103 Management Information and Research Systems Each facility administrator shall maintain a demographics 1103.1 Management Reports accounting system which reflects the monthly average a) Each facility within Custody Operations daily population of sentenced and non-sentenced people Command will be a part of the Jail by gender and juvenile status. Management System (JMS) computerized program of information input, storage, update, and retrieval. This is for the purpose of ☒ ☐ ☐ generating reports about inmate activities for review by management. b) Custody Operations Inmate Activity Reports 1. Daily reports will be generated… Agency staff provided the daily housing count for the day of inspection. Facility administrators shall provide the Board with 1103.4 Jail Profile Survey applicable demographic information as described in the ☒ ☐ ☐ Jail Profile Survey. 1041 RECORDS 2500 Inmate Records Complete intake booking information will be (a) Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV recorded by Inmate Records personnel on facility shall develop written policies and procedures for every arrestee admitted to the custody of the the maintenance of individual records for each Sheriff, in order to comply with all legal incarcerated person which shall include, but not be mandates. File set up and forms generation limited to, intake information, personal property receipts, will be initiated and coordinated in the Inmate commitment papers, court orders, reports of disciplinary Records Office to centralize the records actions taken, medical orders issued by the responsible function. physician and staff response, and non-medical 1602.5 Discipline information regarding disabilities and other limitations. 4. Documentation ☒ ☐ ☐ 2100.3 Areas of Responsibility/Goals – Medical h) Proper medical records and medical histories on all inmates in the facility will be maintained. 2110.4 Medical Records BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of incarcerated person records dated April to June 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 12 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (b) Each facility administrator shall collect accurate, 2900.2 PREA Coordinator and PREA uniform data for every allegation of sexual abuse at Compliance Manager facilities under its direct control and from other facilities 6. Ensure all relevant data is collected, with which it contracts for the confinement of its recorded, and submitted for the annual DOJ incarcerated people. The data collected shall include, at ☒ ☐ ☐ Survey of Sexual Violence and PREA survey. a minimum, the data necessary to satisfy the reporting requirements of 34 U.S.C. section 30303(a)(1). Note: federal survey on sexual violence. 1044 INCIDENT REPORTS 338 Report Preparation (OCSDPM) 1103 Management Information and Research Each facility administrator shall develop written policies Systems and procedures for the maintenance of written records c) Custody Operations Incident Reports and reporting of all incidents which result in physical ☒ ☐ ☐ harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to an employee or incarcerated person of a detention facility or other person. Such records shall include the names of the persons BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of involved, a description of the incident, the actions taken, various incident reports dated February to and the date and time of the occurrence. March 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Agency staff wrote reports that ☒ ☐ ☐ were clear, concise, and included all of the pertinent information as well as the subsequent actions of staff. Such a written record shall be prepared by the staff 338.3 Submission of Report (OCSDPM) assigned to investigate the incident and submitted to the ☒ ☐ ☐ facility manager or designee. 1045 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN 340 News Medica Relations (OCSDPM) The ultimate authority and responsibility for Each facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility the release of information to the media shall shall develop written policies and procedures for the remain with the Sheriff, however, in situations dissemination of information to the public, to other not warranting immediate notice to the Sheriff government agencies, and to the news media. The public and in situations where the Sheriff has given and incarcerated persons shall have available for review prior approval, Commanders, Department the following material: Commanders, designated Public Information Officer(s) or the Public Affairs and Community ☒ ☐ ☐ Engagement (PACE) division may prepare and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable law. 1104 Public Information Requests d) Inmates at any Custody Operations facility and the general public may request non- confidential policy and procedures information. (a) The Board of State and Community Corrections 2. Title 15 California Code of Regulations Minimum Standards for Local Detention Facilities as “Minimum Standards for Local Detention found in Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ Facilities” will be available for public and inmate review. (b) Facility rules and procedures affecting incarcerated 1104 Public Information Requests people as specified in sections: ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) 1045, Public Information Plan (2) 1061, Education Plan 2012 Education ☒ ☐ ☐ (3) 1062, Visiting 1902 Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) 1063, Correspondence 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting ☒ ☐ ☐ (5) 1064, Library Service 2010 Legal Books and Library Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 13 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) 1065, Exercise and Out of Cell Time 2006 Recreation ☒ ☐ ☐ (7) 1066, Books, Newspapers, Periodicals and 1604.5 Inmate Services Writings ☒ ☐ ☐ (8) 1067, Access to Telephone 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls ☒ ☐ ☐ (9) 1068, Access to Courts and Counsel 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- ☒ ☐ ☐ Custody Visitation (10) 1069, Orientation 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules ☒ ☐ ☐ (11) 1070, Individual/Family Service Programs 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (12) 1071, Voting 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (13) 1072, Religious Observance 2000 Inmate Services and Programs ☒ ☐ ☐ (14) 1073, Grievance Procedure 1600.5 inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (15) 1080, Rules and Disciplinary Actions 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (16) 1081, Plan for Discipline of Incarcerated 1602 Discipline Persons ☒ ☐ ☐ (17) 1082, Forms of Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (18) 1083, Limitations on Discipline 1602 Discipline ☒ ☐ ☐ (19) 1200, Responsibility for Health Care Services 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 1046 DEATH IN CUSTODY 2114 Inmate Death or Serious Illness/Injury 2114.6 Death Review (a) The facility administrator shall develop written policy a) In accordance with Title 15 of the California and procedures to comply with the in-custody death Code of Regulations, Section 1046, facility reporting requirements of Government Code section ☒ ☐ ☐ administrators are required to submit an in- 12525. The facility administrator shall submit a copy of custody death report, as mandated by the report filed pursuant to section 12525 to the BSCC Government Code Section 12525, to the within 10 days of an in-custody death. BSCC within 10 days of the death (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the Additionally, an initial review must be health administrator, shall develop written policy and conducted, and a written report, referred to as procedures to conduct an initial review and complete a the Initial Death Review Report, must be written report of every in-custody death within 30 days of completed within 30 days of the death. the death. The team that conducts the initial review shall include, at a minimum, the facility administrator or e) The Death Review team shall consist of the designee, the health administrator, the responsible Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations physician and other health care, and supervision staff Command or designee, Constitutional who are relevant to the incident. Policing Advisor, Correctional Health Services (CHS) Director, CHS Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Director, CHS Chief of Operations, CHS Director of Nursing, CHS Mental Health and Operations Administrative Managers, Division Commander of the involved facility, County Counsel Deputy assigned to the OCSD, County Counsel Deputy assigned to CHS, and any other staff deemed appropriate by the Assistant Sheriff of Custody Operations Command. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 14 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Deaths shall be reviewed to determine the c) The purpose of this review is to (1) appropriateness of clinical care; whether changes to determine the appropriateness of clinical policies, procedures, or practices are warranted; and to care; (2) whether changes to the policies, identify issues that require further study. procedures, or practices are warranted; (3) identify issues that require further study; (4) assess and consult with County Counsel about the risk of exposure to liability; (5) ☒ ☐ ☐ identify areas of concern and recommend any necessary remedial actions; and (6) address such other matters as deemed necessary and appropriate by the review team. The review team may seek further review by the County’s Risk Manager, as appropriate. (c) The facility administrator shall submit a copy of the A copy of this report must be submitted to the initial review report of every in-custody death to the BSCC within 60 days of the death. BSCC within 60 days of the death. The facility administrator shall provide a copy of the initial review ☒ ☐ ☐ report that comports with the disclosure requirements of section 832.10 of the Penal Code. The initial review report shall contain the following For detailed guidance on the reporting information: process, refer to the BSCC In-Custody Death (1) Demographic information Review Data Reporting Guide. (A) Full name of the decedent (B) Date of birth (C) Date of death (D) Time of death (E) Gender (F) Race and ethnicity (G) Relevant medical history (2) Facility Information ☒ ☐ ☐ (A) Name and location of the detention facility (B) Description of the location where the death occurred within the facility (C) Date and time of the incident (D) Detention facility personnel (including names and roles) involved in the reporting of the death or incident (3) Any relevant circumstances leading up to death, including behavioral health or medical issues. (d) In any case in which a minor dies while detained in a jail, lockup, or court holding facility the BSCC may inspect and evaluate the jail, lockup, or court holding facility pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter within 30 calendar days of the death. Any inquiry made by the Board shall be limited to the standards and requirements set forth in these regulations. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 15 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1050 CLASSIFICATION PLAN 1200 Inmate Classification and Population Management (a) Each administrator of a temporary holding, Type I, II, a) Inmate classification is defined as the or III facility shall develop and implement a written categorization of inmates by specific factors classification plan designed to properly assign such as criminal history, institutional behavior, incarcerated persons to housing units and activities and safety/security needs, among others. The according to the categories of gender identity, age, Classification Plan provides staff with the criminal sophistication, seriousness of crime charged, necessary tools to effectively evaluate and physical or mental health needs, assaultive/non- categorize each inmate against those factors, assaultive behavior, risk of being sexually abused, or in an objective and consistent manner. sexually harassed and other criteria which will provide for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety of the incarcerated people and staff. Such BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of housing unit assignment shall be accomplished to the classification intake screening forms dated extent possible within the limits of the available number March to May 2025 and found they were in of distinct housing units or cells in a facility. compliance with the parameters outlined in this regulation. The written classification plan shall be based on objective criteria and include receiving screening performed at the time of intake by trained personnel, and a record of each person's classification level, housing restrictions, and housing assignments. Each administrator of a Type II or III facility shall establish 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities and implement a classification system which will include the use of classification officers or a classification 1201.4 Classification Reviews committee in order to properly assign incarcerated i) Inmates may request a review of their persons to housing, work, rehabilitation programs, and classification level no sooner than 30 days leisure activities. Such a plan shall include the use of as from the date of their last review. much information as is available about and from the incarcerated person and shall provide for a channel of ☒ ☐ ☐ appeal by the incarcerated person to the facility administrator or designee. Each person may request a review of their classification plan no more often than 30 days from their last review. Note: Subsection (b) does not apply and has been deleted. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 16 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) In deciding housing and programming assignments, a) The Housing Plan provides staff with a the agency shall consider on a case-by-case basis process for placing individual inmates into the whether a placement would ensure the health and safety most appropriate housing possible and of the incarcerated person, and whether the placement enables them to efficiently audit and manage would present management or security problems. A the entire inmate population. To that end, this person’s own views with respect to their own safety shall Plan is executed using the following primary be given serious consideration. components: 1. The Classification Plan, which allows staff to assign each inmate an appropriate classification level. This is the primary driving factor when determining proper housing placement. 2. The “Health and Disability Notification Form” (J-112/J-105A, paper form). This form is used by Correctional Health Services (CHS) to communicate information to OCSD staff if an inmate requires specific medical or ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health accommodations and/or restrictions while housed or transported within the OCSD jail system. 3. Jail Management Systems (JMS). These systems consist of software applications and stand-alone electronic documents, which are used to audit space availability, population make-up, and population balancing. The JMS is also used to identify and assign inmates to specific housing locations. b) Once all of the above components have been considered, every inmate shall be assigned the most appropriate housing location possible to meet all health, safety, and security needs for that inmate, as well as other inmates and staff. 1051 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 1200 Inmate classification and Population Management, 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 4. Coordinate with Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) to manage and track all procedures specifying those symptoms that require inmates placed in quarantine or medical medical isolation of an incarcerated person until a isolation housing, when applicable. medical evaluation is completed. 2100 Medical and Health Services ☒ ☐ ☐ 7016.7 Negative Airflow Cells 1. Module “O” has four (4) cells designed for Negative Airflow. These cells are designed for atmospheric isolation of inmates that have contagious diseases, which can be transmitted through the transfer of airborne pathogens. At the time of intake into the facility, an inquiry shall be 2100 Medical and Health Services made of the person being booked as to whether the 2108 Intake Screening person has or has had any communicable diseases, such 2108.1 Screening Process as tuberculosis or has observable symptoms of tuberculosis or any other communicable diseases, or ☒ ☐ ☐ Intake screening for communicable diseases other special medical problem identified by the health occurs at the Intake Release Center. authority. The response shall be noted on the medical screening from. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 17 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1052 BEHAVIORAL CRISIS IDENTIFICATION 1201.1 Classification Assignments and Reviews The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1201.1 Initial Classification Assignment responsible physician, shall develop written policies and f) If during a classification interview an inmate procedures to identify and evaluate all incarcerated has a medical complaint, or is displaying ☒ ☐ ☐ people who may be in behavioral crisis. Evaluation of signs of a mental health crisis, Classification behavioral crisis may include telehealth. Staff will refer the inmate to Correctional Health Services (CHS) for immediate evaluation. If an evaluation from medical or mental health staff is not 2104 Mental Health Care Services readily available, an incarcerated person shall be The Mental Health Care Services Program is considered in behavioral crisis for the purpose of this designed to screen, evaluate and treat section if they appear to be a danger to themselves or mentally ill inmates in order to provide others or appear gravely disabled. necessary on-site mental health treatment during their incarceration. For policies and procedures related to Psychiatric Evaluation, Psychiatric Emergencies, Mental Health Transfers and Safety Cell usage, refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 903- Suicide Prevention. 903.3 Mental Health Referrals (OCSDPM) If an inmate exhibits signs of self-harming behavior, reveals intent to cause self-inflicted ☒ ☐ ☐ physical harm, report(s) suicidal or homicidal ideation, or if staff has been notified of a change in an inmate's risk factors, the Deputy/Staff Member shall refer the inmate to CHS as soon as practical and advise them of the facts and circumstances surrounding the perceived or reported mental health crisis of the inmate. (g) Inmates should be seen by CHS within 30 minutes of the time of the referral and shall be monitored by CHS staff members until it is determined that the inmate no longer presents a risk of engaging in self-harm. An evaluation from medical or mental health staff shall be 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation secured within 24 hours of identification or at the next (a) Correctional Health Services (CHS) is a daily sick call, whichever is earliest. division of the Orange County Health Care Agency (HCA). CHS staff members are responsible for providing 24-hour on-site mental health care services to inmates. 1. Correctional Health Services (CHS) will provide 24-hour per day coverage, 7 days per week. 2. Facilities that do not provide 24-hour CHS ☒ ☐ ☐ mental health coverage will refer the inmate to CHS to determine if the inmate needs to be transferred to a facility with 24-hour mental health coverage. (b) Intake 3. Whenever an inmate is identified as exhibiting a mental health crisis, a physician's opinion shall be secured within 12 hours of identification or at the next daily sick call, whichever is earliest. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 18 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Separation may be used if necessary, to protect the 903.4 Psychiatric Evaluation safety of the person in crisis or others. (b) Intake 2. If CHS determines that the inmate needs special restrictions or housing requirements, they shall complete a Health and Disability Notification form (J-112/J-105A form). A Copy of the J-112/J-105A shall be forwarded to ☒ ☐ ☐ Classification Staff and PMU for use in assigning an appropriate housing location. CHS shall work closely with Classification Staff in gathering and relaying information about the inmate and what safety precautions, if any, need to be taken. 1053 ADMINISTRATIVE SEPARATION 1202 Classification Descriptions and Identification Except for Type IV facilities, facility administrators shall 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates develop and implement policies and procedures for the e) Generally, Specialty Housing inmates shall administrative separation of incarcerated people. only be housed with inmates of the same security level. f) AH3 inmates, PC-AH inmates, and Civil detainees will be housed alone. However, Classification/PMU has discretion to group and/or house these inmates/detainees with ☒ ☐ ☐ compatible inmates/detainees - of like classification level - under certain circumstances. A Classification Review (J- 203) shall be submitted and approved by the Classification Sergeant prior to any of these inmates being placed together. 1202.3 High Security (HS) Inmates 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates 1202.5 Protective Custody (PC) Inmates Policies and procedures must include: 1202.4 Administrative Housing (AH) Inmates (a) Administrative separation may consist of separate a) Title 15, Section 1053 states housing but shall not involve any other deprivation of “administrative separation” may consist of privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of separate and secure housing that does not protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility involve any other deprivation of privileges ☒ ☐ ☐ staff. than is necessary to obtain the objective of protecting inmates and staff. Custody Operations defines these types of inmates as Administrative Housing (AH). (b) Administrative separation must not adversely affect b) Administrative separation must not an incarcerated person’s health. ☒ ☐ ☐ adversely affect an inmate’s health. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 19 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) Administrative separation may be used for 1202.4 Administrate Housing (AH) Inmates incarcerated people who have: 1. AH-1 (1) A documented history of activity or behavior, or i. Prone to escape .ii. Assaultive toward staff promoting such activity or behavior, that is criminal in or other inmates. iii. Disruptive to the nature, disruptive to facility operations, or affects the operations of the jail. iv. Associates of a safety of the facility, other incarcerated people, and validated prison gang or security threat group. facility staff. v. Facing, or have been sentenced to, the (2) Influenced or participated in activity that is death penalty or a life sentence. criminal in nature, disruptive to facility operations or 2. AH-2 affects the safety of the facility, other incarcerated i. Self-admitted or validated member of people, and facility staff. sensitive needs yard (SNY) gang (25s, (3) Committed assault, attempted assault, or Greenlighters, Allstars, Northern Riders, etc.). participated in a conspiracy to assault or harm other ii. Protective custody inmates who become incarcerated persons or facility staff. problematic based on continual assaults, (4) A history of escape or have recently attempted extortions and/or threats towards other PC escape. inmates. (5) A demonstrated need for protection from other 3. AH-3 incarcerated people. i. Undergoing a classification investigation to determine appropriate housing and/or classification. ii. Inmates who have been targeted for assault while in custody, due to ☒ ☐ ☐ gang politics. iii. AH-3 Inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. 4. Protective Custody-Administrative Housing (PC-AH) Inmates i. Inmates who require protection and separation from other inmates, including PC and PC-AH inmates. ii. Law enforcement, ex- law enforcement, and relatives of law enforcement officers. iii. Government officials, judges, and attorneys. iv. PC-AH inmates who share similar characteristics may be assessed for their ability to be housed and/or participate in group activities together, such as dayroom and outdoor recreation. A classification review will occur to document the assessment. (d) Documentation indicating the necessity of 1202.2 Specialty Housing Inmates administrative separation to obtain the objective of b) Every inmate requiring Specialty Housing protecting the welfare of incarcerated people and facility upon initial classification or re-classification staff. shall have a Specialty Housing Request Form (J-201) or Classification Review form (J-203) completed, detailing the justification. ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of administrative housing documentation from 2025 and found each indicated the necessity of administrative housing for compliance with this regulation. Incarcerated people placed in Administrative Housing met the criteria as specified in these regulations. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 20 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (e) A documented individualized ongoing review and 1200 Inmate Classification & Population evaluation of the need to continue placement in Management administrative separation. 1200.4 Staff Responsibilities 9. Conduct periodic administrative separation reviews for inmates classified as “AH3 and PC-AH". ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of 2025 periodic evaluations continuing placement in Administrative Housing for AH3 and PC-AH and determined compliance with this regulation. 1055 USE OF SAFETY CELL 903.6 Safety Cell (OCSDPM) A safety cell is a single occupancy temporary The safety cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section housing unit constructed with padded 1231.2.5, shall be used to hold only those people who surfaces and is designed to confine violent display behavior which results in the destruction of inmates to prevent imminent physical harm to ☐ ☐ ☒ property or reveals an intent to cause physical harm to themselves or others, or destruction of self or others. property. This facility does not have Safety Cells. The facility administrator, in cooperation with the (a) Placement Based on Correctional Health responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Services (CHS) Evaluation/Authorization procedures governing safety cell use and may delegate 1. The Watch Commander may refer an authority to place an incarcerated person in a safety cell inmate to CHS to be evaluated for placement to a physician. Policies and procedures shall include, but in a safety cell. CHS has primary authority to ☐ ☐ ☒ not be limited to: determine whether an inmate will be placed in a safety cell. If there is a difference in opinion between CHS and the Watch Commander, the decision of CHS controls. (a) In no case shall the safety cell be used for punishment 1602 Discipline or as a substitute for treatment. 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be ☐ ☐ ☒ used as a form of punishment. (b) A person shall be placed in a safety cell only with the (a) If, upon evaluation, CHS determines an approval of the facility manager or designee, or inmate should be confined in a safety cell in responsible health care staff; continued retention shall be order to prevent imminent physical harm to reviewed a minimum of every four hours. the inmate or others, or the destruction of property, then CHS will complete a written authorization for such placement. (e) Continued Retention in a Safety Cell ☐ ☐ ☒ 1. Continued retention of an inmate in a safety cell shall be reviewed by CHS at least every 4 hours from the time of initial placement. In the event CHS staff is unable to conduct a retention review within any given four hour period, the Watch Commander shall be responsible to conduct that review. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 21 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) A medical assessment shall be completed as soon as (b) CHS will assess the inmate's medical and possible, but not more than 12 hours from the time of mental health prior to authorizing placement placement in the safety cell. The person shall be of an inmate in a safety cell. medically cleared for continued retention, referral to 1. After an inmate is authorized by CHS for advanced treatment, or removal from the safety cell a placement in a safety cell, CHS should minimum of every 24 hours thereafter. medically clear the inmate every 24 hours thereafter, until the inmate is removed from the safety cell. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a medical and/or mental health evaluation at the time the inmate is authorized for placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (d) The facility manager, designee or responsible health 903.6 Safety Cell care staff shall obtain a mental health (c) In the event CHS is unable to conduct a opinion/consultation with responsible health care staff on medical and/or mental health evaluation at placement and retention, which shall be secured as soon the time the inmate is authorized for as possible, but not more than 12 hours from placement. placement in a safety cell, CHS policy is to ☐ ☐ ☒ conduct a medical assessment within 60 minutes of placement; a mental health assessment will occur within 12 hours of placement. (e) Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least (d) Safety Checks twice every 30 minutes, with no more than a 15-minute 1. Deputies will document their direct visual lapse between safety checks. Such observation shall be observation checks of the inmate in the safety documented. cell on an Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form. 2. A deputy will conduct a direct visual observation check of each inmate in a safety ☐ ☐ ☒ cell within 15 minutes of the beginning time of the previous direct visual observation check. At least once during each assigned shift, the area sergeant shall review and sign the Inmate Personal Safety Monitoring Form to ensure the checks are being completed in a timely manner. (f) Procedures shall be established to assure 3002.7 Inmate Meals administration of necessary nutrition and fluids. The Prowler Deputy will accompany the CSA throughout the safety cell feeding. Inmates in ☐ ☐ ☒ safety cells will be fed the same meal as other inmates, except when a special diet is ordered by a doctor. (g) People placed in the safety cell shall be allowed to 2. When an inmate is placed in a safety cell, retain sufficient clothing or be provided with a suitably they will be given the following items or designed “safety garment,” to provide for their personal privileges while they are in the safety cell: ☐ ☐ ☒ privacy unless specific identifiable risks to the person's (a) A safety gown safety or to the security of the facility are documented. 1056 USE OF SOBERING CELL 3000.5 Booking Loop CHS Observation Cells b) Sobering Cells The sobering cell described in Title 24, Part 2, Section 1. Sobering Cells are to be used for temporary 1231.2.4, shall be used for temporary holding of holding of inmates who are a threat to their incarcerated people who are a threat to their own safety ☐ ☐ ☒ own safety or the safety of others due to their or the safety of others due to their state of intoxication. state of intoxication. This facility does not have Sobering Cells. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 22 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS A person shall be removed from the sobering cell as soon 5. Inmates shall be removed from the as they are able to continue the admission process or are Sobering cell as soon as they are able to no longer a risk to themselves or others. ☐ ☐ ☒ continue with the booking process or are no longer a risk to themselves or others. In no case shall a person remain in a sobering cell over 4. Deputies will coordinate with CHS Staff to six hours without an evaluation by medical or custody obtain a health evaluation of the inmate at staff to determine whether the person has an urgent least every six (6) hours from the time of ☐ ☐ ☒ medical problem, pursuant to section 1213 of these placement in cell. regulations. At 12 hours from the time of placement, all persons must See above. receive an evaluation by responsible health care staff. ☐ ☐ ☒ Intermittent direct visual observation of people held in the 4. Deputies shall perform a safety check sobering cell shall be conducted no less than every half within thirty (30) minutes of the beginning of hour. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check for all inmates temporarily ☐ ☐ ☒ housed in CHS Observation Cells on the booking loop. 1057 DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES 2104.1 Developmentally Disabled Developmentally Disabled inmates are The facility administrator, in cooperation with the screened by Correctional Health Services responsible physician, shall develop written policies and (CHS) to determine if the inmate can follow procedures for the identification and evaluation, the rules of the jail, comply with Deputy’s ☒ ☐ ☐ appropriate classification and housing, protection, and directives, and avoid conflicts with other nondiscrimination of all incarcerated persons with inmates. Those who cannot be maintained in developmental disabilities. regular housing will be transferred by CHS to a more appropriate housing location. The health authority or designee shall contact the Support services are available to the regional center for any incarcerated person suspected or developmentally disabled inmate upon their confirmed to have a developmental disability for the release from custody. These services may be purposes of diagnosis or treatment within 24 hours of provided by the Regional Center of Orange such determination, excluding holidays and weekends. ☒ ☐ ☐ County (RCOC), or a Regional Center located in the inmate’s county of residence. During the intake process, CHS will screen the inmate and contact the Regional Center. 1058 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response a) Approved Restraint Devices The facility administrator, in cooperation with the 1. Only restraint devices approved by the responsible physician, shall develop and implement Sheriff may be used in Custody Operations, written policies and procedures for the use of restraint including: devices. Restraint devices include any devices which i. Handcuffs - All Deputies shall, while on duty, immobilize extremities or prevent the incarcerated carry on their person or have immediately person from being ambulatory. The provisions of this available, at least one (1) pair of handcuffs section do not apply to the use of handcuffs, shackles, or meeting the specifications of standard other restraint devices when used to restrain Department issue. incarcerated people for security reasons. The facility ii. Waist restraint with handcuffs. ☐ ☐ ☒ manager may delegate authority to place an incarcerated iii. Leg restraints. person in restraints to responsible health care staff. iv. Plastic flex cuffs – Should be used only when there is access to an appropriate tool for the immediate removal of the flex cuffs. v. Restraint chair. vi. Hobble Restraint for vehicle transportation purposes – Refer to OCSD Policy Manual (Lexipol) Section 306 – Hobble Restraint. This facility does not use Restraint Devices. (a) The policy shall address the following areas: 306 Hobble Restraint (OCSDPM) (1) acceptable restraint devices; 1800.1 Security Restraints ☐ ☐ ☒ v. Restraint chair 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 23 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) signs or symptoms which should result in 7. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment immediate medical/mental health referral; availability and an automated external defibrillator (AED) of cardiopulmonary resuscitation equipment; shall be readily available. e) Required Observation 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate in a restraint chair by direct visual observation within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of the previous check. Staff will check the ☐ ☐ ☒ person for any signs of distress and will ensure the restraints remain properly applied to protect the person’s safety and well-being. Staff will notify CHS immediately if any of the following conditions are observed: i. Swelling, ii. Skin discoloration, iii. Altered respirations or labored breathing, iv. Unconsciousness or reduced consciousness, v. Complaint of injury or illness, vi. Any indication of distress (3) protective housing of restrained persons; 4. Any inmate in a restraint chair shall be ☐ ☐ ☒ secured separately from all other inmates. (4) provision for hydration and sanitation needs; and, f) Hydration and Sanitation ☐ ☐ ☒ (5) exercising of extremities. g) Range of Motion Opportunities ☐ ☐ ☒ (b) Policy shall also include, but not be limited to, the 1880.1 Security Restraints following requirements: b) Use of Restraints (1) In no case shall restraints be used for punishment ☐ ☐ ☒ 2. Restraints will not be used as a punishment or as a substitute for treatment. or a substitute for treatment. (2) Restraint devices shall only be used on b) Use of Restraints incarcerated people who display behavior which 3. Approved restraint devices shall be used results in the destruction of property or reveal an under the following circumstances: ☐ ☐ ☒ intent to cause physical harm to self or others. i. As a precaution to prevent an escape, violent actions, or property damage. (3) Restraint devices should be used only when less 1800.2 Restraint Chair restrictive alternatives, including verbal de-escalation The restraint chair may only be used when it techniques, have been attempted and are deemed appears less restrictive alternatives would be ineffective. ☐ ☐ ☒ ineffective in preventing the inmate from injuring themselves, injuring others, or damaging property. (4) An incarcerated person shall be placed in a) The Watch Commander, in collaboration restraints only with the approval of the facility with Correctional Health Services (CHS) manager, the facility watch commander, or medical personnel, will evaluate the responsible health care staff; continued retention placement of an inmate in the restraint chair. shall be reviewed a minimum of every hour. 2. A Sergeant shall check the condition of the restrained inmate by direct visual observation ☐ ☐ ☒ within sixty minutes of the beginning time of the last Sergeant’s check. h) Continued Restraint 1. The facility Watch Commander and CHS staff will review the inmate for continued restraint or removal a minimum of every hour. (5) Continuous direct visual observation shall be 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and maintained until a medical opinion can be obtained. mental condition prior to placement in the ☐ ☐ ☒ restraint chair. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 24 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (6) A medical opinion on placement and retention 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and shall be secured within one hour from the time of mental condition prior to placement in the placement. restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (7) A medical assessment shall be completed within 2. CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and four hours of placement. mental condition prior to placement in the restraint chair. If CHS is unable to assess the inmate prior to placement in the restraint ☐ ☐ ☒ chair, CHS will assess the inmate’s medical and mental condition within one hour of placement in the restraint chair. (8) Continuous direct visual observation shall be e) Required Observation conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure 1. Staff will check the condition of each inmate that the restraints are properly employed, and to in a restraint chair by direct visual observation ensure the safety and well-being of the incarcerated within fifteen minutes of the beginning time of person. Such observation shall be documented. the previous check. ☐ ☐ ☒ While in restraint devices all incarcerated persons shall be housed alone or in a specified housing area which makes provisions to protect the person from abuse. (9) If the facility manager, or designee, in 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair consultation with responsible health care staff for more than four (4) hours. This is within our determines that an incarcerated person cannot be current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as safely removed from restraints after eight hours, the ☐ ☐ ☒ mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). person shall be taken to a medical facility for further evaluation. (10) Where applicable, the facility manager shall use 3. No inmate will remain in the restraint chair the restraint device manufacturer’s recommended for more than four (4) hours. This is within our maximum time limits for placement. ☐ ☐ ☒ current chair manufacturer’s guidelines as mandated by Title 15, Section 1058(b)(10). (11) All events and information related to the 3. A video camera will be used to record the placement in restraints shall be documented and inmate being placed and secured in the shall be video recorded unless exigent restraint chair. All additional interactions circumstances prevent staff from doing so. The requiring entry into the cell will also be documentation shall include: the reason for ☐ ☐ ☒ recorded, including CHS assessments and placement; person authorizing placement; names of evaluations. staff involved in the placement; injuries sustained; and the duration of placement. 1058.5 RESTRAINTS AND PREGNANT PERSONS 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response (d) Pregnant Inmates The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and Agency policy covers every subsection of this ☒ ☐ ☐ procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant regulation for compliance. people. In accordance with Penal Code Section 3407, the policy shall include reference to the following: This facility does not house females. (1) An incarcerated person known to be pregnant or 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response in recovery after delivery or termination of the (d) Pregnant Inmates pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg ☒ ☐ ☐ or waist restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 25 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) An incarcerated pregnant person in labor, during 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination (d) Pregnant Inmates of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for ☒ ☐ ☐ the safety and security of the incarcerated person, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response who is currently responsible for the medical care of (d) Pregnant Inmates an incarcerated pregnant person during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery ☒ ☐ ☐ or termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of an incarcerated person’s 1800 Restraints and Emergency Response pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, (d) Pregnant Inmates of the standards and policies governing incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ pregnant people. 1059 DNA COLLECTION, USE OF FORCE 374 Biological Samples (OCSDPM) 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples (a) Pursuant to Penal Code Section 298.1, authorized (OCSDPM) law enforcement, custodial, or corrections personnel 1500 Collection of DNA Databank Samples including peace officers, may employ reasonable force to (CPC 296) collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or 1500.2 Service of “Inmate Notice of Penal palm print impressions from individuals who are required Code Section 296” and Any Refusal to to provide such samples, specimens or impressions Provide Sample ☒ ☐ ☐ pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse 1. Staff may employ reasonable force to following written or oral request. collect blood specimens, saliva samples, or thumb or palm print impressions from individuals who are required to provide such samples, specimens or impressions pursuant to Penal Code Section 296 and who refuse following written or oral request. (1) For the purpose of this regulation, the “use of 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples reasonable force” shall be defined as the force that (OCSDPM) an objective, trained and competent correctional For the purpose of this section, the "use of employee, faced with similar facts and reasonable force" shall be defined as the circumstances, would consider necessary and force that an objective, trained, and ☒ ☐ ☐ reasonable to gain compliance with this regulation. competent deputy faced with similar facts and circumstances would consider necessary and reasonable to gain compliance (Penal Code 374.4 PROCEDURE § 298.1(c)(1)(A)). (2) The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples efforts to secure voluntary compliance. Efforts to (OCSDPM) secure voluntary compliance shall be documented 1. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the and include an advisement of the legal obligation to ☒ ☐ ☐ deputy(s) shall take and document provide the requisite specimen, sample or reasonable steps to secure voluntary impression and the consequences of refusal. compliance (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(C)). (b) The force shall not be used without the prior written 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples authorization of the facility watch commander or (OCSDPM) designee on duty. The authorization shall include 2. Prior to the use of reasonable force, the information that reflects the fact that the offender was deputy(s) shall obtain written authorization asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or ☒ ☐ ☐ from a supervisor which shall minimally impression and refused. include that the individual was asked to provide the sample(s) and refused (Penal Code § 298.1(c)(1)(B 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 26 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (c) If the use of reasonable force includes a cell 374.3.4 Use Of Force To Obtain Samples extraction, the extraction shall be videotaped, including (OCSDPM) audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. 3. If the authorized use of reasonable force The videotape shall be retained by the agency for the includes a cell extraction, such extraction ☒ ☐ ☐ length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the shall be video recorded (Penal Code § use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the 298.1(c)(1)(D)). tape shall be retained administratively. 1061 EDUCATION PROGRAM 2012 Education Education programs are offered in The facility administrator of any Type II or III facility shall conjunction with local education agencies plan and shall request of appropriate public officials an ☒ ☐ ☐ (LEA) and are designed to help the education program for incarcerated persons. incarcerated take advantage of their available time. When such services are not made available by the The facility offers the following education appropriate public officials, then the facility administrator programs: shall develop and implement an education program with High School Equivalency, High School ☒ ☐ ☐ available resources. Diploma, English as a second language, academic skills, and money matters. Such a plan shall provide for the voluntary academic or These programs may include an academically vocational, or both, education of housed people. oriented course geared toward the attainment of the California State General Education Development (GED) certificate, as well as continuing education classes such as English as a Second Language (ESL), Job Development Skills, Substance Abuse and Positive Parenting. Basic Literacy Tutoring and Vocational Computer Business skills are ☒ ☐ ☐ also offered. This facility offers a plethora of various educational programs, including but not limited to: GED preparation and testing, English as a 2nd language, academic skills, Money Matters, and creative writing class, with additional classes available on the tablet. Reasonable criteria for program eligibility shall be 2012.1 Enrollment established. Modified academic or vocational a) When security permits, any sentenced or opportunities may be provided based on sound security pre-trial inmate will have the opportunity to practices or a person’s failure to abide by facility rules enroll in any available education program. and regulations. Participation will be voluntary. ☒ ☐ ☐ 1. Equal opportunity for participation is available to both male and female inmates. 2. For enrollment in the GED program the inmate’s sentence must exceed 29 days. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 27 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1062 VISITING 1902 Visiting Jail Operations Administration encourages The facility administrator shall develop and implement inmates to maintain ties with their family and written policies and procedures, which include the friends through regular visits. Visiting is following requirements: scheduled to allow such access on a regular (a) A visiting program which shall provide for: basis limited only by staff availability, capacity (1) As many in-person visits and visitors as facility of the designated visitation areas, and the schedules, space, and number of personnel will safe operation of the jail facilities. allow. ☒ ☐ ☐ 7000.10 Visiting a) Each inmate may have one public visit per visiting day and be afforded a minimum of one hour per week. Each public visiting period will last a minimum of thirty (30) minutes and whenever possible be extended to sixty (60) minutes. (2) A publicly posted schedule of facility visiting Visiting information for each facility is on the hours. If practicable, visiting hours should be made Department’s website: available on weekends, evenings, or holidays. https://www.ocsheriff.gov/commands- ☒ ☐ ☐ divisions/custody-operations-command/theo- lacy-facility/visiting-hours-information (3) For all incarcerated persons in Type II, III, and IV 1. Only one visit is permitted per day. facilities there shall be allowed no fewer than two 2. Visits last a minimum of 30 minutes. visits totaling at least one hour per incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ person each week. (b) Visits may not be cancelled unless a legitimate n) Public Visiting Privileges operational or safety and security concern exists. All 1. The Watch Commander or designee may cancelled visits must be documented. The facility deny an approved visitor access to a facility; manager or designee shall regularly review cancelled or may terminate or restrict a visit in progress ☒ ☐ ☐ visits and document such review. for violations of law, facility policy (such as stated in C.C.R. Title 15), or for any reason related to a legitimate penological interest… (c) The visiting policies developed pursuant to this 1902.1 Visiting Hours section shall include provision for visitation by minor 3. A maximum of two adults and two minors ☒ ☐ ☐ children of the incarcerated person. are permitted at one time. (d) Video visitation may be used to supplement existing b) Video visits will be available 7 days per visitation programs, but shall not be used to fulfill the week between the hours of 0700-1700. requirements of this section if in-person visitation is ☒ ☐ ☐ requested by an incarcerated person. (e) Facilities shall not charge for visitation when visitors are onsite and participating in either in-person or video visitation. For purposes of this subsection, “onsite” is ☒ ☐ ☐ defined as the location where the incarcerated person is housed. (f) Subdivision (d) shall not apply to facilities which (1) exclusively used video visitation prior to January 1, 2017 or (2) had been designed without in-person visitation ☐ ☐ ☒ space and conditionally awarded by the Board prior to June 27, 2017. (g) If a local detention facility offered video visitation only as of January 1, 2017, the first hour of remote video ☐ ☐ ☒ visitation per week shall be offered free of charge. Types and availability of visitation, including: On-site barrier and video visits are available. Note: Reference PC § 6031.1(a)(4) (June 2017). Mode of visitation; On-site barrier and video visits are available. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 28 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Visitation hours; a) On-site personal visiting will be conducted Friday through Monday 0800-1700. b) Video visits will be available 7 days per week between the hours of 0700-1700. Time inmates are allowed for visitation; and, See above. Any restrictions on inmate visitation. Discipline, facility security, unruly visitor. 1063 CORRESPONDENCE 1900 Communications, Mail, and Visiting Inmates will be permitted to send and receive The facility administrator shall develop written policies unlimited correspondence to maintain and procedures for correspondence which provide that: communication with their families, friends, (a) there is no limitation on the volume of mail that an business associates and government ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person may send or receive; authorities, except when there is reasonable cause to justify limitations for reasons of public safety or facility order, security, or to stop a state or federal crime. (b) an incarcerated person’s correspondence may be a) All incoming mail will be screened for read when there is a valid security reason and the facility unacceptable materials. ☒ ☐ ☐ manager or designee approves; (c) jail staff shall not review an incarcerated person’s d) All incoming mail from state and federal correspondence to or from state and federal courts, any courts, state and federal elected officials, member of the State Bar or holder of public office, and attorneys, legitimate legal service the State Board of State and Community Corrections; organizations that consist of an established however, jail authorities may open and inspect such mail group of attorneys involved in the only to search for contraband, cash, checks, or money representation of offenders in judicial orders and in the presence of the incarcerated person; proceedings (including the American Civil Liberties Union and the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers), the ☒ ☐ ☐ Corrections Standards Authority and the Division Commander or the Captain, shall be considered "legal mail," and shall only be opened and inspected in the presence of the inmate by a Deputy in the inmate’s housing area. This mail shall not be read or copied but may be inspected in the presence of the addressee for contraband. (d) incarcerated persons may correspond, confidentially, See above. with the facility manager or the facility administrator; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) those incarcerated persons who are without funds 1900.5 Free Postage shall be permitted at least four postage paid envelopes 1. At least four postage-free letters each and eight sheets of paper each week to permit week. (Personal Correspondence) correspondence with family members and friends but 2. Postage-free letters for legal without limitation on the number of postage paid correspondence as needed. ☒ ☐ ☐ envelopes and sheets of paper to their attorney and to 2002 Commissary and Inmate Welfare Fund the courts. f) Welfare Pack, iv. Four (4) letter sized envelopes and postage, vi. Ten (10) sheets of writing paper 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 29 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1064 LIBRARY SERVICES 2000 Inmate Services and Programs 2010 Legal Books and Library Services The facility administrator shall develop written policies j) Jail Law Library Materials Distribution and procedures for library service in all Type II, III, and IV facilities. The scope of such service shall be determined 2010.02 Library Services by the facility administrator. The library service shall b) Books include access to the following resources via paper 1. A floating library of paperback books is documents or through electronic media and include circulated by the Correctional Programs staff current information on community services and ☒ ☐ ☐ throughout the facility housing units for use by resources, and religious, educational, legal reference the inmates. material and recreational reading material. 3. On a weekly basis, a member of the Correctional Programs staff will visit each housing unit and sector to exchange books. Books are brought to the housing areas for exchange. 1065 EXERCISE AND OUT OF CELL TIME 2006 Recreation Inmates will have access to a variety of (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall recreation opportunities and equipment, both develop written policies and procedures for a minimum of indoor and outdoor, in order to maintain the 10 hours of out of cell time distributed over a period of physical, social and emotional health of the seven days to include: individual. 7000.9 Recreation ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people assigned to the Barracks are offered three hours of outdoor recreation per week in the recreation field and dayroom is available all day. Sector housing has two outdoor recreation spaces attached to the module and access to the dayroom for three hours daily. (1) an opportunity for three hours of exercise and 3. Staff shall afford each inmate the opportunity to participate in a minimum of three (3) hours of outdoor recreation per week, distributed over at least two separate days. Outdoor recreation will generally be available for use by inmates from 0600 through 2300 hours daily. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of yard logs from June 2025 and September 2025 for individuals in administrative, barracks, and sector housing and determined compliance with this regulation. Individuals ☒ ☐ ☐ were offered the yard in compliance with this regulation. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff observed incarcerated people in the recreation yards and spoke with incarcerated people who stated they were allowed outdoor recreation three or more times per week for two to three hours each time. Agency supervision stated they also allow incarcerated people to exercise indoors during dayroom time. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 30 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (2) an opportunity for seven hours of recreation. b) Dayrooms 1. Under normal circumstances, inmates will be afforded the opportunity to use the dayroom for a minimum of three hours per day, unless specific and articulable reasons exist for a shorter time period. BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of dayroom logs for individuals in Sector and ☒ ☐ ☐ Administrative Housing from June and September 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Individuals were offered dayroom time in excess of this regulation. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff spoke to incarcerated individuals in several housing areas and confirmed they had access to the dayroom for at least three hours daily. Policies shall include reasonable and necessary 5. An inmate’s poor behavior or violation of jail procedures to ensure safety and security. rules does not justify loss of their outdoor ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation time unless their actions pose a threat to the safety and security of the facility. 1066 BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, PERIODICALS, AND 1900.6 Inmate Subscriptions to Books, WRITINGS Magazines, and Newspapers a) Inmates will be permitted to receive (a) The facility administrator of a Type II or III facility shall through the mail, any newspapers which are develop written policies and procedures which will permit not provided by the jail, and magazines or incarcerated persons to purchase, receive and read any paperback books that may lawfully be book, newspaper, periodical, or writing accepted for transmitted through the U.S. Postal Service. distribution by the United States Postal Service. The ☒ ☐ ☐ facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan to make available a current newspaper or other like source, including a non-English language alternative, to ensure reasonable access to interested people. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting the right of a facility administrator to: (1) exclude any publications or writings based on any These items are subject to reasonable legitimate penological interest; withholding for inspection for contraband and ☒ ☐ ☐ security purposes. (2) exclude obscene publications or writings, and 1900.2 Unacceptable Items Received in the mail containing information concerning where, how, Mail or from whom such matter may be obtained; and any 2010.2 Library Services matter of a character tending to incite murder, arson, 1. Obscene publications or writings, and mail riot, violent racism, or any other form of violence; any containing information concerning where, matter of a character tending to incite crimes against ☒ ☐ ☐ how or from whom such material may be children; any matter concerning unlawful gambling or obtained; anything that may incite murder, an unlawful lottery; the manufacture or use of assault, violence; and any material weapons, narcotics, or explosives; or any other concerning unlawful gambling or an unlawful unlawful activity; lottery, shall be excluded. (3) open and inspect any publications or packages a) All incoming mail will be screened for received by an incarcerated person; and ☒ ☐ ☐ unacceptable materials. (4) restrict the number of books, newspapers, Module Deputies will adhere to the five (5) periodicals, or writings the incarcerated person may book/magazine limit set for inmates. have in their cell or elsewhere in the facility at one ☒ ☐ ☐ time. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 31 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1067 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE 1904 Inmate Telephone Calls Inmates confined in any Jail Operations The facility administrator shall develop written policies facility will have access to telephones to and procedures which allow access to a telephone or maintain community and family ties and communication device beyond those telephone calls communicate with legal representatives or the which are required by Section 851.5 of the Penal Code. courts. Individuals who are known to have, or are perceived by 1904.4 Special Use Telephones others as having hearing or speech impairments shall be a) Each facility will maintain video interpreting provided access to the appropriate telecommunication services for hearing impaired inmates’ use. device which will facilitate communication. Such devices Requests to use video interpreting services may include but are not limited to videophones, will be honored at the convenience of jail staff, teletypewriters, or third-party communications but as soon as reasonably possible. assistance. An individual’s access to telephone 8000.2 Programs and Services communications shall not be withdrawn unless doing so 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for is required to uphold the safety and security of the facility. Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 3000.1 Telephones for New Bookings f) Use of the Hearing Impaired Telephone (TDD) 1. A (TDD) "Porta Printer Plus" hearing impaired telephone device will be maintained inside the Watch Commander's office at the IRC. When a hearing impaired arrestee is received, they will be advised that the device is available for use if desired. (The party being called must have a similar device in order to communicate). 1068 ACCESS TO COURTS AND COUNSEL 3010 Attorney, Bondsman, Official and In- Custody Visitation The facility administrator shall develop written policies 3010.2 Scheduled Attorney and Official and procedures to ensure incarcerated persons have Agency Visitation access to the court and to legal counsel. ☒ ☐ ☐ a) Attorneys and other official visitors for Such access shall consist of: inmates in the CMJ and CWJ will contact the Attorney/Bond Guard Station in the facility where the inmate is housed. (a) unlimited mail as provided in Section 1063 of these 1604.1 Inmate Rights regulations, and, x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and ☒ ☐ ☐ confidential consultation with attorneys (Minimum Jail Standards, Title 15, Section 1068). (b) confidential consultation with attorneys. 1904.4 Special Use Telephones 1. Calls between an inmate and their attorney ☒ ☐ ☐ or an agent of the attorney are privileged and shall not be subject to auditory monitoring. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 32 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1069 ORIENTATION 1600 Orientation and Jail Rules To maintain inmate discipline within Jail (a) In Type II, III, and IV facilities, the facility administrator Operations, a set of rules and regulations has shall develop written policies and procedures for the been established that specifies violations and implementation of a program for people newly admitted sanctions. Inmate rights will be recognized, to the facility designed to orient them at the time of and responsible inmate behavior will be placement in a living area. required at all times. An efficient operating facility, safe working conditions for jail staff and the security of the inmate population are ☒ ☐ ☐ the primary objectives for the enforcement of jail rules. New inmates will be informed of jail rules at the time of admission. BSCC staff reviewed the Inmate Orientation Handbook last revised in April 2025 and determined it was in compliance with these regulations. Both written and verbal information shall be provided and c) Jail rules, programs and services are may be supplemented with video orientation. posted throughout each facility in the dayrooms, outdoor recreation, and other areas. ☒ ☐ ☐ d) Inmates are required to read, understand and comply with inmate orientation provisions and jail rules. Provision shall be made to provide accessible orientation 8000 Inmates with Disabilities information to each person, including those with f) System-wide Functions disabilities, limited literacy, or those with limited English 4. Inmates identified by CHS staff will be proficiency (LEP). interviewed by the facility ADA Deputy. Each inmate will be notified in writing regarding what level of programs and services they are eligible to receive based on classification level and medical needs. In addition, each inmate will receive a copy of the jail rules and ☒ ☐ ☐ correctional programs brochure. If an inmate requires assistance reading the orientation brochure, the ADA Deputy will take steps to ensure Effective Communication for the inmate. a) Intake 12. Reasonable accommodations will be made during the intake process. Such a program shall be published and include, but not 1600.3 Orange County Jail Rules be limited to, the following: a) Visiting and Communications (1) correspondence, visiting, and telephone usage ☒ ☐ ☐ b) Mail rules; c) Phone Calls (2) rules and disciplinary procedures; 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules - Violations by Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1602 Discipline (3) grievance procedures; 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure ☒ ☐ ☐ (4) programs and activities available and method of 1600.6 Orange County Correctional application; ☒ ☐ ☐ Programs (5) medical and mental health services; l) Medical/Dental/Psychiatric Care ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) classification/housing assignments; e) Housing Assignments and Movement ☒ ☐ ☐ j) Classification of Inmates (7) court appearance where scheduled, if known; o) Court ☒ ☐ ☐ 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 33 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (8) voting, including registration; 1604.1 Inmate Rights v) Inmates who are qualified voters as determined by the County Registrar of Voters ☒ ☐ ☐ may vote by absentee ballot in local, state, and federal elections. (9) zero tolerance policy against sexual abuse and t) In-Custody Contact sexual harassment; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (10) availability of personal care items and p) Cleanliness opportunities for personal hygiene. ☒ ☐ ☐ n) Jail Clothing and Hygiene 1070 INDIVIDUAL/FAMILY SERVICE PROGRAMS 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility shall develop written policies and procedures which facilitate BSCC staff reviewed a programs schedule for cooperation with appropriate public or private agencies June 2025 for this facility. The facility offers for individual or family social service programs for several programs including but not limited to incarcerated persons. Such a program shall utilize the Intro to Software Applications, Virtual Reality services and resources available in the community and ☒ ☐ ☐ Headset, How to Build a Home-Based may be in the form of a resource guide or actual service Business/Accounting for Non-Accountants, delivery. Institutional Food Preparation, Custodial Technician, All In Program, Transitional Age Youth Program, Pride Program, Thinking for a Change, Substance Abuse, Life Skills classes, and Re-Entry. The range and source of such services shall be at the 1600.6 Orange County Correctional discretion of the facility administrator and may include: Programs (a) risk and needs assessments; b) Academic Programs/Classes (b) best practices in: c) Developmental Programs/Classes (1) individual, group or family counseling; d) Vocational Education Programs (2) drug and alcohol abuse counseling; e) Religious & Inspirational Programs (3) cognitive behavioral interventions; f) Law Library (4) vocational testing and counseling; g) Great Escape Program (5) employment counseling; ☒ ☐ ☐ (6) discharge and reentry planning; 2000 Inmate Services and Programs (c) referral to community resources and programs; c) Programs and services will be provided by (d) reentry planning and service development; Correctional Programs Staff and outside (e) legal assistance; community resources. (f) regional center services for the developmentally disabled; and, (g) community volunteers. 1071 VOTING 1604.4 Inmate Voting Procedure The Orange County Sheriff’s Department The facility administrator of a Type I (holding sentenced Custody Command shall allow inmates to incarcerated workers) II, III or IV facility shall develop correspond with the Orange County Registrar written policies and procedures whereby the county of Voters to register to vote, in their county of registrar of voters allows qualified voters to vote in local, ☒ ☐ ☐ residence, and submit an application for a state, and federal elections, pursuant to election codes. vote by mail ballot. Inmates who would like to participate in local, state and federal elections can contact the Registrar of Voters for information and materials. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 34 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1072 RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCES 1600.6 Orange County Correctional Programs The facility administrator of a Type I, II, III or IV facility e) Religious & Inspirational Programs shall develop written policies and procedures to provide 1. The Orange County Sheriff’s Correctional opportunities for incarcerated persons to participate in Programs Unit offers religious services in religious services, practices, and counseling on a several denominations. These services are voluntary basis. offered in English, Spanish, and Vietnamese. ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Individual pastoral counseling is also available upon request. 7000.11 Religious Service Procedures This facility offers several religious programs for various faiths. 1073 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 1600.5 Inmate Grievance Procedure b) Allowable Grievances (a) Each administrator of a Type II, III, or IV facility and 1. Any inmate may file a grievance related to Type I facilities which hold incarcerated workers shall any condition of confinement, including but develop written policies and procedures whereby all not limited to: incarcerated persons have the opportunity and ability to i. Medical Care submit and appeal grievances relating to any conditions ii. Classification Actions of confinement, including but not limited to: medical care; iii. Program Participation classification actions; disciplinary actions; program iv. Telephone, Mail, and Visiting Procedures participation; telephone, mail, and visiting procedures; v. Food, Clothing, and Bedding Issues and food, clothing, and bedding. vi. Disability accommodations and/or Such policies and procedures shall include: discrimination ☒ ☐ ☐ BSCC staff reviewed a random sample of grievances, responses, and appeals dated January to April 2025 and determined compliance with these regulations. While there were a small number of grievances that appeared to take longer than 14 days to address, staff answered the vast majority within the timeframe. Some grievances require more extensive review and investigation and may exceed 14 days from receipt. (1) a grievance form; 2. Grievance forms are available in all ☒ ☐ ☐ housing locations. (2) instructions for registering and appealing a 6. All properly completed grievance forms grievance, including relevant deadlines; shall be submitted within 14 calendar days of the alleged incident. ☒ ☐ ☐ 4. Any grievance appeal must be submitted within 14 days of notification of the previous grievance outcome. (3) a process for submission and handling of i. The inmate may drop the completed anonymous grievances; grievance form in any grievance drop box. ☒ ☐ ☐ These boxes are located throughout the facility and accessible to all inmates. (4) resolution of the grievance at the lowest e) Grievance Resolution appropriate staff level; 1. All grievances will be resolved at the lowest possible level. If the assigned staff member is ☒ ☐ ☐ unable to resolve the issue, the form will be forwarded to the next highest level in the chain of command. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 35 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (5) appeal to the next level of review; g) Grievance Appeals 2. In the event an inmate is dissatisfied with the outcome of the actions taken at the initial ☒ ☐ ☐ level, the grievance may be appealed to the next highest level. (6) written reasons for denial of grievance at each 4. Grievances that are denied or cannot be level of review which acts on the grievance; resolved will have written reasons for the ☒ ☐ ☐ denial from each level of review which acted upon the grievance. (7) provision for a non-automated initial response 2. Staff investigations and responses shall be within a reasonable time limit which shall not exceed completed within a reasonable amount of a period of 15 calendar days; time. Reasonableness will be based on the ☒ ☐ ☐ type and scope of the grievance submitted, but all inmate grievances will be acted on within ten working days of receipt. (8) provision for resolving questions of jurisdiction 3. An inmate may not file a grievance on any within the facility; issue which the Department has no control over, such as i. Federal, State, or Local Laws ☒ ☐ ☐ ii. Judicial Proceedings or Decisions of the Courts iii. Probation or Parole Actions (9) provision for providing a copy of the grievance, The staff member will provide the inmate a appeal, response, and related documents to the completed copy, and place the original incarcerated person; and, completed and signed form in the area’s grievance box for supervisor review, database upload, and distribution. 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the ☒ ☐ ☐ Grievance Database has been updated, a copy of the completed grievance has been provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (10) The facility manager or designee shall conduct 5. The Administrative Sergeant will ensure the regular review of grievances, responses, and Grievance Database has been updated, a appeals. copy of the completed grievance has been ☒ ☐ ☐ provided to the inmate, and a copy of the completed grievance has been placed in the inmate’s records jacket. (b) Grievance System Abuse: j) Grievance Procedure Abuse The facility may establish written policy and procedure to control the submission of an excessive number of ☒ ☐ grievances. 1080 RULES AND DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1600.4 Orange County Jail Rules – Violations by Inmates Wherever discipline is administered, each facility 1602 Discipline administrator shall establish written rules and disciplinary Inmate misconduct will be documented in the actions to guide the conduct of incarcerated persons. Jail Management System (JMS) and ☒ ☐ ☐ sanctions will be imposed in proportion to the Notes: If discipline IS NOT administered, written policy severity of the rule violated. Inmates may should indicate as such. If discipline IS administered, utilize the formal appeal process to appeal Sections 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083 and 1084 apply. any disciplinary action against them. Such rules and disciplinary actions shall be stated simply d) Each inmate will have access to posted and affirmatively and posted conspicuously in housing rules. units and the booking area or issued to each person upon ☒ ☐ ☐ booking. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 36 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS For those individuals with limited literacy, who are unable 8000 Inmates with Disabilities to read English, and for persons with disabilities, b) Staff will provide reasonable modifications provision shall be made for the jail staff to instruct them to jail rules, policies, and practices to enable verbally or provide them with material in an inmates to participate in the services, understandable form regarding jail rules and disciplinary programs, and activities offered to other procedures and actions. inmates of the same classification level. Some examples of reasonable accommodations include: 1. Using a sign language interpreter, Video Remote Interpreter (VRI), or other means to ensure proper communication with deaf inmates (e.g., jail rules & rights, Miranda admonishments, interviews, disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ hearings.) The complexity and importance of communication, the number of people involved, and the length of the communication are some factors to consider when deciding on the best method of communication assistance. 2. Providing Telecommunications Devices for Deaf Persons (TDDs), Video Relay Services (VRS), or other texting devices to allow deaf inmates to make telephone calls. These devices, and directions for usage, are maintained inside the Watch Commander’s office. 1081 PLAN FOR DISCIPLINE OF INCARCERATED 1602.5 Discipline PERSONS a) Counseling an Inmate: b) Minor Violations Each facility administrator shall develop written policies ii. Assign up to four (4) hours extra duty with and procedures for discipline of incarcerated persons. the approval of a Sergeant or Watch The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following Commander. elements: iii. Deny the inmate certain privileges, such as (a) Temporary Loss of Privileges: For minor acts of non- telephone or TV for up to five (5) days for each ☒ ☐ ☐ conformance or minor violations of facility rules, staff may violation. (Under no circumstance should a impose a temporary loss of privileges, such as access to loss of telephone privileges be used to television, telephones, commissary, or lockdown for less prevent an inmate from making legal calls to than 24 hours, provided there is written documentation their attorney.) and supervisory approval. iv. Deny the inmate commissary for up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not five commissary days). (b) Disciplinary Actions: Major violations of facility rules 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules or repetitive minor acts of non-conformance or repetitive may consist of one or any combination of the minor violations of facility rules shall be reported in writing following: by the staff member observing the act and submitted to ☒ ☐ ☐ the disciplinary officer. The consequences of such violations may include, but are not limited to: 1. Loss of good time/work time. iii. Loss of good time/ work time ☒ ☐ ☐ 2. Placement in disciplinary separation. The inmate(s) involved in the violation, along with any witnesses, will be temporarily ☒ ☐ ☐ segregated until they have been interviewed. 3. Loss of privileges mandated by regulations. ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, ☒ ☐ ☐ recreation, program classes, etc.) A staff member with investigative and disciplinary The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor authority shall be designated as a disciplinary officer to who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ impose such consequences. incident. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 37 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Staff shall not participate in disciplinary review if they are The hearing will be conducted by a supervisor involved in the charges. who was not involved or a witness to the ☒ ☐ ☐ incident. Such charges pending against an incarcerated person 2. Disciplinary Process Major Violations shall be acted on with the following provisions and within ii. Inmates will receive a copy of the Notice of specified timeframes: Disciplinary Violation, on which the rule 1. A copy of the report, or a separate written notice ☒ ☐ ☐ violation will be documented. of the violation(s), shall be provided to the incarcerated person. 2. Unless declined by the incarcerated person, a iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hearing shall be provided no sooner than 24 hours sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no after the report has been submitted to the disciplinary later than seventy-two (72) hours after an officer and the incarcerated person has been inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary informed of the charges in writing. The hearing may ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four be postponed or continued for a reasonable time (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so through a written waiver by the incarcerated person, noted on the form. or for good cause. 3. The incarcerated person shall be permitted to The Deputy(s) and inmate (s) will be appear on their own behalf at the time of hearing and interviewed along with any witnesses they present witnesses and documentary evidence. The wish to call. Interpreters will be provided as incarcerated person shall have access to staff or ☒ ☐ ☐ needed. The inmate shall have access to staff assistance when they have limited literacy, or the or inmate assistance when the inmate is issues are complex. illiterate or the issues are complex. 4. A charge(s) shall be acted on no later than 72 iii. Disciplinary hearings will take place no hours after an incarcerated person has been sooner than twenty-four (24) hours and no informed of the charge(s) in writing. later than seventy-two (72) hours after an inmate is served their Notice of Disciplinary ☒ ☐ ☐ Violation / Hearing, unless their twenty-four (24) hours are waived by the inmate and so noted on the form. 5. Subsequent to final disposition of disciplinary 6. Final disposition of punishment will be charges by the disciplinary officer, the charges and made by the Disciplinary Officer and reviewed the action taken shall be reviewed by the facility ☒ ☐ ☐ by the Watch Commander. manager or designee. 6. The incarcerated person shall be advised in a 7. Inmates shall be advised of the action taken written statement by the fact-finders about the by the Disciplinary Officer by means of an evidence relied on and the reasons for the "Inmate's Advisement of Punishment Report" disciplinary action. A copy of the record shall be kept which is prepared by the Disciplinary Officer. pursuant to Penal Code Section 4019.5. ☒ ☐ ☐ Distribution of the form is as follows: i. One (1) copy to Inmate Records ii. Two (2) copies to Classification iii. One (1) copy to the inmate 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 38 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 7. There shall be a policy of review and appeal to a 1602.6 Appeal Procedure supervisor on all disciplinary action. a) Minor Violation Appeal Procedure: Any inmate wishing to appeal a minor violation must submit a written request within forty- eight (48) hours of notice of the violation to the appropriate Sergeant. b) Major Violation Appeal Procedure: Appeals of punishment may be made in writing in the form of a grievance, an Inmate Message Slip, ☒ ☐ ☐ or a letter to the facility and must be submitted within fourteen (14) days after receiving notice of the discipline imposed. Appeals submitted after this period will not be considered timely and will not be evaluated. The Division Commander will review the Watch Commander’s report and advise the inmate of the decision on an Inmate's Advisement of Appeal form. 1082 FORMS OF DISCIPLINE 1602.5 Discipline a) Counseling an Inmate, b) Minor Violations The degree of actions taken by the disciplinary officer i. Counsel the offender. ii. Assign up to four shall be directly related to the severity of the rule (4) hours extra duty with the approval of a infraction and promotion of desired behavior through a Sergeant or Watch Commander. iii. Deny the progressive disciplinary process. Acceptable forms of inmate certain privileges, such as telephone discipline shall consist of, but not be limited to, the or TV for up to five (5) days for each violation. following: (Under no circumstance should a loss of (a) Loss of privileges. telephone privileges be used to prevent an (b) Extra work detail. inmate from making legal calls to their (c) Short term lockdown for less than 24 hours. attorney.) iv. Deny the inmate commissary for (d) Removal from work details. up to five (5) consecutive calendar days (not (e) Forfeiture of “good time” credits earned under Penal five commissary days). Code Section 4019. (f) Forfeiture of “work time” credits earned under Penal 3. Punishment for major violations of jail rules ☒ ☐ ☐ Code Section 4019. may consist of one or any combination of the (g) Disciplinary separation. following: i. Any of the punishments listed under minor violations, ii. Loss of privileges (commissary, visiting, recreation, program classes, etc.) A. "Loss of Privileges" does not include group religious services. Exclusion from group religious services may only be based on security concerns. B. Inmates placed on “Loss of Privileges” will be offered two (2) hours of day room per day. iii. Loss of good time/ work time iv. Removal from work status v. Or the combination of any of the above 1083 LIMITATIONS ON DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 1604.1 Inmate Rights p) Protection from personal abuse, corporal The Penal Code and the State Constitution expressly punishment, personal injury, disease, prohibit all cruel and unusual punishment. Disciplinary property damage and harassment. actions shall not include corporal punishment, group punishment when feasible, or physical or psychological 1. Out of cell time may be temporarily degradation. suspended for disciplinary or security ☒ ☐ ☐ reasons. Additionally, there shall be the following limitations: (a) Disciplinary separation shall be considered an option The agency converted cells originally built for of last resort and as a response to the most serious and disciplinary isolation into storage and threatening behavior, for the shortest time possible, and therefore are no longer in use. with the least restrictive conditions possible. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 39 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (1) If a person is on disciplinary separation status for 30 consecutive days there shall be a review by the facility manager before the disciplinary separation status is continued. This review shall include a consultation with health care staff. Such reviews ☒ ☐ ☐ shall continue at least every fifteen days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended. This review shall be documented. (2) The disciplinary separation cells or cell shall have the minimum furnishings and space specified in Title 24, Part 2, 1231.2.6 and 2.7. Occupants shall be issued clothing and bedding as specified in Articles 13 and 14 of these regulations and shall not be deprived of them through any portion of the day except that those incarcerated persons who engage ☒ ☐ ☐ in the destruction of bedding or clothing may be deprived of such articles. The decision to deprive a person of such articles of clothing and bedding shall be reviewed by the facility manager or designee during each 24-hour period. (3) If after placement in separation, mental health or medical staff determine that an individual has serious mental illness or an intellectual disability, they shall ☒ ☐ ☐ be removed from disciplinary separation immediately upon this determination. (b) The delegation of authority to any incarcerated person d) Discipline by Inmates or group of incarcerated people to exercise the right of 1. No inmate may inflict punishment upon punishment over any other incarcerated person or group another inmate. of incarcerated people. 2. "Kangaroo Court" (mock courts set up by ☒ ☐ ☐ inmates) and/or "sanitation committees" Note: PC § 4019.5. (inmates set up to enforce sanitation rules) are illegal in any California jail. (c) In no case shall a safety cell, as specified in Title 24, 5. Safety cells (medical restraint) will not be Part 2, 1231.2.5, or any restraint device be used for used as a form of punishment. ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary purposes. (d) No incarcerated person may be deprived of the 1602.1 General implements necessary to maintain an acceptable level of f) As punishment for jail rule violations, no personal hygiene as specified in Section 1265 of these inmate shall be deprived of implements regulations. ☒ ☐ ☐ necessary to maintain personal hygiene, food, bedding, correspondence or access to counsel. (e) Food shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure. 4. Under no circumstances will an inmate be ☒ ☐ ☐ denied food as a means of punishment. (f) Correspondence privileges shall not be withheld w) Uncensored communication and/or except in cases where the incarcerated person has correspondence with persons on the outside, violated correspondence regulations, in which case limited only as necessary, or by law to correspondence may be suspended for no longer than 72 ☒ ☐ ☐ maintain order and security or set by hours, without the review and approval of the facility disciplinary restrictions. manager. (g) In no case shall access to courts and legal counsel be x) Inmates shall not be denied access to the suspended as a disciplinary measure. Courts and Counsel. Access shall consist of ☒ ☐ ☐ unlimited incoming and outgoing mail and confidential consultation with attorneys 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 40 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1084 DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 4. Documentation: iii. After approval, all copies of the report shall Penal Code Section 4019.5 requires that a record is kept be retained in the respective module until the of all disciplinary actions administered therefore. This punishment is completed. Upon completion of requirement may be satisfied by retaining copies of rule punishment, the Module Deputy will send the violation reports and report of the disposition of each. original copy of the report to Inmate Records, where it will be filed in the inmate’s jail file. BSCC staff reviewed a random selection of ☒ ☐ ☐ disciplinary record packets dated between January and May 2025 and determined compliance with Regulations 1080-1084. The rule violation reports and disciplinary hearing notes explained the actions of the incarcerated person(s) and subsequent actions of staff. Hearings were conducted in a timely manner and proper action was taken when due process was not followed. 1206.5 MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICABLE 2108.1 Screening Process DISEASES IN A CUSTODY SETTING 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure a) All personnel who observe or are informed (a) The responsible physician, in conjunction with the of any activity among persons in custody that facility administrator and the county health officer, shall may cause the transmission of AIDS or other develop a written plan to address the identification, communicable diseases shall immediately treatment, control and follow-up management of report the incident in writing to the I.R.C tuberculosis and other communicable diseases. The plan Watch Commander by completing the "Report shall cover the intake screening procedures, of Activity Known to Cause Transmission of ☒ ☐ ☐ identification of relevant symptoms, referral for a medical AIDS" form. This form will be attached to any evaluation, treatment responsibilities during other required reports. incarceration and coordination with public health officials 1. Additionally, the Facility Shift Commander for follow-up treatment in the community. The plan shall shall make a telephonic report to Employee reflect the current local incidence of communicable Health Services as soon as possible. If after diseases which threaten the health of incarcerated business hours or on weekends, the people and staff. telephonic report shall be made to the on-call Public Health Medical Officer. (b) Consistent with the above plan, the health authority 2110.2 Communicable Disease Exposure shall, in cooperation with the facility administrator and the a) All employees and volunteers exposed to a county health officer, set forth in writing, policies and person diagnosed with a communicable procedures in conformance with applicable state and disease shall be evaluated, counseled and ☒ ☐ ☐ federal law, which include, but are not limited to: offered appropriate prophylactic treatment by (1) The types of communicable diseases to be HCA/ Employee Health Services or another reported; treatment facility. (2) The persons who shall receive the medical 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records reports; ☒ ☐ ☐ 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting (3) Sharing of medical information with incarcerated 2110.4 Medical Records persons and custody staff; a) Within Correctional Health Services (CHS), the problem orientated medical record structure will be used as much as practicable. The medical record will list all medical encounters, the diagnosis thereof, ☒ ☐ ☐ subsequent findings, treatments, rehabilitation, maintenance and patient education. An inmate’s perceived health problems will be recorded as well as the dispositions thereof. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 41 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) Medical procedures required to identify the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting presence of disease(s) and lessen the risk of e) The I.R.C. Watch Commander will provide exposure to others; a copy of all reports to H.C.A. Medical ☒ ☐ ☐ Services, who, in turn will evaluate any transmission incident and all involved inmates and/or staff. (5) Medical confidentiality requirements; 2110.4 Medical Records c) At no time will any inmate or other unauthorized persons be allowed access to inmate medical records. The files will be kept separated from the inmate's confinement ☒ ☐ ☐ record, including after the time they are released. All access to inmate medical files will be controlled and regulated by the Custodian of Records. (6) Housing considerations based upon behavior, 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records medical needs, and safety of the affected h) Communicable Disease - For inmates incarcerated persons; diagnosed with a communicable disease and refusing appropriate treatment, medical quarantine authorized by the treating physician shall be used. Treatment, other ☒ ☐ ☐ than in an emergency situation, shall not be forced by any CHS staff member. For such cases, a court order for treatment may be sought by the Medical Director after consultation with the Sheriff. (7) Provisions for consent by an incarcerated person 2110 Medical-Legal Reporting and Records that address the limits of confidentiality; and, a) The informed consent of the inmate shall be required for all examinations, treatments and procedures governed by informed ☒ ☐ ☐ consent standards in the community. Access to inmate medical records shall be strictly controlled, according to HIPPA guidelines. (8) Reporting and appropriate action upon the 2110.3 Communicable Diseases Reporting possible exposure of custody staff to a c) Employee who believes they have been communicable disease. exposed to communicable disease will report ☒ ☐ ☐ possible exposure to their Supervisor immediately. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 42 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1211 SICK CALL 2106 Sick Call/Hospital Referrals Inmates with non-emergency health care The facility administrator, in cooperation with the health complaints will be seen by the appropriate authority, shall develop written policies and procedures, health care professional during scheduled which provide daily sick call for all incarcerated persons sick call hours. Severe medical conditions will or provision made that any incarcerated person be referred to contract medical facilities. requesting medical/mental health attention be given such 2106.1 - General attention. a) Sick call will be conducted daily. b) Sick call hours will generally be from 0700 to 2000 hours. c) A licensed physician, registered nurse, or nurse practitioner will conduct sick ☒ ☐ ☐ call. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff interviewed facility medical staff and confirmed sick call is held Monday through Friday. Medical staff are available for emergencies on Saturdays. BSCC staff also interviewed incarcerated persons and determined turnaround time after completing a sick call request slip is about one day for a nonemergency. 1240 FREQUENCY OF SERVING 2306 Meal Service 2306.2 - Inmate Meals In Temporary Holding, Type I, II, and III facilities, and a) Meal Frequency those Type IV facilities where food is served, food shall 1. Inmates will be provided three meals per be served three times in any 24-hour period. At least one day, served at regular times during each of these meals shall include hot food. Supplemental food twenty-four (24) hour period. At least one must be served to incarcerated persons if more than 14 meal will include hot food. Meals will be hours pass between evening and morning meals. served approximately at 0430, 1100 and 1600 Additionally, supplemental food must be served to people hours. on medical diets in less than the time period outlined ☒ ☐ ☐ above, if prescribed by the responsible physician. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff spoke with facility kitchen staff. Staff confirmed meals are ready by 0300, 1030, and 1500 hours to meet the serving times as stated by policy. The staff also confirmed they offer a variety of special diets, including but not limited to cardiac, diabetic, allergies, vegetarian, religious, vegan, Kosher, gluten- free, low fiber, etc. A minimum of fifteen minutes shall be allowed for the 4000.5 - Inmate Meals actual consumption of each meal except for those on 6. All inmates will be given a minimum of medical diets where the responsible physician has ☒ ☐ ☐ fifteen (15) minutes to eat their meals. prescribed additional time. Provisions shall be made for incarcerated persons who Late courts will be fed upon their return to the may miss a regularly scheduled facility meal. They shall facility with a sack lunch unless the serving be provided with a substitute meal and beverage, and on line is still open. medical diets shall be provided with their prescribed ☒ ☐ ☐ meal. Kitchen staff confirmed sack lunches are given to incarcerated people at court. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 43 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1260 STANDARD INSTITUTIONAL CLOTHING 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules g) Jail Issued Clothing The standard issue of climatically suitable clothing to 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene incarcerated people held after arraignment in all but Articles, and Linen Supplies Court Holding, Temporary Holding, and Type IV facilities All inmates will be provided clothing that shall include, but not be limited to: meets sanitation and safety requirements and (a) Clean socks and footwear; ☒ ☐ ☐ is properly fitted, climatically suitable, and appropriate to meet the needs of the situation. All inmates will be supplied with bedding and linens sufficient to provide comfortable, sanitary and safe conditions during their period of confinement. (b) Clean outergarments; and, g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Clean undergarments; g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (1) For males – shorts and undershirt, and g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ (2) For females – bra and two pairs of panties. g) Jail Issued Clothing ☒ ☐ ☐ The person’s personal undergarments and footwear may 2408.1 New Inmates be substituted for the institutional undergarments and b) All new inmates who will be remaining in footwear specified in this regulation. This option custody will be required to shower and ☒ ☐ ☐ notwithstanding, the facility has the primary responsibility exchange their personal clothing for jail issue to provide the personal undergarments and footwear. clothing. All issued and exchanged clothing shall be clean and free 2408 Inmate Clothing, Bedding, Hygiene of holes or tears, reasonably fitted, durable, easily Articles, and Linen Supplies laundered and repaired. Undergarments shall be clean, 5. All clothing and bedding supplies issued to free of holes or tears, and substantially free of stains. inmates shall be the inmate's responsibility. Individuals shall be able to select the garment type more The inmate will be held accountable for their compatible with their gender identity and gender jail issue clothing and linen items. If any items expression. are altered, Deputies shall enforce any applicable jail rule violation. ☒ ☐ ☐ 6. Exchanges of clothing and linen will take place on a regular schedule as follows (Title 15, Sections 1262 & 1271) 7300.4 LGBTQI Housing and Classification 7300.5 Inmate Programs and Services On the day of inspection, inmate clothing looked clean and free of holes or damage. 1264 CONTROL OF VERMIN IN PERSONAL 2404.3 Pest Control CLOTHING 2404.4 Special Handling of Pediculosis (Crab) Cases There shall be written policies and procedures developed 2. If the inmate is diagnosed as being by the facility administrator to control contamination infested, they will return to their housing and/or spread of vermin in all incarcerated people’s location with a medical slip stating the inmate personal clothing. Infested clothing shall be cleaned, ☒ ☐ ☐ has crabs. The medical slip will also state that disinfected, or stored in a closed container so as to the inmate needs an immediate clothing and eradicate or stop the spread of vermin. bedding exchange. 3. The infested inmate will gather all clothing and bedding and bring it to the Guard Station Vestibule area. 1265 ISSUE OF PERSONAL CARE ITEMS 1604.1 Inmate Rights 2408 Inmate clothing, Bedding, Hygiene There shall be written policies and procedures developed Articles, and Linen Supplies ☒ ☐ ☐ by the facility administrator for the issue of personal hygiene items. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 44 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Each menstruating person shall be provided with sanitary 1604.1 Inmate Rights napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested with no d) An inmate who menstruates or experiences maximum allowance. uterine or vaginal bleeding shall, without needing to request, have ready access to, and be allowed to use, materials necessary for personal hygiene with regard to their menstrual cycle and reproductive system, ☒ ☐ ☐ including, but not limited to, sanitary pads, panty liners and tampons, with no maximum allowance and at no cost to the inmate. This facility does not house menstruating people. Each person to be held over 24 hours who is unable to 2408.1 New Inmates supply themself with the following personal care items, a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be because of either indigency or the absence of a canteen, provided with basic hygiene articles including shall be issued: toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. (a) Toothbrush, Inmate handbook, Personal Hygiene ☒ ☐ ☐ Your issue of personal hygiene items is: Soap, comb, toothpaste, toothbrush, and one disposable razor To have issued personal hygiene items replaced, you must request replacement items from your housing officer. (b) Dentifrice, ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) Soap, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) Comb, and ☒ ☐ ☐ (e) Shaving implements. ☒ ☐ ☐ Personal care items shall be issued within the first 12 2408.1 New Inmates hours of housing assignment. a) Inmates who do not have any funds will be ☒ ☐ ☐ provided with basic hygiene articles including toothbrush, toothpaste, comb and a razor. Incarcerated persons shall not be required to share any Everyone is given a hygiene kit. personal care items listed in items “a” through “d.” ☒ ☐ ☐ Incarcerated people will not share disposable razors. ☒ ☐ ☐ Double edged safety razors, electric razors, and other 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment shaving instruments capable of breaking the skin, when 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate shared among incarcerated people, must be disinfected barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the between individual uses by the method prescribed by the barber shop between each individual use by: State Board of Barbering and Cosmetology in Sections (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) 979 and 980, Division 9, Title 16, California Code of ☒ ☐ ☐ Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide Regulations. or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1266 SHOWERING 3000.7 Showers/Clothing Room 7. The inmate will be given soap and a towel There shall be written policies and procedures developed ☒ ☐ ☐ and instructed to thoroughly bathe in the by the facility administrator for showering/bathing. showers. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 45 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Incarcerated persons shall be permitted to shower/bathe 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules upon assignment to a housing unit and at least every ii. Shower areas will be available every other other day or more often if possible. day (per title 15) and at times specified by the jail staff. 2408.1 New Inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ b) All new inmates who will be remaining in custody will be required to shower and exchange their personal clothing for jail issue clothing. Absent exigent circumstances, no person shall be 1600.2 Orange County Jail Rules prohibited from showering at least every other day 5. Inmates shall shower regularly and following assignment to a housing unit. If showering is maintain a good general appearance. prohibited, it must be approved by the facility manager or ☒ ☐ ☐ designee, and the reason(s) for prohibition shall be documented. 1267 HAIR CARE SERVICES 2408.2 Hygiene Equipment (a) Hair care services shall be available. Facility staff stated each module has clippers that can be used daily during recreation yard ☒ ☐ ☐ use. During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff observed incarcerated people receiving haircuts during their recreation yard time. (b) Except those who may not shave for reasons of a) Inmate Barber Shop Hair Care Services identification in court, incarcerated people shall be 1. When requested, any inmate can obtain allowed to shave daily and receive hair care services at hair care services once per month. Inmates least once a month. The facility administrator may must be in Orange County Jail custody for a suspend this requirement in relation to people who are minimum of 30 days before requesting hair considered to be a danger to themselves or others. ☒ ☐ ☐ care services. 6. Inmates will receive their haircuts within their respective Outdoor Recreation areas on Sundays, and will be supervised by the assigned prowler(s). (c) Equipment shall be disinfected, after each use, by a 2. Electric clippers: Deputies will direct inmate method approved by the State Board of Barbering and barbers to disinfect all electric clippers in the Cosmetology to meet the requirements of Title 16, barber shop between each individual use by: Division 9, Sections 979 and 980, California Code of (1) removing all foreign matter; and (2) Regulations. Disinfecting with a 100% solution of Barbicide ☒ ☐ ☐ or any EPA-registered disinfectant with demonstrated bactericidal, fungicidal, and virucidal properties used according to manufacturer’s instructions. 1270 STANDARD BEDDING AND LINEN ISSUE 2408.1 New Inmates 3. Upon the inmate's arrival at their assigned The standard issue of clean suitable bedding and linens, housing location, the inmate will be issued the for each incarcerated person entering a living area who following bedding and linen items: is expected to remain overnight, shall include, but not be i. Sanitized mattress, ii. One clean blanket, iii. limited to: ☒ ☐ ☐ Two clean sheets, iv. One clean towel (a) one serviceable mattress which meets the 4. Mattresses shall be free of holes and tears. requirements of Section 1272 of these regulations; Mattresses with holes, tears, or lack of sufficient padding shall be replaced upon request. (Title 15, Section 1271) (b) one mattress cover or one sheet; ☒ ☐ ☐ (c) one towel; and, ☒ ☐ ☐ (d) one blanket or more depending up on climatic conditions. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 46 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Policy and procedure shall require that items (a), (b), and (d) above be provided prior to the first night in the facility. ☒ ☐ ☐ Two blankets or sleep bag may be issued in place of one mattress cover or one sheet at the request of the ☒ ☐ ☐ incarcerated person. 1280 FACILITY SANITATION, SAFETY, AND 1700 Security and Control MAINTENANCE 2400 Sanitation & Maintenance 2400.2 Inmate Housekeeping The facility administrator shall develop written policies a) Inmates and inmate workers at the and procedures for the maintenance of an acceptable direction of the CSA will conduct sanitation level of cleanliness, repair and safety throughout the activities in security housing and operations facility. Such a plan shall provide for a regular schedule areas. of housekeeping tasks and inspections to identify and correct unsanitary or unsafe conditions or work practices BSCC staff reviewed a portion of the which may be found. maintenance log from August 2025 and determined compliance with this regulation. Issues were reported and addressed. ☒ ☐ ☐ During the onsite inspection, BSCC staff found cells with makeshift curtains (that did not obstruct view into the bunk), excess property, and mattresses missing their plastic cover. This was not a widespread issue; therefore, the facility was not found noncompliant; however, BSCC staff discussed this finding with agency supervision who addressed it immediately. BSCC staff revisited various areas of the facility again on October 20, 2025, and found marked improvement. Medical care housing as described in Title 24, Part 2, The agency has Correctional Services Section 1231.2.14, shall be cleaned and sanitized Assistants (CSA) that escort incarcerated according to policies and procedures established by the ☒ ☐ ☐ person cleaning crews around the facility to health authority. clean daily. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 47 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS Are minors held in jail cells? If YES, the following sections, including those summarized in Title 15, Article 8 Facilities that do not hold minors in the jail cells are not (Minors in Jails), apply. subject to Title 15, Article 9 biennial inspections; ☐ ☒ ☐ however, if minors are held in the building, they may be This jail does not hold minors. subject to the requirements of WIC §207.1. 1047 SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY OF A MINOR IN AN ADULT DETENTION FACILITY The facility administrator shall develop policy and procedures for notification of the court of jurisdiction and ☐ ☐ ☒ the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis, in the event of a suicide attempt, serious illness, injury or death of a minor in custody. 1101 RESTRICTIONS ON CONTACT WITH INCARCERATED ADULTS The facility administrator shall establish policies and procedures to restrict sight and sound contact, as ☐ ☐ ☒ defined in Section 1006, between detained minors and adults confined in the facility. The policies and procedures should consider trauma-informed approaches in protecting minors from contact. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur, such as booking or facility movement, facility staff (trained in the supervision of incarcerated people) shall ☐ ☐ ☒ maintain a constant, side-by-side presence with the minor or the adult to prevent sustained contact. 1102 CLASSIFICATION The facility administrator shall develop and implement a written plan designed to provide for the safety of staff ☐ ☐ ☒ and minors held at the facility. The plan shall include the following: (a) a procedure for receiving and transmitting information regarding minors who present a risk or hazard to self or others while confined at the facility, and ☐ ☐ ☒ the separation of such minors to the extent possible within the limits of the facility. (b) a procedure to provide care for any minor who appears to be in need of or who requests medical, mental health, or developmental disability treatment. Written procedures shall be established by the ☐ ☐ ☒ responsible health administrator in cooperation with the facility administrator. (c) a suicide prevention program designed to identify, monitor, and provide treatment to those minors who ☐ ☐ ☒ present a suicide risk. (d) provide that minors be housed separately from adults and not be allowed to come or remain in contact with adults except as provided in Section 208(c) of the ☐ ☐ ☒ Welfare and Institutions Code. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 48 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS 1103 RELEASE PROCEDURES Facility staff shall notify the parents or guardians prior to the release of a minor. The minor's personal clothing ☐ ☐ ☒ and valuables shall be returned to the minor, parents or guardian, upon the minor's release or consent. 1104 SUPERVISION OF MINORS The facility administrator shall develop and implement policy and procedures that provide for: ☐ ☐ ☒ (a) continuous around-the-clock supervision of minors with assurance that staff can hear and respond; and, (b) safety checks of minors at least once every 30 minutes. These safety checks shall include the direct visual observation of movement and skin. Safety checks shall not be replaced, but may be supplemented by, an audio/visual electronic surveillance system designed to ☐ ☐ ☒ detect overt, aggressive, or assaultive behavior and to summon aid in emergencies. All safety checks shall be documented. 1105 RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS The facility administrator shall develop written policies and procedures to provide a recreation program that shall protect the welfare of minors and incarcerated ☐ ☐ ☒ adults, recognize facility security needs and comply with minimum jail standards for recreation (California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Section 1065). 1106 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES Nothing in this regulation shall prevent the administrator from removing a detained minor from the general population or program for reasons of the minor's mental or physical health; or under any circumstances in which ☐ ☐ ☒ the safety of the minor, incarcerated adults, staff, the program or community is endangered, pending a disciplinary action or review. With the exceptions noted below, the provisions of Section 1080-1084 shall apply when a minor is involved in disciplinary actions. (a) Pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code Section 208.3, minors may not be placed in room confinement ☐ ☐ ☒ for disciplinary purposes. (b) Permitted forms of discipline include: (1) temporary loss of privileges; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) loss of privileges mandated by applicable regulations. ☐ ☐ ☒ (c) Access to visitation and recreation shall be restricted only after a second level review by a supervisor or manager and shall not extend beyond five days without ☐ ☐ ☒ subsequent review. (d) Prohibited forms of discipline include: (1) discipline that does not fit the violation; ☐ ☐ ☒ (2) corporal punishment; ☐ ☐ ☒ (3) discipline imposed by incarcerated persons; ☐ ☐ ☒ 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 49 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 DETENTION OF MINORS TITLE 15 SECTION YES NO N/A P/P REFERENCE – COMMENTS (4) placement in safety cells, sobering cells, or any other cell not specifically designated for the ☐ ☐ ☒ detention of minors; (5) deprivation of food; and, ☐ ☐ ☒ (6) room confinement. ☐ ☐ ☒ 1120 EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR MINORS IN JAILS Whenever a minor is held in a Type II or III facility, the facility administrator shall coordinate with the County ☐ ☐ ☒ Department of Education or County Superintendent of Schools to provide education programs as required by Section 48200 of the Education Code. 1122.5 PREGNANT MINORS (a) The health administrator, in cooperation with the facility administrator, shall develop written policies and ☐ ☐ ☒ procedures pertaining to pregnant minors that address the requirements in Title 15, Section 1417. (b) The facility administrator, in cooperation with the responsible physician, shall develop written policies and procedures for the use of restraint devices on pregnant minors. The policy shall address requirements of Penal ☐ ☐ ☒ Code 3407. Policy shall include reference to the following: (1) A minor known to be pregnant or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy shall not be restrained by the use of leg or waist ☐ ☐ ☒ restraints, or handcuffs behind the body. (2) A pregnant minor in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after delivery or termination of the pregnancy, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed necessary for the ☐ ☐ ☒ safety and security of the minor, the staff, or the public. (3) Restraints shall be removed when a professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of a pregnant minor during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery or ☐ ☐ ☒ termination of the pregnancy determines that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. (4) Upon confirmation of a minor's pregnancy, they shall be advised, orally or in writing, of the ☐ ☐ ☒ standards and policies governing pregnant minors. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PRO 25-26 Page 50 of 50 A353 Type II & III PRO eff. 04.01.25 ADULT TYPE I, II, III AND IV FACILITIES PHYSICAL PLANT EVALUATION Board of State and Community Corrections Applicable Title 24 Regulations BSCC Code: 3560 FACILITY NAME: Theo Lacy Facility FACILITY TYPE: II APPLICABLE REGULATIONS: 1963 1980 1988 1994 2001 OTHER: see historical variance FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 06, 2025 TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Temporary Holding Cells (2.2) Contain 10 square feet of floor per inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Limited to no more than 16 inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ No smaller than 40 square feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain sufficient seating to accommodate all inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ Toilet accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Water fountain accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Wash basin accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Provides clear visual supervision ☒ ☐ ☐ Telephone accessible ☒ ☐ ☐ Weapons Locker (3.12) External to the security area and equipped with ☒ ☐ ☐ individual compartments, locks, and keys. Temporary Staging Cell or Room (2.3) No cells of this type. The remainder of the ☐ ☐ ☒ regulation is deleted. Detoxification/Sobering Cells (2.4) No cells of this type. The remainder of the ☐ ☐ ☒ regulation is deleted. Shower-Delousing Room (3.4) ☒ ☐ ☐ Secure Vault or Storage Space (2.1) Available for inmate valuables. ☒ ☐ ☐ Telephone (2.1) Although this is not an intake facility, some Available for inmate use per Penal Code § 851.5 ☒ ☐ ☐ cells in the booking loop have telephones. Safety Cells (2.5) No cells of this type. The remainder of the ☐ ☐ ☒ regulation is deleted. Single Occupancy Cells (2.6) – 1994 & 2001 Maximum capacity of one inmate ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a minimum of 60 square feet of floor area in Type I facilities and 70 square feet in Type II and III ☒ ☐ ☐ facilities Have a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain toilet, washbasin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain a bunk, desk, and seat. ☒ ☐ ☐ Multiple Occupancy Cells (8227) No cells of this type at the facility. The ☐ ☐ ☒ remainder of the regulation is deleted from this checklist. Multiple Occupancy Rooms (8229) No cells of this type at the facility. The ☐ ☐ ☒ remainder of the regulation is deleted from this checklist. Double Occupancy Cells (2.7) This facility has double occupancy cells with 1988 & 2001: Maximum capacity of two inmates ☒ ☐ ☐ 1988 and 2001 regulations. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PHY 25-26 - 1 - A381 PHY Type 80 86 88 91.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS Contain a minimum of 60 square feet of floor space in Module I, J, K, and L have cells that are less Type I and 70 square feet in Type II and III facilities than 70 sq. ft. (66-67 sq. ft.) ☐ ☒ 2025: On the day of inspection, Modules I 01 ☐ and 02 and K 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18 were over their rated capacity. Have a minimum ceiling height of 8 feet and one floor dimension at least 6 feet ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain toilet, washbasin and drinking fountain ☒ ☐ ☐ Contain two bunks, one desk and seat ☒ ☐ ☐ Dormitories (2.8) 2025: On the day of inspection, Barracks A- 1963: Capacity of 4-50 persons, 10’ ceilings for dbl D, F East and West, G East and West, and H bunks ☐ ☒ East and West were over their rated capacity. ☐ 1988: Capacity 8-64 persons, 8’ ceilings 2001: Capacity 4-64, 8’ ceiling 1963: 500 cubic feet of air space per person (double bunk) ☒ ☐ ☐ 1963: 75 sq. ft. of floor space per person 1988: 50 sq. ft. of floor area per person ☒ ☐ ☐ 2001: 50 sq. ft. for single / 70 sq. ft. double Toilet and washbasin 2025: Barracks F East and West, G East and 1963 - 1988: 1:8 West, and H East and West were over their ☐ ☒ 2001- 1:10 ☐ rated capacity without sufficient toilets and washbasins to accommodate. Provide storage space for personal items. 1988 – 2001 ☒ ☐ ☐ Drinking fountains ☒ ☐ ☐ Dayrooms (2.9) 1963 -Allow a place to read, write, do indoor activities. ☒ ☐ ☐ Provide adequate toilet/wash basins for usage ☒ ☐ ☐ Available to all incarcerated ☒ ☐ ☐ 1988 - 2001 35 square feet of floor area per incarcerated person Barracks F, G, & H populated over their rated ☐ ☒ ☐ capacity. Contain tables and seating to accommodate the Barracks F, G, & H populated over their rated ☐ ☒ maximum number of incarcerated ☐ capacity. Access to toilets, washbasins 1:8 and drinking Barracks F, G, & H populated over their rated fountains. ☐ ☒ capacity. ☐ 2001: Toilets/washbasins 1:10 Provide access to showers (see below) ☒ ☐ ☐ Available to all inmates in Type II and III facilities (excluding special use cells). ☒ ☐ ☐ Shower (3.4) 1963: 1:15 1988: 1:16 ☒ ☐ ☐ 2001: 1:20 Lighting (3.6) Sufficient to permit easy reading. ☒ ☐ ☐ Night lighting is sufficient to allow good supervision. Beds-Bunks (3.5) 30 inches wide and 76 inches long ☒ ☐ ☐ Comfortable Living Environment [102(c)6] A comfortable living environment is maintained ☒ ☐ ☐ through an adequate heating and cooling system. Exercise Area -Type II, III and WA IV (2.10) At least one exercise area must contain a minimum of ☒ ☐ ☐ 900 square feet 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PHY 25-26 - 2 - A381 PHY Type 80 86 88 91.dot (03/01) TITLE 24 SECTION YES NO N/A COMMENTS 8-86: Outdoor exercise area provided ☒ ☐ ☐ 8-86: Clear height of 15 feet with required surface area meeting a formula of: 80% of maximum rated inmate population and number of one-hour ☒ ☐ ☐ exercise periods per day = required surface area Program Space - Type II and III (2.11) Sufficient area and furnishings to meet the needs of ☒ ☐ ☐ the facility programs. Dining Facilities (2.17) Inmates in newer housing areas eat in their 15 square feet per inmate being fed. units. The dining hall is provided for some ☒ ☐ ☐ housing. Toilets, washbasins, and showers are not in the same room or not in view of inmate dining. ☒ ☐ ☐ Visiting (2.18) Sufficient visiting area ☒ ☐ ☐ Contact visits whenever possible for minimum security There are no contact visits. ☐ ☒ inmates. ☐ Attorney Interviews (2.26) Provide confidential attorney consultation. ☒ ☐ ☐ Safety Equipment Storage (2.19) Adequate space is provided for storage of equipment such as fire extinguishers, SCBA, emergency lights, ☒ ☐ ☐ etc. Janitor Closet (2.20) Located in security areas lockable, containing a mop ☒ ☐ ☐ sink and storage space. Storage Rooms (2.21) Sufficient space to accommodate inmate property, ☒ ☐ ☐ bedding and supplies. Monitoring System (2.22) 1963 - Inter-communication system between the secure area and control so that staff can be alerted ☒ ☐ ☐ instantly of issues within the jail. Audio or Video Monitoring System (2.22) The agency added audio monitoring 1988 – There must be an audio monitoring system intercoms to the Receiving Area/Booking capable of alerting personnel stationed in a central ☒ ☐ ☐ Loop cells in 2025. control point. When visual electronic surveillance is used, it shall be There are cameras in the Receiving/Booking located primarily in hallways, elevators, corridors or Loop hallways. points on the security perimeter such as entrances ☒ ☐ ☐ and exits. Fire Detection and Alarm System [102(c)6] Automatic fire alarm system capable of alerting staff in ☒ ☐ ☐ a central control point Emergency Power (2.24) Available to provide minimal lighting, maintain communications, alarm, fire, life, and security ☒ ☐ ☐ systems. Provide Space for: Barber/beauty shop (2.15) ☒ ☐ ☐ Canteen (2.16) The commissary is not stored at the facility. 8-86: Added for II, III & IV facilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ There is an offsite warehouse for storage. Confidential Interview Rooms (2.25) 8-86: Added for Type II facilities. ☒ ☐ ☐ 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI PHY 25-26 - 3 - A381 PHY Type 80 86 88 91.dot (03/01) BOARD OF STATE AND COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS - COMPREHENSIVE INSPECTION ADULT DETENTION FACILITY LIVING AREA SPACE EVALUATION BSCC Code: 3560 FACILITY: Theo Lacy Facility TYPE: II RC: 2,284 FIELD REPRESENTATIVE: Jill Farris DATE: October 6, 2025 ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds A-D BARRACKS (RC 256) Notes: 1974- Variance allowed Sheriff’s Dept. to house 146 in Barracks A-D to accommodate “weekend sentenced” individuals. Over time, the Dept. changed the usage of these dorms thus nullifying the variance. The 1963 standard had max capacity of 50; however, BSCC approved the least restrictive standard and set the max capacity at 64. 96.0' x 45.0' x A Dorm 1963 1 74 64 64 10 - 20 2 7 17.0' 96.0' x 45.0' x B Dorm 1963 1 78 64 64 10 - 20 1 10 17.0' 96.0' x 45.0' x C Dorm 1963 1 78 64 64 10 - 20 1 10 17.0' 96.0' x 45.0' x D Dorm 1963 1 74 64 64 10 - 20 2 7 17.0' E BARRACKS This barrack was converted to a medical examination area. F BARRACKS (RC 128) Notes: Barracks F, G, & H have continuous access to plumbing and dayroom facilities. Each barracks is divided into East & West, with a mezzanine. There are no doors on the barracks, only half-walls separating the cubicles from the dayroom. The upstairs living areas are not rated due to dorm capacity being met downstairs. These three Barracks are each built as rectangles, sliced diagonally, with the deputy station on the dividing wall. F East - Dayroom area contains seating for 90, nine tables with 10 seats each; eat in chow hall. A, D, E, H Dorm 1988 4 12 8 32 25.0' x 11.6' x 8.0' * * * * * downstairs B, C, F, G Dorm 1988 4 16 8 32 24.6' x 17.5' x 8.0' * * * * * downstairs I-P Dorm 1988 8 10 0 0 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' * * * * * upstairs F East Plumbing 1988 - - - - - 8 3 11 4 9 F West - Dayroom area contains seating for 90, nine tables with 10 seats each; eat in chow hall. A, D, E, H Dorm 1988 4 12 8 32 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' * * * * * downstairs B, C, F, G Dorm 1988 4 16 8 32 25.0' x 17.5' x 8.0' * * * * * downstairs I-P Dorm 1988 8 10 0 0 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' * * * * * upstairs F West Plumbing 1988 - - - - - 9 3 12 3 7 G BARRACKS (RC 128) Note: G Barracks has no walls due to 1988 regulations for dormitories. A-H cubicles are on the bottom; I-P are on top. G East Notes: Dayroom area contains seating for 90 only, nine tables with 10 seats each; eat in chow hall. *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 1 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds A, D, E, H Dorm 1988 4 12 8 32 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' downstairs B, C, F, G Dorm 1988 4 16 8 32 24.5' x 17.5' x 8.0' downstairs I-P Dorm 1988 8 10 0 0 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' upstairs G East Plumbing 1988 - - - - - 9 4 13 6 8 G West Notes: Dayroom area contains seating for 90 only / 9 tables with 10 seats each; eat in chow hall. A, D, E, H Dorm 1988 4 12 8 32 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' downstairs B, C, F, G Dorm 1988 4 16 8 32 25.0' x 17.5' x 8.0' downstairs I-P Dorm 1988 8 10 0 0 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' upstairs G West Plumbing 1988 - - - - - 9 4 13 6 8 H BARRACKS (RC 128) Notes: A-H cubicles are on the bottom; I-P are on top. H EAST NOTES: Dayroom area contains seating for 90 only / 9 tables with 10 seats each; eat in chow hall. A, D, E, H Dorm 1988 4 12 8 32 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' downstairs B, C, F, G Dorm 1988 4 16 8 32 25.0' x 17.5' x 8.0' downstairs I-P Dorm 1988 8 10 0 0 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' upstairs H East Plumbing 1988 - - - - - 9 4 13 6 8 H WEST NOTES: Dayroom area contains seating for 90 only / 9 tables with 10 seats each; eat in chow hall. A, D. E, H Dorm 1988 4 12 8 32 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' downstairs B, C, F, G Dorm 1988 4 16 8 32 25.0' x 17.5' x 8.0' downstairs I-P Dorm 1988 8 10 0 0 25.0' x 11.5' x 8.0' upstairs H West Plumbing 1988 - - - - - 9 4 13 6 8 Note: There is a single shower available in the area where these cells are located. MOD I (RC 144) Sectors 1-6; Each sector has two showers (one on the lower level, one upstairs) Irregular cells are 66 sq. ft. and cannot be rated. Sector 1 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 2 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 2 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds 7-10 1988 4 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 3 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 4 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 5 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 6 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Dual use 1-8 1988 8 1 1 8 7’ x 10’ 1 1 1 1 Notes: 2025-Dual use cells are offline and being used as storage. MOD J (RC 144) Sectors 7 – 12; each sector has two showers (one on lower level; one on mezzanine). Irregular cells are 66 sq ft. and cannot be rated. Sector 7 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 8 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 9 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 10 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 11 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Sector 12 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.3' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (66 sq ft) Mod K (RC 144) Sectors 13-18, with Administrative Separation/Dual use housing. There is one shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats ea. dayroom, recreation area, medical exam, multipurpose, interview rooms, and 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk and 2 seats. Irregular cells are 67 sq ft. and cannot be rated. Sector 13 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 3 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds 7-10 1988 4 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 14 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 15 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 16 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 17 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 18 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Dual use Single 1994 8 1 1 8 10.1' x 7.2' x 8.9' 1 - 1 1 1 Notes: There is a shower available for dual use cells; bunks are concrete; each cell with a table and chair. 2025-On the day of inspection, these cells were offline and used as storage. Mod L (RC 144) (2025 this module was closed for construction) Sectors 19-24, there is one shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats in each sector w/medical examination, multipurpose, interview rooms, and 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk and 2 seats. Irregular cells are 67 sq ft. and cannot be rated. Sector 19 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 20 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 21 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 22 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 23 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 24 Double 1988 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 1988 4 2 0 0 Irregular (67 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Receiving Area – Booking Loop H1 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7' x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 4 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity. H2 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7' x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity. H3 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7' x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity. H4 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7' x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity. H5 Holding 1988 1 - (12) (12) 11.1' x 14.8' 2 - 2 2 - Notes: 20.6' bench; seating limits capacity. H6 Holding 1988 1 - (12) (12) 11.1' x 14.8' 2 - 2 2 - Notes: 20.6' bench; seating limits capacity. H7 Holding 1988 1 - (12) (12) 11.1' x 14.8' 2 - 2 2 - Notes: 20.6' bench; seating limits capacity. H8 Holding 1988 1 - (12) (12) 10.9' x 14.8' 2 - 2 2 - Notes: 20.6' bench; seating limits capacity. H9 Holding 1988 1 - (12) (12) 10.6' x 14.8' 2 - 2 2 - Notes: 20.6' bench; seating limits capacity. H10 Holding 1988 1 - (12) (12) 10.9' x 14.8' 2 - 2 2 - Notes: 20.6' bench; seating limits capacity. H11 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.9' x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity. H12 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7' x 14.' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity. H13 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7'x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity H14 Holding 1988 1 - (6) (6) 6.7' x 14.8' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench; seating limits capacity (8 + 1 (8 + 1 H15 Holding 1988 1 - 11.4' x 13.7' 2 - 2 2 - WC) WC) Notes: 14.4' bench; seating limits capacity; one toilet is handicap accessible. H16 Holding 1988 1 - (10) (10) 8.9' x 17.5' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 19.5' bench; seating limits capacity. H17 Holding 1988 1 - (10) (10) 8.7' x 17.6' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 10.3' bench. H18 Holding 1988 1 - (16) (16) 7.6' x 21.2' 1 - 1 1 - Notes: 25' bench BUILDING A – contains housing Modules M, N, and O MOD M (RC 192) Notes: Sectors 25-30, have a shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats for each sector, medical exam, multipurpose and interview rooms, 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk with two seats. Irregular cells are 70 sq. ft. Sector 25 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 26 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 5 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds Sector 27 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 28 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 29 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 30 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 MOD N (RC 192) Notes: Sectors 31-36, have a shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats in each sector, medical exam, multipurpose and interview rooms, 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk and 2 seats. Irregular cells are 70 sq ft. Sector 31 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 32 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 33 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 34 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 35 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Sector 36 Double 2001 16 2 2 32 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 Telehealth Single 2001 16 1 (1) (16) 11.1' x 7.2' x 8.9' 1 - 1 1 * Notes: Two showers in hall; however, these cells were converted to space for Telehealth. MOD O (RC 108) Notes: Sector 37 cells 4 and 6 are on the mezzanine and have a separate dayroom with one shower. Sectors 38-41 each have 2 showers in the dayroom. Irregular cells in Sectors 38 and 4 (cells 7, 8, 9, and 10) are 66 sq ft. and cannot be rated. Sector 42 cells 3 & 4 each have a shower in the cell. Cells 1 and 2 have no shower; inmates in those cells use the Sector 37 mezzanine dayroom to shower. Sectors 39 and 40 (cells 1,2,7,8) have 4 beds and are classified as dorms. However, due to limited square footage, RC is limited to 3 for each cell. Sector 37 Single 2001 2 3 2 4 18.11’ x 10’ 1 - 1 1 1 4,6(upper) Sector 37 Irregular Dorm 2001 1 20 20 20 2 - 3 2 1 (lower) 2050 sq. ft. Sector 38 Single 2001 12 1 12 12 11.2' x 6.5' 1 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 2001 4 1 0 0 Irregular 66 sq. ft. Sector 39 Dorm 2001 4 4 3 12 18’ x 10.08’ 1 1 1 2 1, 2, 7 8 Irregular 205 sq. 3, 4, 5, 6 Dorm 2001 4 4 4 16 1 1 1 2 ft. Sector 40 Dorm 2001 4 4 3 12 18’ x 10.1’ 1 1 1 2 1, 2, 7 8 Irregular 205 sq. 3, 4, 5, 6 Dorm 2001 4 4 4 16 1 1 1 2 ft. Sector 41 Single 2001 12 1 12 12 11.2' x 6.5' 1 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 2001 4 1 0 0 Irregular 66 sq. ft. Sector 42 Single 2001 2 1 2 2 10.5’ x 15’ 1 1 1 * 1, 2 3, 4 Single 2001 2 1 2 2 13.1’ x 15’ 1 1 1 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 6 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds BUILDING B – contains housing Modules P, Q, and R Mod P (RC 192) Notes: There is one shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats ea. dayroom, a recreation area, medical exam, multipurpose, interview rooms, and 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk and 2 seats. Sector 43 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 44 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 45 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 46 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 47 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 48 Double 2001 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Mod Q (RC 192) Notes: There is one shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats ea. dayroom, a recreation area, medical exam, multipurpose, interview rooms, and 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk and 2 seats. Sector 49 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 50 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 51 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 52 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 53 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 54 Double 2001 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 7 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05) ROOMS EACH ROOM EACH CELL FIXTURES* Cell Applicable # DIMENSIONS Location # Total RC Type Standards Cells RC (L x W x H) T U W F S Beds Mod R (RC 192) Notes: There is one shower on each level, 8 tables = 32 seats ea. dayroom, a recreation area, medical exam, multipurpose, interview rooms, and 9 visiting spaces. Each cell has a desk and 2 seats. Sector 55 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 56 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 8 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 57 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 58 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 59 2001 Double 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 Sector 60 Double 2001 12 2 2 24 11.2' x 6.5' 1 - 1 1 2 1-6, 11-16 7-10 Double 2001 4 2 2 8 Irregular (70 sq ft) 1 - 1 1 *T = Toilets; U = Urinals; W = Wash Basins; F = Fountains; S = Showers in unit. If "Total RC" appears in brackets ( ), it is not part of the facility's rated capacity. "+" indicates that capacity includes prorated air space from adjacent areas. 3560 Orange SHRF Theo Lacy II CI LASE 25-26 - 8 - A360 LAS Adult-05.dot (8/05)